tablix2-0.3.5/0002777000175000017500000000000010642431032010066 500000000000000tablix2-0.3.5/intl/0002777000175000017500000000000010642431030011032 500000000000000tablix2-0.3.5/intl/Makefile.in0000644000175000017500000004553110641726200013026 00000000000000# Makefile for directory with message catalog handling library of GNU gettext # Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it # under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published # by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) # any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU # Library General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public # License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, # USA. PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ VERSION = @VERSION@ SHELL = /bin/sh srcdir = @srcdir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ top_builddir = .. # The VPATH variables allows builds with $builddir != $srcdir, assuming a # 'make' program that supports VPATH (such as GNU make). This line is removed # by autoconf automatically when "$(srcdir)" = ".". # In this directory, the VPATH handling is particular: # 1. If INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX is 'l' (indicating a build with libtool), # the .c -> .lo rules carefully use $(srcdir), so that VPATH can be omitted. # 2. If PACKAGE = gettext-tools, VPATH _must_ be omitted, because otherwise # 'make' does the wrong thing if GNU gettext was configured with # "./configure --srcdir=`pwd`", namely it gets confused by the .lo and .la # files it finds in srcdir = ../../gettext-runtime/intl. VPATH = $(srcdir) prefix = @prefix@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ transform = @program_transform_name@ libdir = @libdir@ includedir = @includedir@ datarootdir = @datarootdir@ datadir = @datadir@ localedir = $(datadir)/locale gettextsrcdir = $(datadir)/gettext/intl aliaspath = $(localedir) subdir = intl INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ # We use $(mkdir_p). # In automake <= 1.9.x, $(mkdir_p) is defined either as "mkdir -p --" or as # "$(mkinstalldirs)" or as "$(install_sh) -d". For these automake versions, # @install_sh@ does not start with $(SHELL), so we add it. # In automake >= 1.10, @mkdir_p@ is derived from ${MKDIR_P}, which is defined # either as "/path/to/mkdir -p" or ".../install-sh -c -d". For these automake # versions, $(mkinstalldirs) and $(install_sh) are unused. mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) @install_sh@ -d install_sh = $(SHELL) @install_sh@ MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ l = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@ AR = ar CC = @CC@ LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ RANLIB = @RANLIB@ YACC = @INTLBISON@ -y -d YFLAGS = --name-prefix=__gettext # -DBUILDING_LIBINTL: Change expansion of LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED macro. # -DBUILDING_DLL: Change expansion of RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED macro. DEFS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -DLOCALE_ALIAS_PATH=\"$(aliaspath)\" \ -DLIBDIR=\"$(libdir)\" -DBUILDING_LIBINTL -DBUILDING_DLL -DIN_LIBINTL \ -DENABLE_RELOCATABLE=1 -DIN_LIBRARY -DINSTALLDIR=\"$(libdir)\" -DNO_XMALLOC \ -Dset_relocation_prefix=libintl_set_relocation_prefix \ -Drelocate=libintl_relocate \ -DDEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV=1 @DEFS@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ @CFLAG_VISIBILITY@ LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ $(LDFLAGS_@WOE32DLL@) LDFLAGS_yes = -Wl,--export-all-symbols LDFLAGS_no = LIBS = @LIBS@ COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS) HEADERS = \ gmo.h \ gettextP.h \ hash-string.h \ loadinfo.h \ plural-exp.h \ eval-plural.h \ localcharset.h \ lock.h \ relocatable.h \ xsize.h \ printf-args.h printf-args.c \ printf-parse.h wprintf-parse.h printf-parse.c \ vasnprintf.h vasnwprintf.h vasnprintf.c \ os2compat.h \ libgnuintl.h.in SOURCES = \ bindtextdom.c \ dcgettext.c \ dgettext.c \ gettext.c \ finddomain.c \ hash-string.c \ loadmsgcat.c \ localealias.c \ textdomain.c \ l10nflist.c \ explodename.c \ dcigettext.c \ dcngettext.c \ dngettext.c \ ngettext.c \ plural.y \ plural-exp.c \ localcharset.c \ lock.c \ relocatable.c \ langprefs.c \ localename.c \ log.c \ printf.c \ version.c \ osdep.c \ os2compat.c \ intl-exports.c \ intl-compat.c OBJECTS = \ bindtextdom.$lo \ dcgettext.$lo \ dgettext.$lo \ gettext.$lo \ finddomain.$lo \ hash-string.$lo \ loadmsgcat.$lo \ localealias.$lo \ textdomain.$lo \ l10nflist.$lo \ explodename.$lo \ dcigettext.$lo \ dcngettext.$lo \ dngettext.$lo \ ngettext.$lo \ plural.$lo \ plural-exp.$lo \ localcharset.$lo \ lock.$lo \ relocatable.$lo \ langprefs.$lo \ localename.$lo \ log.$lo \ printf.$lo \ version.$lo \ osdep.$lo \ intl-compat.$lo DISTFILES.common = Makefile.in \ config.charset locale.alias ref-add.sin ref-del.sin export.h \ $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) DISTFILES.generated = plural.c DISTFILES.normal = VERSION DISTFILES.gettext = COPYING.LIB-2.0 COPYING.LIB-2.1 libintl.glibc README.woe32 DISTFILES.obsolete = xopen-msg.sed linux-msg.sed po2tbl.sed.in cat-compat.c \ COPYING.LIB-2 gettext.h libgettext.h plural-eval.c libgnuintl.h \ libgnuintl.h_vms Makefile.vms libgnuintl.h.msvc-static \ libgnuintl.h.msvc-shared Makefile.msvc all: all-@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ all-yes: libintl.$la libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed all-no: all-no-@BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ all-no-yes: libgnuintl.$la all-no-no: libintl.a libgnuintl.a: $(OBJECTS) rm -f $@ $(AR) cru $@ $(OBJECTS) $(RANLIB) $@ libintl.la libgnuintl.la: $(OBJECTS) $(LIBTOOL) --mode=link \ $(CC) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ \ $(OBJECTS) @LTLIBICONV@ @INTL_MACOSX_LIBS@ $(LIBS) @LTLIBTHREAD@ -lc \ -version-info $(LTV_CURRENT):$(LTV_REVISION):$(LTV_AGE) \ -rpath $(libdir) \ -no-undefined # Libtool's library version information for libintl. # Before making a gettext release, the gettext maintainer must change this # according to the libtool documentation, section "Library interface versions". # Maintainers of other packages that include the intl directory must *not* # change these values. LTV_CURRENT=8 LTV_REVISION=1 LTV_AGE=0 .SUFFIXES: .SUFFIXES: .c .y .o .lo .sin .sed .c.o: $(COMPILE) $< .y.c: $(YACC) $(YFLAGS) --output $@ $< rm -f $*.h bindtextdom.lo: $(srcdir)/bindtextdom.c $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/bindtextdom.c dcgettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dcgettext.c $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dcgettext.c dgettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dgettext.c $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dgettext.c gettext.lo: $(srcdir)/gettext.c $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/gettext.c finddomain.lo: $(srcdir)/finddomain.c $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/finddomain.c hash-string.lo: $(srcdir)/hash-string.c $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/hash-string.c loadmsgcat.lo: $(srcdir)/loadmsgcat.c $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/loadmsgcat.c localealias.lo: $(srcdir)/localealias.c $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/localealias.c textdomain.lo: $(srcdir)/textdomain.c $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/textdomain.c l10nflist.lo: $(srcdir)/l10nflist.c $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/l10nflist.c explodename.lo: $(srcdir)/explodename.c $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/explodename.c dcigettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dcigettext.c $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dcigettext.c dcngettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dcngettext.c $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dcngettext.c dngettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dngettext.c $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dngettext.c ngettext.lo: $(srcdir)/ngettext.c $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/ngettext.c plural.lo: $(srcdir)/plural.c $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/plural.c plural-exp.lo: $(srcdir)/plural-exp.c $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/plural-exp.c localcharset.lo: $(srcdir)/localcharset.c $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/localcharset.c lock.lo: $(srcdir)/lock.c $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/lock.c relocatable.lo: $(srcdir)/relocatable.c $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/relocatable.c langprefs.lo: $(srcdir)/langprefs.c $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/langprefs.c localename.lo: $(srcdir)/localename.c $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/localename.c log.lo: $(srcdir)/log.c $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/log.c printf.lo: $(srcdir)/printf.c $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/printf.c version.lo: $(srcdir)/version.c $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/version.c osdep.lo: $(srcdir)/osdep.c $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/osdep.c intl-compat.lo: $(srcdir)/intl-compat.c $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/intl-compat.c ref-add.sed: $(srcdir)/ref-add.sin sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $(srcdir)/ref-add.sin > t-ref-add.sed mv t-ref-add.sed ref-add.sed ref-del.sed: $(srcdir)/ref-del.sin sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $(srcdir)/ref-del.sin > t-ref-del.sed mv t-ref-del.sed ref-del.sed INCLUDES = -I. -I$(srcdir) -I.. libgnuintl.h: $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h.in sed -e '/IN_LIBGLOCALE/d' \ -e 's,@''HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF''@,@HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF@,g' \ -e 's,@''HAVE_ASPRINTF''@,@HAVE_ASPRINTF@,g' \ -e 's,@''HAVE_SNPRINTF''@,@HAVE_SNPRINTF@,g' \ -e 's,@''HAVE_WPRINTF''@,@HAVE_WPRINTF@,g' \ < $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h.in \ | if test '@WOE32DLL@' = yes; then \ sed -e 's/extern \([^()]*\);/extern __declspec (dllimport) \1;/'; \ else \ cat; \ fi \ | sed -e 's/extern \([^"]\)/extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED \1/' \ -e "/#define _LIBINTL_H/r $(srcdir)/export.h" \ | sed -e 's,@''HAVE_VISIBILITY''@,@HAVE_VISIBILITY@,g' \ > libgnuintl.h libintl.h: $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h.in sed -e '/IN_LIBGLOCALE/d' \ -e 's,@''HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF''@,@HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF@,g' \ -e 's,@''HAVE_ASPRINTF''@,@HAVE_ASPRINTF@,g' \ -e 's,@''HAVE_SNPRINTF''@,@HAVE_SNPRINTF@,g' \ -e 's,@''HAVE_WPRINTF''@,@HAVE_WPRINTF@,g' \ < $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h.in > libintl.h charset.alias: $(srcdir)/config.charset $(SHELL) $(srcdir)/config.charset '@host@' > t-$@ mv t-$@ $@ check: all # We must not install the libintl.h/libintl.a files if we are on a # system which has the GNU gettext() function in its C library or in a # separate library. # If you want to use the one which comes with this version of the # package, you have to use `configure --with-included-gettext'. install: install-exec install-data install-exec: all if { test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; } \ && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \ $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir); \ $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.h $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=install \ $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.$la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \ if test "@RELOCATABLE@" = yes; then \ dependencies=`sed -n -e 's,^dependency_libs=\(.*\),\1,p' < $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.la | sed -e "s,^',," -e "s,'\$$,,"`; \ if test -n "$$dependencies"; then \ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.la; \ fi; \ fi; \ else \ : ; \ fi if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools" \ && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = no \ && test @GLIBC2@ != no; then \ $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=install \ $(INSTALL_DATA) libgnuintl.$la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libgnuintl.$la; \ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/preloadable_libintl.so; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libgnuintl.so $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/preloadable_libintl.so; \ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=uninstall \ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libgnuintl.$la; \ else \ : ; \ fi if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \ test @GLIBC21@ != no || $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \ temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \ dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \ if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \ orig=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \ sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \ rm -f $$temp; \ else \ if test @GLIBC21@ = no; then \ orig=charset.alias; \ sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \ rm -f $$temp; \ fi; \ fi; \ $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(localedir); \ test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \ && orig=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \ || orig=$(srcdir)/locale.alias; \ temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \ dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \ sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \ rm -f $$temp; \ else \ : ; \ fi install-data: all if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \ $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \ $(INSTALL_DATA) VERSION $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/VERSION; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) ChangeLog.inst $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/ChangeLog; \ dists="COPYING.LIB-2.0 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common)"; \ for file in $$dists; do \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file \ $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ done; \ chmod a+x $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/config.charset; \ dists="$(DISTFILES.generated)"; \ for file in $$dists; do \ if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$dir/$$file \ $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ done; \ dists="$(DISTFILES.obsolete)"; \ for file in $$dists; do \ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ done; \ else \ : ; \ fi install-strip: install installdirs: if { test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; } \ && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \ $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir); \ else \ : ; \ fi if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools" \ && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = no \ && test @GLIBC2@ != no; then \ $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \ else \ : ; \ fi if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \ test @GLIBC21@ != no || $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \ $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(localedir); \ else \ : ; \ fi if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \ $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \ else \ : ; \ fi # Define this as empty until I found a useful application. installcheck: uninstall: if { test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; } \ && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=uninstall \ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \ else \ : ; \ fi if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools" \ && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = no \ && test @GLIBC2@ != no; then \ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/preloadable_libintl.so; \ else \ : ; \ fi if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \ if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \ temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \ dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \ sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \ if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \ rm -f $$dest; \ else \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \ fi; \ rm -f $$temp; \ fi; \ if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; then \ temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \ dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \ sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \ if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \ rm -f $$dest; \ else \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \ fi; \ rm -f $$temp; \ fi; \ else \ : ; \ fi if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \ for file in VERSION ChangeLog COPYING.LIB-2.0 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated); do \ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ done; \ else \ : ; \ fi info dvi ps pdf html: $(OBJECTS): ../config.h libgnuintl.h bindtextdom.$lo dcgettext.$lo dcigettext.$lo dcngettext.$lo dgettext.$lo dngettext.$lo finddomain.$lo gettext.$lo intl-compat.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo localealias.$lo ngettext.$lo textdomain.$lo: $(srcdir)/gettextP.h $(srcdir)/gmo.h $(srcdir)/loadinfo.h hash-string.$lo dcigettext.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo: $(srcdir)/hash-string.h explodename.$lo l10nflist.$lo: $(srcdir)/loadinfo.h dcigettext.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo plural.$lo plural-exp.$lo: $(srcdir)/plural-exp.h dcigettext.$lo: $(srcdir)/eval-plural.h localcharset.$lo: $(srcdir)/localcharset.h bindtextdom.$lo dcigettext.$lo finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo localealias.$lo lock.$lo log.$lo: $(srcdir)/lock.h localealias.$lo localcharset.$lo relocatable.$lo: $(srcdir)/relocatable.h printf.$lo: $(srcdir)/printf-args.h $(srcdir)/printf-args.c $(srcdir)/printf-parse.h $(srcdir)/wprintf-parse.h $(srcdir)/xsize.h $(srcdir)/printf-parse.c $(srcdir)/vasnprintf.h $(srcdir)/vasnwprintf.h $(srcdir)/vasnprintf.c # A bison-2.1 generated plural.c includes if ENABLE_NLS. PLURAL_DEPS_yes = libintl.h PLURAL_DEPS_no = plural.$lo: $(PLURAL_DEPS_@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@) tags: TAGS TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && etags -o $$here/TAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) ctags: CTAGS CTAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && ctags -o $$here/CTAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) id: ID ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && mkid -f$$here/ID $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) mostlyclean: rm -f *.a *.la *.o *.obj *.lo core core.* rm -f libgnuintl.h libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed rm -f -r .libs _libs clean: mostlyclean distclean: clean rm -f Makefile ID TAGS if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \ rm -f ChangeLog.inst $(DISTFILES.normal); \ else \ : ; \ fi maintainer-clean: distclean @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;" @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." # GNU gettext needs not contain the file `VERSION' but contains some # other files which should not be distributed in other packages. distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir) dist distdir: Makefile if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \ : ; \ else \ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime"; then \ additional="$(DISTFILES.gettext)"; \ else \ additional="$(DISTFILES.normal)"; \ fi; \ $(MAKE) $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; \ for file in ChangeLog $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; do \ if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \ cp -p $$dir/$$file $(distdir) || test $$file = Makefile.in || exit 1; \ done; \ fi Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status # This would be more efficient, but doesn't work any more with autoconf-2.57, # when AC_CONFIG_FILES([intl/Makefile:somedir/Makefile.in]) is used. # cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables. # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. .NOEXPORT: tablix2-0.3.5/intl/ChangeLog0000644000175000017500000000011110641726200012514 000000000000002006-11-27 GNU * Version 0.16.1 released. tablix2-0.3.5/intl/config.charset0000755000175000017500000004702610641726200013605 00000000000000#! /bin/sh # Output a system dependent table of character encoding aliases. # # Copyright (C) 2000-2004, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it # under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published # by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) # any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU # Library General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public # License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, # USA. # # The table consists of lines of the form # ALIAS CANONICAL # # ALIAS is the (system dependent) result of "nl_langinfo (CODESET)". # ALIAS is compared in a case sensitive way. # # CANONICAL is the GNU canonical name for this character encoding. # It must be an encoding supported by libiconv. Support by GNU libc is # also desirable. CANONICAL is case insensitive. Usually an upper case # MIME charset name is preferred. # The current list of GNU canonical charset names is as follows. # # name MIME? used by which systems # ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968 glibc solaris freebsd netbsd darwin # ISO-8859-1 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin # ISO-8859-2 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin # ISO-8859-3 Y glibc solaris # ISO-8859-4 Y osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin # ISO-8859-5 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin # ISO-8859-6 Y glibc aix hpux solaris # ISO-8859-7 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris netbsd darwin # ISO-8859-8 Y glibc aix hpux osf solaris # ISO-8859-9 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris darwin # ISO-8859-13 glibc netbsd darwin # ISO-8859-14 glibc # ISO-8859-15 glibc aix osf solaris freebsd darwin # KOI8-R Y glibc solaris freebsd netbsd darwin # KOI8-U Y glibc freebsd netbsd darwin # KOI8-T glibc # CP437 dos # CP775 dos # CP850 aix osf dos # CP852 dos # CP855 dos # CP856 aix # CP857 dos # CP861 dos # CP862 dos # CP864 dos # CP865 dos # CP866 freebsd netbsd darwin dos # CP869 dos # CP874 woe32 dos # CP922 aix # CP932 aix woe32 dos # CP943 aix # CP949 osf woe32 dos # CP950 woe32 dos # CP1046 aix # CP1124 aix # CP1125 dos # CP1129 aix # CP1250 woe32 # CP1251 glibc solaris netbsd darwin woe32 # CP1252 aix woe32 # CP1253 woe32 # CP1254 woe32 # CP1255 glibc woe32 # CP1256 woe32 # CP1257 woe32 # GB2312 Y glibc aix hpux irix solaris freebsd netbsd darwin # EUC-JP Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin # EUC-KR Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin # EUC-TW glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris netbsd # BIG5 Y glibc aix hpux osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin # BIG5-HKSCS glibc solaris # GBK glibc aix osf solaris woe32 dos # GB18030 glibc solaris netbsd # SHIFT_JIS Y hpux osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin # JOHAB glibc solaris woe32 # TIS-620 glibc aix hpux osf solaris # VISCII Y glibc # TCVN5712-1 glibc # GEORGIAN-PS glibc # HP-ROMAN8 hpux # HP-ARABIC8 hpux # HP-GREEK8 hpux # HP-HEBREW8 hpux # HP-TURKISH8 hpux # HP-KANA8 hpux # DEC-KANJI osf # DEC-HANYU osf # UTF-8 Y glibc aix hpux osf solaris netbsd darwin # # Note: Names which are not marked as being a MIME name should not be used in # Internet protocols for information interchange (mail, news, etc.). # # Note: ASCII and ANSI_X3.4-1968 are synonymous canonical names. Applications # must understand both names and treat them as equivalent. # # The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification, # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM # or # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM host="$1" os=`echo "$host" | sed -e 's/^[^-]*-[^-]*-\(.*\)$/\1/'` echo "# This file contains a table of character encoding aliases," echo "# suitable for operating system '${os}'." echo "# It was automatically generated from config.charset." # List of references, updated during installation: echo "# Packages using this file: " case "$os" in linux-gnulibc1*) # Linux libc5 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore # localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name # from the environment variables. echo "C ASCII" echo "POSIX ASCII" for l in af af_ZA ca ca_ES da da_DK de de_AT de_BE de_CH de_DE de_LU \ en en_AU en_BW en_CA en_DK en_GB en_IE en_NZ en_US en_ZA \ en_ZW es es_AR es_BO es_CL es_CO es_DO es_EC es_ES es_GT \ es_HN es_MX es_PA es_PE es_PY es_SV es_US es_UY es_VE et \ et_EE eu eu_ES fi fi_FI fo fo_FO fr fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR \ fr_LU ga ga_IE gl gl_ES id id_ID in in_ID is is_IS it it_CH \ it_IT kl kl_GL nl nl_BE nl_NL no no_NO pt pt_BR pt_PT sv \ sv_FI sv_SE; do echo "$l ISO-8859-1" echo "$l.iso-8859-1 ISO-8859-1" echo "$l.iso-8859-15 ISO-8859-15" echo "$l.iso-8859-15@euro ISO-8859-15" echo "$l@euro ISO-8859-15" echo "$l.cp-437 CP437" echo "$l.cp-850 CP850" echo "$l.cp-1252 CP1252" echo "$l.cp-1252@euro CP1252" #echo "$l.atari-st ATARI-ST" # not a commonly used encoding echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8" echo "$l.utf-8@euro UTF-8" done for l in cs cs_CZ hr hr_HR hu hu_HU pl pl_PL ro ro_RO sk sk_SK sl \ sl_SI sr sr_CS sr_YU; do echo "$l ISO-8859-2" echo "$l.iso-8859-2 ISO-8859-2" echo "$l.cp-852 CP852" echo "$l.cp-1250 CP1250" echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8" done for l in mk mk_MK ru ru_RU; do echo "$l ISO-8859-5" echo "$l.iso-8859-5 ISO-8859-5" echo "$l.koi8-r KOI8-R" echo "$l.cp-866 CP866" echo "$l.cp-1251 CP1251" echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8" done for l in ar ar_SA; do echo "$l ISO-8859-6" echo "$l.iso-8859-6 ISO-8859-6" echo "$l.cp-864 CP864" #echo "$l.cp-868 CP868" # not a commonly used encoding echo "$l.cp-1256 CP1256" echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8" done for l in el el_GR gr gr_GR; do echo "$l ISO-8859-7" echo "$l.iso-8859-7 ISO-8859-7" echo "$l.cp-869 CP869" echo "$l.cp-1253 CP1253" echo "$l.cp-1253@euro CP1253" echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8" echo "$l.utf-8@euro UTF-8" done for l in he he_IL iw iw_IL; do echo "$l ISO-8859-8" echo "$l.iso-8859-8 ISO-8859-8" echo "$l.cp-862 CP862" echo "$l.cp-1255 CP1255" echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8" done for l in tr tr_TR; do echo "$l ISO-8859-9" echo "$l.iso-8859-9 ISO-8859-9" echo "$l.cp-857 CP857" echo "$l.cp-1254 CP1254" echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8" done for l in lt lt_LT lv lv_LV; do #echo "$l BALTIC" # not a commonly used encoding, wrong encoding name echo "$l ISO-8859-13" done for l in ru_UA uk uk_UA; do echo "$l KOI8-U" done for l in zh zh_CN; do #echo "$l GB_2312-80" # not a commonly used encoding, wrong encoding name echo "$l GB2312" done for l in ja ja_JP ja_JP.EUC; do echo "$l EUC-JP" done for l in ko ko_KR; do echo "$l EUC-KR" done for l in th th_TH; do echo "$l TIS-620" done for l in fa fa_IR; do #echo "$l ISIRI-3342" # a broken encoding echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8" done ;; linux* | *-gnu*) # With glibc-2.1 or newer, we don't need any canonicalization, # because glibc has iconv and both glibc and libiconv support all # GNU canonical names directly. Therefore, the Makefile does not # need to install the alias file at all. # The following applies only to glibc-2.0.x and older libcs. echo "ISO_646.IRV:1983 ASCII" ;; aix*) echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6" echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8" echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9" echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" echo "IBM-850 CP850" echo "IBM-856 CP856" echo "IBM-921 ISO-8859-13" echo "IBM-922 CP922" echo "IBM-932 CP932" echo "IBM-943 CP943" echo "IBM-1046 CP1046" echo "IBM-1124 CP1124" echo "IBM-1129 CP1129" echo "IBM-1252 CP1252" echo "IBM-eucCN GB2312" echo "IBM-eucJP EUC-JP" echo "IBM-eucKR EUC-KR" echo "IBM-eucTW EUC-TW" echo "big5 BIG5" echo "GBK GBK" echo "TIS-620 TIS-620" echo "UTF-8 UTF-8" ;; hpux*) echo "iso88591 ISO-8859-1" echo "iso88592 ISO-8859-2" echo "iso88595 ISO-8859-5" echo "iso88596 ISO-8859-6" echo "iso88597 ISO-8859-7" echo "iso88598 ISO-8859-8" echo "iso88599 ISO-8859-9" echo "iso885915 ISO-8859-15" echo "roman8 HP-ROMAN8" echo "arabic8 HP-ARABIC8" echo "greek8 HP-GREEK8" echo "hebrew8 HP-HEBREW8" echo "turkish8 HP-TURKISH8" echo "kana8 HP-KANA8" echo "tis620 TIS-620" echo "big5 BIG5" echo "eucJP EUC-JP" echo "eucKR EUC-KR" echo "eucTW EUC-TW" echo "hp15CN GB2312" #echo "ccdc ?" # what is this? echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS" echo "utf8 UTF-8" ;; irix*) echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9" echo "eucCN GB2312" echo "eucJP EUC-JP" echo "eucKR EUC-KR" echo "eucTW EUC-TW" ;; osf*) echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4" echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8" echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9" echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" echo "cp850 CP850" echo "big5 BIG5" echo "dechanyu DEC-HANYU" echo "dechanzi GB2312" echo "deckanji DEC-KANJI" echo "deckorean EUC-KR" echo "eucJP EUC-JP" echo "eucKR EUC-KR" echo "eucTW EUC-TW" echo "GBK GBK" echo "KSC5601 CP949" echo "sdeckanji EUC-JP" echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS" echo "TACTIS TIS-620" echo "UTF-8 UTF-8" ;; solaris*) echo "646 ASCII" echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" echo "ISO8859-3 ISO-8859-3" echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4" echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6" echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8" echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9" echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" echo "koi8-r KOI8-R" echo "ansi-1251 CP1251" echo "BIG5 BIG5" echo "Big5-HKSCS BIG5-HKSCS" echo "gb2312 GB2312" echo "GBK GBK" echo "GB18030 GB18030" echo "cns11643 EUC-TW" echo "5601 EUC-KR" echo "ko_KR.johap92 JOHAB" echo "eucJP EUC-JP" echo "PCK SHIFT_JIS" echo "TIS620.2533 TIS-620" #echo "sun_eu_greek ?" # what is this? echo "UTF-8 UTF-8" ;; freebsd* | os2*) # FreeBSD 4.2 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore # localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name # from the environment variables. # Likewise for OS/2. OS/2 has XFree86 just like FreeBSD. Just # reuse FreeBSD's locale data for OS/2. echo "C ASCII" echo "US-ASCII ASCII" for l in la_LN lt_LN; do echo "$l.ASCII ASCII" done for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \ fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT la_LN \ lt_LN nl_BE nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do echo "$l.ISO_8859-1 ISO-8859-1" echo "$l.DIS_8859-15 ISO-8859-15" done for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN lt_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do echo "$l.ISO_8859-2 ISO-8859-2" done for l in la_LN lt_LT; do echo "$l.ISO_8859-4 ISO-8859-4" done for l in ru_RU ru_SU; do echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R" echo "$l.ISO_8859-5 ISO-8859-5" echo "$l.CP866 CP866" done echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U" echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5" echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5" echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312" echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP" echo "ja_JP.SJIS SHIFT_JIS" echo "ja_JP.Shift_JIS SHIFT_JIS" echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR" ;; netbsd*) echo "646 ASCII" echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4" echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" echo "ISO8859-13 ISO-8859-13" echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" echo "eucCN GB2312" echo "eucJP EUC-JP" echo "eucKR EUC-KR" echo "eucTW EUC-TW" echo "BIG5 BIG5" echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS" ;; darwin[56]*) # Darwin 6.8 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore # localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name # from the environment variables. echo "C ASCII" for l in en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US la_LN; do echo "$l.US-ASCII ASCII" done for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \ fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT nl_BE \ nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do echo "$l ISO-8859-1" echo "$l.ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" echo "$l.ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" done for l in la_LN; do echo "$l.ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" echo "$l.ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" done for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do echo "$l.ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" done for l in la_LN lt_LT; do echo "$l.ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4" done for l in ru_RU; do echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R" echo "$l.ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" echo "$l.CP866 CP866" done for l in bg_BG; do echo "$l.CP1251 CP1251" done echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U" echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5" echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5" echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312" echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP" echo "ja_JP.SJIS SHIFT_JIS" echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR" ;; darwin*) # Darwin 7.5 has nl_langinfo(CODESET), but it is useless: # - It returns the empty string when LANG is set to a locale of the # form ll_CC, although ll_CC/LC_CTYPE is a symlink to an UTF-8 # LC_CTYPE file. # - The environment variables LANG, LC_CTYPE, LC_ALL are not set by # the system; nl_langinfo(CODESET) returns "US-ASCII" in this case. # - The documentation says: # "... all code that calls BSD system routines should ensure # that the const *char parameters of these routines are in UTF-8 # encoding. All BSD system functions expect their string # parameters to be in UTF-8 encoding and nothing else." # It also says # "An additional caveat is that string parameters for files, # paths, and other file-system entities must be in canonical # UTF-8. In a canonical UTF-8 Unicode string, all decomposable # characters are decomposed ..." # but this is not true: You can pass non-decomposed UTF-8 strings # to file system functions, and it is the OS which will convert # them to decomposed UTF-8 before accessing the file system. # - The Apple Terminal application displays UTF-8 by default. # - However, other applications are free to use different encodings: # - xterm uses ISO-8859-1 by default. # - TextEdit uses MacRoman by default. # We prefer UTF-8 over decomposed UTF-8-MAC because one should # minimize the use of decomposed Unicode. Unfortunately, through the # Darwin file system, decomposed UTF-8 strings are leaked into user # space nevertheless. echo "* UTF-8" ;; beos*) # BeOS has a single locale, and it has UTF-8 encoding. echo "* UTF-8" ;; msdosdjgpp*) # DJGPP 2.03 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore # localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name # from the environment variables. echo "#" echo "# The encodings given here may not all be correct." echo "# If you find that the encoding given for your language and" echo "# country is not the one your DOS machine actually uses, just" echo "# correct it in this file, and send a mail to" echo "# Juan Manuel Guerrero " echo "# and Bruno Haible ." echo "#" echo "C ASCII" # ISO-8859-1 languages echo "ca CP850" echo "ca_ES CP850" echo "da CP865" # not CP850 ?? echo "da_DK CP865" # not CP850 ?? echo "de CP850" echo "de_AT CP850" echo "de_CH CP850" echo "de_DE CP850" echo "en CP850" echo "en_AU CP850" # not CP437 ?? echo "en_CA CP850" echo "en_GB CP850" echo "en_NZ CP437" echo "en_US CP437" echo "en_ZA CP850" # not CP437 ?? echo "es CP850" echo "es_AR CP850" echo "es_BO CP850" echo "es_CL CP850" echo "es_CO CP850" echo "es_CR CP850" echo "es_CU CP850" echo "es_DO CP850" echo "es_EC CP850" echo "es_ES CP850" echo "es_GT CP850" echo "es_HN CP850" echo "es_MX CP850" echo "es_NI CP850" echo "es_PA CP850" echo "es_PY CP850" echo "es_PE CP850" echo "es_SV CP850" echo "es_UY CP850" echo "es_VE CP850" echo "et CP850" echo "et_EE CP850" echo "eu CP850" echo "eu_ES CP850" echo "fi CP850" echo "fi_FI CP850" echo "fr CP850" echo "fr_BE CP850" echo "fr_CA CP850" echo "fr_CH CP850" echo "fr_FR CP850" echo "ga CP850" echo "ga_IE CP850" echo "gd CP850" echo "gd_GB CP850" echo "gl CP850" echo "gl_ES CP850" echo "id CP850" # not CP437 ?? echo "id_ID CP850" # not CP437 ?? echo "is CP861" # not CP850 ?? echo "is_IS CP861" # not CP850 ?? echo "it CP850" echo "it_CH CP850" echo "it_IT CP850" echo "lt CP775" echo "lt_LT CP775" echo "lv CP775" echo "lv_LV CP775" echo "nb CP865" # not CP850 ?? echo "nb_NO CP865" # not CP850 ?? echo "nl CP850" echo "nl_BE CP850" echo "nl_NL CP850" echo "nn CP865" # not CP850 ?? echo "nn_NO CP865" # not CP850 ?? echo "no CP865" # not CP850 ?? echo "no_NO CP865" # not CP850 ?? echo "pt CP850" echo "pt_BR CP850" echo "pt_PT CP850" echo "sv CP850" echo "sv_SE CP850" # ISO-8859-2 languages echo "cs CP852" echo "cs_CZ CP852" echo "hr CP852" echo "hr_HR CP852" echo "hu CP852" echo "hu_HU CP852" echo "pl CP852" echo "pl_PL CP852" echo "ro CP852" echo "ro_RO CP852" echo "sk CP852" echo "sk_SK CP852" echo "sl CP852" echo "sl_SI CP852" echo "sq CP852" echo "sq_AL CP852" echo "sr CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ?? echo "sr_CS CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ?? echo "sr_YU CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ?? # ISO-8859-3 languages echo "mt CP850" echo "mt_MT CP850" # ISO-8859-5 languages echo "be CP866" echo "be_BE CP866" echo "bg CP866" # not CP855 ?? echo "bg_BG CP866" # not CP855 ?? echo "mk CP866" # not CP855 ?? echo "mk_MK CP866" # not CP855 ?? echo "ru CP866" echo "ru_RU CP866" echo "uk CP1125" echo "uk_UA CP1125" # ISO-8859-6 languages echo "ar CP864" echo "ar_AE CP864" echo "ar_DZ CP864" echo "ar_EG CP864" echo "ar_IQ CP864" echo "ar_IR CP864" echo "ar_JO CP864" echo "ar_KW CP864" echo "ar_MA CP864" echo "ar_OM CP864" echo "ar_QA CP864" echo "ar_SA CP864" echo "ar_SY CP864" # ISO-8859-7 languages echo "el CP869" echo "el_GR CP869" # ISO-8859-8 languages echo "he CP862" echo "he_IL CP862" # ISO-8859-9 languages echo "tr CP857" echo "tr_TR CP857" # Japanese echo "ja CP932" echo "ja_JP CP932" # Chinese echo "zh_CN GBK" echo "zh_TW CP950" # not CP938 ?? # Korean echo "kr CP949" # not CP934 ?? echo "kr_KR CP949" # not CP934 ?? # Thai echo "th CP874" echo "th_TH CP874" # Other echo "eo CP850" echo "eo_EO CP850" ;; esac tablix2-0.3.5/intl/locale.alias0000644000175000017500000000512610641726200013227 00000000000000# Locale name alias data base. # Copyright (C) 1996-2001,2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it # under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published # by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) # any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU # Library General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public # License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, # USA. # The format of this file is the same as for the corresponding file of # the X Window System, which normally can be found in # /usr/lib/X11/locale/locale.alias # A single line contains two fields: an alias and a substitution value. # All entries are case independent. # Note: This file is far from being complete. If you have a value for # your own site which you think might be useful for others too, share # it with the rest of us. Send it using the `glibcbug' script to # bugs@gnu.org. # Packages using this file: bokmal nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 bokmċl nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 catalan ca_ES.ISO-8859-1 croatian hr_HR.ISO-8859-2 czech cs_CZ.ISO-8859-2 danish da_DK.ISO-8859-1 dansk da_DK.ISO-8859-1 deutsch de_DE.ISO-8859-1 dutch nl_NL.ISO-8859-1 eesti et_EE.ISO-8859-1 estonian et_EE.ISO-8859-1 finnish fi_FI.ISO-8859-1 français fr_FR.ISO-8859-1 french fr_FR.ISO-8859-1 galego gl_ES.ISO-8859-1 galician gl_ES.ISO-8859-1 german de_DE.ISO-8859-1 greek el_GR.ISO-8859-7 hebrew he_IL.ISO-8859-8 hrvatski hr_HR.ISO-8859-2 hungarian hu_HU.ISO-8859-2 icelandic is_IS.ISO-8859-1 italian it_IT.ISO-8859-1 japanese ja_JP.eucJP japanese.euc ja_JP.eucJP ja_JP ja_JP.eucJP ja_JP.ujis ja_JP.eucJP japanese.sjis ja_JP.SJIS korean ko_KR.eucKR korean.euc ko_KR.eucKR ko_KR ko_KR.eucKR lithuanian lt_LT.ISO-8859-13 no_NO nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 no_NO.ISO-8859-1 nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 norwegian nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 nynorsk nn_NO.ISO-8859-1 polish pl_PL.ISO-8859-2 portuguese pt_PT.ISO-8859-1 romanian ro_RO.ISO-8859-2 russian ru_RU.ISO-8859-5 slovak sk_SK.ISO-8859-2 slovene sl_SI.ISO-8859-2 slovenian sl_SI.ISO-8859-2 spanish es_ES.ISO-8859-1 swedish sv_SE.ISO-8859-1 thai th_TH.TIS-620 turkish tr_TR.ISO-8859-9 tablix2-0.3.5/intl/ref-add.sin0000644000175000017500000000210510641726201012765 00000000000000# Add this package to a list of references stored in a text file. # # Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it # under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published # by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) # any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU # Library General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public # License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, # USA. # # Written by Bruno Haible . # /^# Packages using this file: / { s/# Packages using this file:// ta :a s/ @PACKAGE@ / @PACKAGE@ / tb s/ $/ @PACKAGE@ / :b s/^/# Packages using this file:/ } tablix2-0.3.5/intl/ref-del.sin0000644000175000017500000000203010641726201012776 00000000000000# Remove this package from a list of references stored in a text file. # # Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it # under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published # by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) # any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU # Library General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public # License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, # USA. # # Written by Bruno Haible . # /^# Packages using this file: / { s/# Packages using this file:// s/ @PACKAGE@ / / s/^/# Packages using this file:/ } tablix2-0.3.5/intl/export.h0000644000175000017500000000023510641726200012443 00000000000000 #if @HAVE_VISIBILITY@ && BUILDING_LIBINTL #define LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED __attribute__((__visibility__("default"))) #else #define LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED #endif tablix2-0.3.5/intl/gmo.h0000644000175000017500000001135110641726200011705 00000000000000/* Description of GNU message catalog format: general file layout. Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000-2002, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ #ifndef _GETTEXT_H #define _GETTEXT_H 1 #include /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ /* The magic number of the GNU message catalog format. */ #define _MAGIC 0x950412de #define _MAGIC_SWAPPED 0xde120495 /* Revision number of the currently used .mo (binary) file format. */ #define MO_REVISION_NUMBER 0 #define MO_REVISION_NUMBER_WITH_SYSDEP_I 1 /* The following contortions are an attempt to use the C preprocessor to determine an unsigned integral type that is 32 bits wide. An alternative approach is to use autoconf's AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro, but as of version autoconf-2.13, the AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro doesn't work when cross-compiling. */ #if __STDC__ # define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 4294967295U #else # define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF #endif /* If UINT_MAX isn't defined, assume it's a 32-bit type. This should be valid for all systems GNU cares about because that doesn't include 16-bit systems, and only modern systems (that certainly have ) have 64+-bit integral types. */ #ifndef UINT_MAX # define UINT_MAX UINT_MAX_32_BITS #endif #if UINT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS typedef unsigned nls_uint32; #else # if USHRT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS typedef unsigned short nls_uint32; # else # if ULONG_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS typedef unsigned long nls_uint32; # else /* The following line is intended to throw an error. Using #error is not portable enough. */ "Cannot determine unsigned 32-bit data type." # endif # endif #endif /* Header for binary .mo file format. */ struct mo_file_header { /* The magic number. */ nls_uint32 magic; /* The revision number of the file format. */ nls_uint32 revision; /* The following are only used in .mo files with major revision 0 or 1. */ /* The number of strings pairs. */ nls_uint32 nstrings; /* Offset of table with start offsets of original strings. */ nls_uint32 orig_tab_offset; /* Offset of table with start offsets of translated strings. */ nls_uint32 trans_tab_offset; /* Size of hash table. */ nls_uint32 hash_tab_size; /* Offset of first hash table entry. */ nls_uint32 hash_tab_offset; /* The following are only used in .mo files with minor revision >= 1. */ /* The number of system dependent segments. */ nls_uint32 n_sysdep_segments; /* Offset of table describing system dependent segments. */ nls_uint32 sysdep_segments_offset; /* The number of system dependent strings pairs. */ nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings; /* Offset of table with start offsets of original sysdep strings. */ nls_uint32 orig_sysdep_tab_offset; /* Offset of table with start offsets of translated sysdep strings. */ nls_uint32 trans_sysdep_tab_offset; }; /* Descriptor for static string contained in the binary .mo file. */ struct string_desc { /* Length of addressed string, not including the trailing NUL. */ nls_uint32 length; /* Offset of string in file. */ nls_uint32 offset; }; /* The following are only used in .mo files with minor revision >= 1. */ /* Descriptor for system dependent string segment. */ struct sysdep_segment { /* Length of addressed string, including the trailing NUL. */ nls_uint32 length; /* Offset of string in file. */ nls_uint32 offset; }; /* Descriptor for system dependent string. */ struct sysdep_string { /* Offset of static string segments in file. */ nls_uint32 offset; /* Alternating sequence of static and system dependent segments. The last segment is a static segment, including the trailing NUL. */ struct segment_pair { /* Size of static segment. */ nls_uint32 segsize; /* Reference to system dependent string segment, or ~0 at the end. */ nls_uint32 sysdepref; } segments[1]; }; /* Marker for the end of the segments[] array. This has the value 0xFFFFFFFF, regardless whether 'int' is 16 bit, 32 bit, or 64 bit. */ #define SEGMENTS_END ((nls_uint32) ~0) /* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ #endif /* gettext.h */ tablix2-0.3.5/intl/gettextP.h0000644000175000017500000001664310641726200012740 00000000000000/* Header describing internals of libintl library. Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Written by Ulrich Drepper , 1995. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ #ifndef _GETTEXTP_H #define _GETTEXTP_H #include /* Get size_t. */ #ifdef _LIBC # include "../iconv/gconv_int.h" #else # if HAVE_ICONV # include # endif #endif #ifdef _LIBC extern char *__gettext (const char *__msgid); extern char *__dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid); extern char *__dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid, int __category); extern char *__ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n); extern char *__dngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int n); extern char *__dcngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n, int __category); extern char *__dcigettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, int __plural, unsigned long int __n, int __category); extern char *__textdomain (const char *__domainname); extern char *__bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname, const char *__dirname); extern char *__bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname, const char *__codeset); extern void _nl_finddomain_subfreeres (void) attribute_hidden; extern void _nl_unload_domain (struct loaded_domain *__domain) internal_function attribute_hidden; #else /* Declare the exported libintl_* functions, in a way that allows us to call them under their real name. */ # undef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE # undef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS # define _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS # include "libgnuintl.h" # ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE extern char *gl_dcigettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, int __plural, unsigned long int __n, int __category, const char *__localename, const char *__encoding); # else extern char *libintl_dcigettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, int __plural, unsigned long int __n, int __category); # endif #endif #include "loadinfo.h" #include "gmo.h" /* Get nls_uint32. */ /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ #ifndef internal_function # define internal_function #endif #ifndef attribute_hidden # define attribute_hidden #endif /* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is almost always true or almost always false. */ #ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT # define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr) #endif #ifndef W # define W(flag, data) ((flag) ? SWAP (data) : (data)) #endif #ifdef _LIBC # include # define SWAP(i) bswap_32 (i) #else static inline nls_uint32 SWAP (i) nls_uint32 i; { return (i << 24) | ((i & 0xff00) << 8) | ((i >> 8) & 0xff00) | (i >> 24); } #endif /* In-memory representation of system dependent string. */ struct sysdep_string_desc { /* Length of addressed string, including the trailing NUL. */ size_t length; /* Pointer to addressed string. */ const char *pointer; }; /* Cache of translated strings after charset conversion. Note: The strings are converted to the target encoding only on an as-needed basis. */ struct converted_domain { /* The target encoding name. */ const char *encoding; /* The descriptor for conversion from the message catalog's encoding to this target encoding. */ #ifdef _LIBC __gconv_t conv; #else # if HAVE_ICONV iconv_t conv; # endif #endif /* The table of translated strings after charset conversion. */ char **conv_tab; }; /* The representation of an opened message catalog. */ struct loaded_domain { /* Pointer to memory containing the .mo file. */ const char *data; /* 1 if the memory is mmap()ed, 0 if the memory is malloc()ed. */ int use_mmap; /* Size of mmap()ed memory. */ size_t mmap_size; /* 1 if the .mo file uses a different endianness than this machine. */ int must_swap; /* Pointer to additional malloc()ed memory. */ void *malloced; /* Number of static strings pairs. */ nls_uint32 nstrings; /* Pointer to descriptors of original strings in the file. */ const struct string_desc *orig_tab; /* Pointer to descriptors of translated strings in the file. */ const struct string_desc *trans_tab; /* Number of system dependent strings pairs. */ nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings; /* Pointer to descriptors of original sysdep strings. */ const struct sysdep_string_desc *orig_sysdep_tab; /* Pointer to descriptors of translated sysdep strings. */ const struct sysdep_string_desc *trans_sysdep_tab; /* Size of hash table. */ nls_uint32 hash_size; /* Pointer to hash table. */ const nls_uint32 *hash_tab; /* 1 if the hash table uses a different endianness than this machine. */ int must_swap_hash_tab; /* Cache of charset conversions of the translated strings. */ struct converted_domain *conversions; size_t nconversions; struct expression *plural; unsigned long int nplurals; }; /* We want to allocate a string at the end of the struct. But ISO C doesn't allow zero sized arrays. */ #ifdef __GNUC__ # define ZERO 0 #else # define ZERO 1 #endif /* A set of settings bound to a message domain. Used to store settings from bindtextdomain() and bind_textdomain_codeset(). */ struct binding { struct binding *next; char *dirname; char *codeset; char domainname[ZERO]; }; /* A counter which is incremented each time some previous translations become invalid. This variable is part of the external ABI of the GNU libintl. */ #ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE # include extern LIBGLOCALE_DLL_EXPORTED int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; #else extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; #endif #ifndef _LIBC const char *_nl_language_preferences_default (void); const char *_nl_locale_name_posix (int category, const char *categoryname); const char *_nl_locale_name_default (void); const char *_nl_locale_name (int category, const char *categoryname); #endif struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_find_domain (const char *__dirname, char *__locale, const char *__domainname, struct binding *__domainbinding) internal_function; void _nl_load_domain (struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain, struct binding *__domainbinding) internal_function; #ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE char *_nl_find_msg (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file, struct binding *domainbinding, const char *encoding, const char *msgid, size_t *lengthp) internal_function; #else char *_nl_find_msg (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file, struct binding *domainbinding, const char *msgid, int convert, size_t *lengthp) internal_function; #endif /* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ #endif /* gettextP.h */ tablix2-0.3.5/intl/hash-string.h0000644000175000017500000000256610641726200013362 00000000000000/* Description of GNU message catalog format: string hashing function. Copyright (C) 1995, 1997-1998, 2000-2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ /* We assume to have `unsigned long int' value with at least 32 bits. */ #define HASHWORDBITS 32 #ifndef _LIBC # ifdef IN_LIBINTL # define __hash_string libintl_hash_string # else # define __hash_string hash_string # endif #endif /* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger [see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools, 1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.] */ extern unsigned long int __hash_string (const char *str_param); tablix2-0.3.5/intl/loadinfo.h0000644000175000017500000001211310641726200012713 00000000000000/* Copyright (C) 1996-1999, 2000-2003, 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This file is part of the GNU C Library. Contributed by Ulrich Drepper , 1996. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ #ifndef _LOADINFO_H #define _LOADINFO_H 1 /* Declarations of locale dependent catalog lookup functions. Implemented in localealias.c Possibly replace a locale name by another. explodename.c Split a locale name into its various fields. l10nflist.c Generate a list of filenames of possible message catalogs. finddomain.c Find and open the relevant message catalogs. The main function _nl_find_domain() in finddomain.c is declared in gettextP.h. */ #ifndef internal_function # define internal_function #endif #ifndef LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED # define LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED #endif /* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is almost always true or almost always false. */ #ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT # define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr) #endif /* Separator in PATH like lists of pathnames. */ #if ((defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && !defined __CYGWIN__) || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */ # define PATH_SEPARATOR ';' #else /* Unix */ # define PATH_SEPARATOR ':' #endif /* Encoding of locale name parts. */ #define XPG_NORM_CODESET 1 #define XPG_CODESET 2 #define XPG_TERRITORY 4 #define XPG_MODIFIER 8 struct loaded_l10nfile { const char *filename; int decided; const void *data; struct loaded_l10nfile *next; struct loaded_l10nfile *successor[1]; }; /* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be freed by the caller. */ extern const char *_nl_normalize_codeset (const char *codeset, size_t name_len); /* Lookup a locale dependent file. *L10NFILE_LIST denotes a pool of lookup results of locale dependent files of the same kind, sorted in decreasing order of ->filename. DIRLIST and DIRLIST_LEN are an argz list of directories in which to look, containing at least one directory (i.e. DIRLIST_LEN > 0). MASK, LANGUAGE, TERRITORY, CODESET, NORMALIZED_CODESET, MODIFIER are the pieces of the locale name, as produced by _nl_explode_name(). FILENAME is the filename suffix. The return value is the lookup result, either found in *L10NFILE_LIST, or - if DO_ALLOCATE is nonzero - freshly allocated, or possibly NULL. If the return value is non-NULL, it is added to *L10NFILE_LIST, and its ->next field denotes the chaining inside *L10NFILE_LIST, and furthermore its ->successor[] field contains a list of other lookup results from which this lookup result inherits. */ extern struct loaded_l10nfile * _nl_make_l10nflist (struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list, const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len, int mask, const char *language, const char *territory, const char *codeset, const char *normalized_codeset, const char *modifier, const char *filename, int do_allocate); /* Lookup the real locale name for a locale alias NAME, or NULL if NAME is not a locale alias (but possibly a real locale name). The return value is statically allocated and must not be freed. */ /* Part of the libintl ABI only for the sake of the gettext.m4 macro. */ extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED const char *_nl_expand_alias (const char *name); /* Split a locale name NAME into its pieces: language, modifier, territory, codeset. NAME gets destructively modified: NUL bytes are inserted here and there. *LANGUAGE gets assigned NAME. Each of *MODIFIER, *TERRITORY, *CODESET gets assigned either a pointer into the old NAME string, or NULL. *NORMALIZED_CODESET gets assigned the expanded *CODESET, if it is different from *CODESET; this one is dynamically allocated and has to be freed by the caller. The return value is a bitmask, where each bit corresponds to one filled-in value: XPG_MODIFIER for *MODIFIER, XPG_TERRITORY for *TERRITORY, XPG_CODESET for *CODESET, XPG_NORM_CODESET for *NORMALIZED_CODESET. */ extern int _nl_explode_name (char *name, const char **language, const char **modifier, const char **territory, const char **codeset, const char **normalized_codeset); #endif /* loadinfo.h */ tablix2-0.3.5/intl/plural-exp.h0000644000175000017500000001000110641726201013204 00000000000000/* Expression parsing and evaluation for plural form selection. Copyright (C) 2000-2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Written by Ulrich Drepper , 2000. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ #ifndef _PLURAL_EXP_H #define _PLURAL_EXP_H #ifndef internal_function # define internal_function #endif #ifndef attribute_hidden # define attribute_hidden #endif /* This is the representation of the expressions to determine the plural form. */ struct expression { int nargs; /* Number of arguments. */ enum operator { /* Without arguments: */ var, /* The variable "n". */ num, /* Decimal number. */ /* Unary operators: */ lnot, /* Logical NOT. */ /* Binary operators: */ mult, /* Multiplication. */ divide, /* Division. */ module, /* Modulo operation. */ plus, /* Addition. */ minus, /* Subtraction. */ less_than, /* Comparison. */ greater_than, /* Comparison. */ less_or_equal, /* Comparison. */ greater_or_equal, /* Comparison. */ equal, /* Comparison for equality. */ not_equal, /* Comparison for inequality. */ land, /* Logical AND. */ lor, /* Logical OR. */ /* Ternary operators: */ qmop /* Question mark operator. */ } operation; union { unsigned long int num; /* Number value for `num'. */ struct expression *args[3]; /* Up to three arguments. */ } val; }; /* This is the data structure to pass information to the parser and get the result in a thread-safe way. */ struct parse_args { const char *cp; struct expression *res; }; /* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. This source code is used 1. in the GNU C Library library, 2. in the GNU libintl library, 3. in the GNU gettext tools. The function names in each situation must be different, to allow for binary incompatible changes in 'struct expression'. Furthermore, 1. in the GNU C Library library, the names have a __ prefix, 2.+3. in the GNU libintl library and in the GNU gettext tools, the names must follow ANSI C and not start with __. So we have to distinguish the three cases. */ #ifdef _LIBC # define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp # define PLURAL_PARSE __gettextparse # define GERMANIC_PLURAL __gettext_germanic_plural # define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION __gettext_extract_plural #elif defined (IN_LIBINTL) # define FREE_EXPRESSION libintl_gettext_free_exp # define PLURAL_PARSE libintl_gettextparse # define GERMANIC_PLURAL libintl_gettext_germanic_plural # define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION libintl_gettext_extract_plural #else # define FREE_EXPRESSION free_plural_expression # define PLURAL_PARSE parse_plural_expression # define GERMANIC_PLURAL germanic_plural # define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION extract_plural_expression #endif extern void FREE_EXPRESSION (struct expression *exp) internal_function; extern int PLURAL_PARSE (void *arg); extern struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL attribute_hidden; extern void EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION (const char *nullentry, struct expression **pluralp, unsigned long int *npluralsp) internal_function; #if !defined (_LIBC) && !defined (IN_LIBINTL) && !defined (IN_LIBGLOCALE) extern unsigned long int plural_eval (struct expression *pexp, unsigned long int n); #endif #endif /* _PLURAL_EXP_H */ tablix2-0.3.5/intl/eval-plural.h0000644000175000017500000000532610641726200013354 00000000000000/* Plural expression evaluation. Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ #ifndef STATIC #define STATIC static #endif /* Evaluate the plural expression and return an index value. */ STATIC unsigned long int internal_function plural_eval (struct expression *pexp, unsigned long int n) { switch (pexp->nargs) { case 0: switch (pexp->operation) { case var: return n; case num: return pexp->val.num; default: break; } /* NOTREACHED */ break; case 1: { /* pexp->operation must be lnot. */ unsigned long int arg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n); return ! arg; } case 2: { unsigned long int leftarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n); if (pexp->operation == lor) return leftarg || plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n); else if (pexp->operation == land) return leftarg && plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n); else { unsigned long int rightarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n); switch (pexp->operation) { case mult: return leftarg * rightarg; case divide: #if !INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE if (rightarg == 0) raise (SIGFPE); #endif return leftarg / rightarg; case module: #if !INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE if (rightarg == 0) raise (SIGFPE); #endif return leftarg % rightarg; case plus: return leftarg + rightarg; case minus: return leftarg - rightarg; case less_than: return leftarg < rightarg; case greater_than: return leftarg > rightarg; case less_or_equal: return leftarg <= rightarg; case greater_or_equal: return leftarg >= rightarg; case equal: return leftarg == rightarg; case not_equal: return leftarg != rightarg; default: break; } } /* NOTREACHED */ break; } case 3: { /* pexp->operation must be qmop. */ unsigned long int boolarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n); return plural_eval (pexp->val.args[boolarg ? 1 : 2], n); } } /* NOTREACHED */ return 0; } tablix2-0.3.5/intl/localcharset.h0000644000175000017500000000256310641726200013574 00000000000000/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding. Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This file is part of the GNU CHARSET Library. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ #ifndef _LOCALCHARSET_H #define _LOCALCHARSET_H #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif /* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset. The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated. If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical name. */ extern const char * locale_charset (void); #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif #endif /* _LOCALCHARSET_H */ tablix2-0.3.5/intl/lock.h0000644000175000017500000007523310641726201012065 00000000000000/* Locking in multithreaded situations. Copyright (C) 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ /* Written by Bruno Haible , 2005. Based on GCC's gthr-posix.h, gthr-posix95.h, gthr-solaris.h, gthr-win32.h. */ /* This file contains locking primitives for use with a given thread library. It does not contain primitives for creating threads or for other synchronization primitives. Normal (non-recursive) locks: Type: gl_lock_t Declaration: gl_lock_define(extern, name) Initializer: gl_lock_define_initialized(, name) Initialization: gl_lock_init (name); Taking the lock: gl_lock_lock (name); Releasing the lock: gl_lock_unlock (name); De-initialization: gl_lock_destroy (name); Read-Write (non-recursive) locks: Type: gl_rwlock_t Declaration: gl_rwlock_define(extern, name) Initializer: gl_rwlock_define_initialized(, name) Initialization: gl_rwlock_init (name); Taking the lock: gl_rwlock_rdlock (name); gl_rwlock_wrlock (name); Releasing the lock: gl_rwlock_unlock (name); De-initialization: gl_rwlock_destroy (name); Recursive locks: Type: gl_recursive_lock_t Declaration: gl_recursive_lock_define(extern, name) Initializer: gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(, name) Initialization: gl_recursive_lock_init (name); Taking the lock: gl_recursive_lock_lock (name); Releasing the lock: gl_recursive_lock_unlock (name); De-initialization: gl_recursive_lock_destroy (name); Once-only execution: Type: gl_once_t Initializer: gl_once_define(extern, name) Execution: gl_once (name, initfunction); */ #ifndef _LOCK_H #define _LOCK_H /* ========================================================================= */ #if USE_POSIX_THREADS /* Use the POSIX threads library. */ # include # include # ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { # endif # if PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD /* The pthread_in_use() detection needs to be done at runtime. */ # define pthread_in_use() \ glthread_in_use () extern int glthread_in_use (void); # endif # if USE_POSIX_THREADS_WEAK /* Use weak references to the POSIX threads library. */ /* Weak references avoid dragging in external libraries if the other parts of the program don't use them. Here we use them, because we don't want every program that uses libintl to depend on libpthread. This assumes that libpthread would not be loaded after libintl; i.e. if libintl is loaded first, by an executable that does not depend on libpthread, and then a module is dynamically loaded that depends on libpthread, libintl will not be multithread-safe. */ /* The way to test at runtime whether libpthread is present is to test whether a function pointer's value, such as &pthread_mutex_init, is non-NULL. However, some versions of GCC have a bug through which, in PIC mode, &foo != NULL always evaluates to true if there is a direct call to foo(...) in the same function. To avoid this, we test the address of a function in libpthread that we don't use. */ # pragma weak pthread_mutex_init # pragma weak pthread_mutex_lock # pragma weak pthread_mutex_unlock # pragma weak pthread_mutex_destroy # pragma weak pthread_rwlock_init # pragma weak pthread_rwlock_rdlock # pragma weak pthread_rwlock_wrlock # pragma weak pthread_rwlock_unlock # pragma weak pthread_rwlock_destroy # pragma weak pthread_once # pragma weak pthread_cond_init # pragma weak pthread_cond_wait # pragma weak pthread_cond_signal # pragma weak pthread_cond_broadcast # pragma weak pthread_cond_destroy # pragma weak pthread_mutexattr_init # pragma weak pthread_mutexattr_settype # pragma weak pthread_mutexattr_destroy # ifndef pthread_self # pragma weak pthread_self # endif # if !PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD # pragma weak pthread_cancel # define pthread_in_use() (pthread_cancel != NULL) # endif # else # if !PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD # define pthread_in_use() 1 # endif # endif /* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */ typedef pthread_mutex_t gl_lock_t; # define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ STORAGECLASS pthread_mutex_t NAME; # define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ STORAGECLASS pthread_mutex_t NAME = gl_lock_initializer; # define gl_lock_initializer \ PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER # define gl_lock_init(NAME) \ if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_mutex_init (&NAME, NULL) != 0) abort () # define gl_lock_lock(NAME) \ if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_mutex_lock (&NAME) != 0) abort () # define gl_lock_unlock(NAME) \ if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_mutex_unlock (&NAME) != 0) abort () # define gl_lock_destroy(NAME) \ if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_mutex_destroy (&NAME) != 0) abort () /* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */ # if HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK # ifdef PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER typedef pthread_rwlock_t gl_rwlock_t; # define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ STORAGECLASS pthread_rwlock_t NAME; # define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ STORAGECLASS pthread_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer; # define gl_rwlock_initializer \ PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER # define gl_rwlock_init(NAME) \ if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_rwlock_init (&NAME, NULL) != 0) abort () # define gl_rwlock_rdlock(NAME) \ if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_rwlock_rdlock (&NAME) != 0) abort () # define gl_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) \ if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_rwlock_wrlock (&NAME) != 0) abort () # define gl_rwlock_unlock(NAME) \ if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_rwlock_unlock (&NAME) != 0) abort () # define gl_rwlock_destroy(NAME) \ if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_rwlock_destroy (&NAME) != 0) abort () # else typedef struct { int initialized; pthread_mutex_t guard; /* protects the initialization */ pthread_rwlock_t rwlock; /* read-write lock */ } gl_rwlock_t; # define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME; # define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer; # define gl_rwlock_initializer \ { 0, PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER } # define gl_rwlock_init(NAME) \ if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_rwlock_init (&NAME) # define gl_rwlock_rdlock(NAME) \ if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_rwlock_rdlock (&NAME) # define gl_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) \ if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_rwlock_wrlock (&NAME) # define gl_rwlock_unlock(NAME) \ if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_rwlock_unlock (&NAME) # define gl_rwlock_destroy(NAME) \ if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_rwlock_destroy (&NAME) extern void glthread_rwlock_init (gl_rwlock_t *lock); extern void glthread_rwlock_rdlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock); extern void glthread_rwlock_wrlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock); extern void glthread_rwlock_unlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock); extern void glthread_rwlock_destroy (gl_rwlock_t *lock); # endif # else typedef struct { pthread_mutex_t lock; /* protects the remaining fields */ pthread_cond_t waiting_readers; /* waiting readers */ pthread_cond_t waiting_writers; /* waiting writers */ unsigned int waiting_writers_count; /* number of waiting writers */ int runcount; /* number of readers running, or -1 when a writer runs */ } gl_rwlock_t; # define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME; # define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer; # define gl_rwlock_initializer \ { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER, PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER, 0, 0 } # define gl_rwlock_init(NAME) \ if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_rwlock_init (&NAME) # define gl_rwlock_rdlock(NAME) \ if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_rwlock_rdlock (&NAME) # define gl_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) \ if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_rwlock_wrlock (&NAME) # define gl_rwlock_unlock(NAME) \ if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_rwlock_unlock (&NAME) # define gl_rwlock_destroy(NAME) \ if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_rwlock_destroy (&NAME) extern void glthread_rwlock_init (gl_rwlock_t *lock); extern void glthread_rwlock_rdlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock); extern void glthread_rwlock_wrlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock); extern void glthread_rwlock_unlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock); extern void glthread_rwlock_destroy (gl_rwlock_t *lock); # endif /* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */ # if HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE # if defined PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER || defined PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP typedef pthread_mutex_t gl_recursive_lock_t; # define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ STORAGECLASS pthread_mutex_t NAME; # define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ STORAGECLASS pthread_mutex_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer; # ifdef PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER # define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \ PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER # else # define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \ PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP # endif # define gl_recursive_lock_init(NAME) \ if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_mutex_init (&NAME, NULL) != 0) abort () # define gl_recursive_lock_lock(NAME) \ if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_mutex_lock (&NAME) != 0) abort () # define gl_recursive_lock_unlock(NAME) \ if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_mutex_unlock (&NAME) != 0) abort () # define gl_recursive_lock_destroy(NAME) \ if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_mutex_destroy (&NAME) != 0) abort () # else typedef struct { pthread_mutex_t recmutex; /* recursive mutex */ pthread_mutex_t guard; /* protects the initialization */ int initialized; } gl_recursive_lock_t; # define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME; # define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer; # define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \ { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0 } # define gl_recursive_lock_init(NAME) \ if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_recursive_lock_init (&NAME) # define gl_recursive_lock_lock(NAME) \ if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_recursive_lock_lock (&NAME) # define gl_recursive_lock_unlock(NAME) \ if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (&NAME) # define gl_recursive_lock_destroy(NAME) \ if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (&NAME) extern void glthread_recursive_lock_init (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock); extern void glthread_recursive_lock_lock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock); extern void glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock); extern void glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock); # endif # else /* Old versions of POSIX threads on Solaris did not have recursive locks. We have to implement them ourselves. */ typedef struct { pthread_mutex_t mutex; pthread_t owner; unsigned long depth; } gl_recursive_lock_t; # define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME; # define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer; # define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \ { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, (pthread_t) 0, 0 } # define gl_recursive_lock_init(NAME) \ if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_recursive_lock_init (&NAME) # define gl_recursive_lock_lock(NAME) \ if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_recursive_lock_lock (&NAME) # define gl_recursive_lock_unlock(NAME) \ if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (&NAME) # define gl_recursive_lock_destroy(NAME) \ if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (&NAME) extern void glthread_recursive_lock_init (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock); extern void glthread_recursive_lock_lock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock); extern void glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock); extern void glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock); # endif /* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */ typedef pthread_once_t gl_once_t; # define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ STORAGECLASS pthread_once_t NAME = PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT; # define gl_once(NAME, INITFUNCTION) \ do \ { \ if (pthread_in_use ()) \ { \ if (pthread_once (&NAME, INITFUNCTION) != 0) \ abort (); \ } \ else \ { \ if (glthread_once_singlethreaded (&NAME)) \ INITFUNCTION (); \ } \ } \ while (0) extern int glthread_once_singlethreaded (pthread_once_t *once_control); # ifdef __cplusplus } # endif #endif /* ========================================================================= */ #if USE_PTH_THREADS /* Use the GNU Pth threads library. */ # include # include # ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { # endif # if USE_PTH_THREADS_WEAK /* Use weak references to the GNU Pth threads library. */ # pragma weak pth_mutex_init # pragma weak pth_mutex_acquire # pragma weak pth_mutex_release # pragma weak pth_rwlock_init # pragma weak pth_rwlock_acquire # pragma weak pth_rwlock_release # pragma weak pth_once # pragma weak pth_cancel # define pth_in_use() (pth_cancel != NULL) # else # define pth_in_use() 1 # endif /* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */ typedef pth_mutex_t gl_lock_t; # define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ STORAGECLASS pth_mutex_t NAME; # define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ STORAGECLASS pth_mutex_t NAME = gl_lock_initializer; # define gl_lock_initializer \ PTH_MUTEX_INIT # define gl_lock_init(NAME) \ if (pth_in_use() && !pth_mutex_init (&NAME)) abort () # define gl_lock_lock(NAME) \ if (pth_in_use() && !pth_mutex_acquire (&NAME, 0, NULL)) abort () # define gl_lock_unlock(NAME) \ if (pth_in_use() && !pth_mutex_release (&NAME)) abort () # define gl_lock_destroy(NAME) \ (void)(&NAME) /* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */ typedef pth_rwlock_t gl_rwlock_t; # define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ STORAGECLASS pth_rwlock_t NAME; # define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ STORAGECLASS pth_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer; # define gl_rwlock_initializer \ PTH_RWLOCK_INIT # define gl_rwlock_init(NAME) \ if (pth_in_use() && !pth_rwlock_init (&NAME)) abort () # define gl_rwlock_rdlock(NAME) \ if (pth_in_use() && !pth_rwlock_acquire (&NAME, PTH_RWLOCK_RD, 0, NULL)) abort () # define gl_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) \ if (pth_in_use() && !pth_rwlock_acquire (&NAME, PTH_RWLOCK_RW, 0, NULL)) abort () # define gl_rwlock_unlock(NAME) \ if (pth_in_use() && !pth_rwlock_release (&NAME)) abort () # define gl_rwlock_destroy(NAME) \ (void)(&NAME) /* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */ /* In Pth, mutexes are recursive by default. */ typedef pth_mutex_t gl_recursive_lock_t; # define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ STORAGECLASS pth_mutex_t NAME; # define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ STORAGECLASS pth_mutex_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer; # define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \ PTH_MUTEX_INIT # define gl_recursive_lock_init(NAME) \ if (pth_in_use() && !pth_mutex_init (&NAME)) abort () # define gl_recursive_lock_lock(NAME) \ if (pth_in_use() && !pth_mutex_acquire (&NAME, 0, NULL)) abort () # define gl_recursive_lock_unlock(NAME) \ if (pth_in_use() && !pth_mutex_release (&NAME)) abort () # define gl_recursive_lock_destroy(NAME) \ (void)(&NAME) /* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */ typedef pth_once_t gl_once_t; # define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ STORAGECLASS pth_once_t NAME = PTH_ONCE_INIT; # define gl_once(NAME, INITFUNCTION) \ do \ { \ if (pth_in_use ()) \ { \ void (*gl_once_temp) (void) = INITFUNCTION; \ if (!pth_once (&NAME, glthread_once_call, &gl_once_temp)) \ abort (); \ } \ else \ { \ if (glthread_once_singlethreaded (&NAME)) \ INITFUNCTION (); \ } \ } \ while (0) extern void glthread_once_call (void *arg); extern int glthread_once_singlethreaded (pth_once_t *once_control); # ifdef __cplusplus } # endif #endif /* ========================================================================= */ #if USE_SOLARIS_THREADS /* Use the old Solaris threads library. */ # include # include # include # ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { # endif # if USE_SOLARIS_THREADS_WEAK /* Use weak references to the old Solaris threads library. */ # pragma weak mutex_init # pragma weak mutex_lock # pragma weak mutex_unlock # pragma weak mutex_destroy # pragma weak rwlock_init # pragma weak rw_rdlock # pragma weak rw_wrlock # pragma weak rw_unlock # pragma weak rwlock_destroy # pragma weak thr_self # pragma weak thr_suspend # define thread_in_use() (thr_suspend != NULL) # else # define thread_in_use() 1 # endif /* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */ typedef mutex_t gl_lock_t; # define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ STORAGECLASS mutex_t NAME; # define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ STORAGECLASS mutex_t NAME = gl_lock_initializer; # define gl_lock_initializer \ DEFAULTMUTEX # define gl_lock_init(NAME) \ if (thread_in_use () && mutex_init (&NAME, USYNC_THREAD, NULL) != 0) abort () # define gl_lock_lock(NAME) \ if (thread_in_use () && mutex_lock (&NAME) != 0) abort () # define gl_lock_unlock(NAME) \ if (thread_in_use () && mutex_unlock (&NAME) != 0) abort () # define gl_lock_destroy(NAME) \ if (thread_in_use () && mutex_destroy (&NAME) != 0) abort () /* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */ typedef rwlock_t gl_rwlock_t; # define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ STORAGECLASS rwlock_t NAME; # define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ STORAGECLASS rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer; # define gl_rwlock_initializer \ DEFAULTRWLOCK # define gl_rwlock_init(NAME) \ if (thread_in_use () && rwlock_init (&NAME, USYNC_THREAD, NULL) != 0) abort () # define gl_rwlock_rdlock(NAME) \ if (thread_in_use () && rw_rdlock (&NAME) != 0) abort () # define gl_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) \ if (thread_in_use () && rw_wrlock (&NAME) != 0) abort () # define gl_rwlock_unlock(NAME) \ if (thread_in_use () && rw_unlock (&NAME) != 0) abort () # define gl_rwlock_destroy(NAME) \ if (thread_in_use () && rwlock_destroy (&NAME) != 0) abort () /* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */ /* Old Solaris threads did not have recursive locks. We have to implement them ourselves. */ typedef struct { mutex_t mutex; thread_t owner; unsigned long depth; } gl_recursive_lock_t; # define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME; # define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer; # define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \ { DEFAULTMUTEX, (thread_t) 0, 0 } # define gl_recursive_lock_init(NAME) \ if (thread_in_use ()) glthread_recursive_lock_init (&NAME) # define gl_recursive_lock_lock(NAME) \ if (thread_in_use ()) glthread_recursive_lock_lock (&NAME) # define gl_recursive_lock_unlock(NAME) \ if (thread_in_use ()) glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (&NAME) # define gl_recursive_lock_destroy(NAME) \ if (thread_in_use ()) glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (&NAME) extern void glthread_recursive_lock_init (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock); extern void glthread_recursive_lock_lock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock); extern void glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock); extern void glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock); /* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */ typedef struct { volatile int inited; mutex_t mutex; } gl_once_t; # define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ STORAGECLASS gl_once_t NAME = { 0, DEFAULTMUTEX }; # define gl_once(NAME, INITFUNCTION) \ do \ { \ if (thread_in_use ()) \ { \ glthread_once (&NAME, INITFUNCTION); \ } \ else \ { \ if (glthread_once_singlethreaded (&NAME)) \ INITFUNCTION (); \ } \ } \ while (0) extern void glthread_once (gl_once_t *once_control, void (*initfunction) (void)); extern int glthread_once_singlethreaded (gl_once_t *once_control); # ifdef __cplusplus } # endif #endif /* ========================================================================= */ #if USE_WIN32_THREADS # include # ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { # endif /* We can use CRITICAL_SECTION directly, rather than the Win32 Event, Mutex, Semaphore types, because - we need only to synchronize inside a single process (address space), not inter-process locking, - we don't need to support trylock operations. (TryEnterCriticalSection does not work on Windows 95/98/ME. Packages that need trylock usually define their own mutex type.) */ /* There is no way to statically initialize a CRITICAL_SECTION. It needs to be done lazily, once only. For this we need spinlocks. */ typedef struct { volatile int done; volatile long started; } gl_spinlock_t; /* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */ typedef struct { gl_spinlock_t guard; /* protects the initialization */ CRITICAL_SECTION lock; } gl_lock_t; # define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ STORAGECLASS gl_lock_t NAME; # define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ STORAGECLASS gl_lock_t NAME = gl_lock_initializer; # define gl_lock_initializer \ { { 0, -1 } } # define gl_lock_init(NAME) \ glthread_lock_init (&NAME) # define gl_lock_lock(NAME) \ glthread_lock_lock (&NAME) # define gl_lock_unlock(NAME) \ glthread_lock_unlock (&NAME) # define gl_lock_destroy(NAME) \ glthread_lock_destroy (&NAME) extern void glthread_lock_init (gl_lock_t *lock); extern void glthread_lock_lock (gl_lock_t *lock); extern void glthread_lock_unlock (gl_lock_t *lock); extern void glthread_lock_destroy (gl_lock_t *lock); /* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */ /* It is impossible to implement read-write locks using plain locks, without introducing an extra thread dedicated to managing read-write locks. Therefore here we need to use the low-level Event type. */ typedef struct { HANDLE *array; /* array of waiting threads, each represented by an event */ unsigned int count; /* number of waiting threads */ unsigned int alloc; /* length of allocated array */ unsigned int offset; /* index of first waiting thread in array */ } gl_waitqueue_t; typedef struct { gl_spinlock_t guard; /* protects the initialization */ CRITICAL_SECTION lock; /* protects the remaining fields */ gl_waitqueue_t waiting_readers; /* waiting readers */ gl_waitqueue_t waiting_writers; /* waiting writers */ int runcount; /* number of readers running, or -1 when a writer runs */ } gl_rwlock_t; # define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME; # define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer; # define gl_rwlock_initializer \ { { 0, -1 } } # define gl_rwlock_init(NAME) \ glthread_rwlock_init (&NAME) # define gl_rwlock_rdlock(NAME) \ glthread_rwlock_rdlock (&NAME) # define gl_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) \ glthread_rwlock_wrlock (&NAME) # define gl_rwlock_unlock(NAME) \ glthread_rwlock_unlock (&NAME) # define gl_rwlock_destroy(NAME) \ glthread_rwlock_destroy (&NAME) extern void glthread_rwlock_init (gl_rwlock_t *lock); extern void glthread_rwlock_rdlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock); extern void glthread_rwlock_wrlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock); extern void glthread_rwlock_unlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock); extern void glthread_rwlock_destroy (gl_rwlock_t *lock); /* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */ /* The Win32 documentation says that CRITICAL_SECTION already implements a recursive lock. But we need not rely on it: It's easy to implement a recursive lock without this assumption. */ typedef struct { gl_spinlock_t guard; /* protects the initialization */ DWORD owner; unsigned long depth; CRITICAL_SECTION lock; } gl_recursive_lock_t; # define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME; # define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer; # define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \ { { 0, -1 }, 0, 0 } # define gl_recursive_lock_init(NAME) \ glthread_recursive_lock_init (&NAME) # define gl_recursive_lock_lock(NAME) \ glthread_recursive_lock_lock (&NAME) # define gl_recursive_lock_unlock(NAME) \ glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (&NAME) # define gl_recursive_lock_destroy(NAME) \ glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (&NAME) extern void glthread_recursive_lock_init (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock); extern void glthread_recursive_lock_lock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock); extern void glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock); extern void glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock); /* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */ typedef struct { volatile int inited; volatile long started; CRITICAL_SECTION lock; } gl_once_t; # define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ STORAGECLASS gl_once_t NAME = { -1, -1 }; # define gl_once(NAME, INITFUNCTION) \ glthread_once (&NAME, INITFUNCTION) extern void glthread_once (gl_once_t *once_control, void (*initfunction) (void)); # ifdef __cplusplus } # endif #endif /* ========================================================================= */ #if !(USE_POSIX_THREADS || USE_PTH_THREADS || USE_SOLARIS_THREADS || USE_WIN32_THREADS) /* Provide dummy implementation if threads are not supported. */ /* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */ typedef int gl_lock_t; # define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) # define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) # define gl_lock_init(NAME) # define gl_lock_lock(NAME) # define gl_lock_unlock(NAME) /* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */ typedef int gl_rwlock_t; # define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) # define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) # define gl_rwlock_init(NAME) # define gl_rwlock_rdlock(NAME) # define gl_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) # define gl_rwlock_unlock(NAME) /* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */ typedef int gl_recursive_lock_t; # define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) # define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) # define gl_recursive_lock_init(NAME) # define gl_recursive_lock_lock(NAME) # define gl_recursive_lock_unlock(NAME) /* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */ typedef int gl_once_t; # define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ STORAGECLASS gl_once_t NAME = 0; # define gl_once(NAME, INITFUNCTION) \ do \ { \ if (NAME == 0) \ { \ NAME = ~ 0; \ INITFUNCTION (); \ } \ } \ while (0) #endif /* ========================================================================= */ #endif /* _LOCK_H */ tablix2-0.3.5/intl/relocatable.h0000644000175000017500000000543210641726201013404 00000000000000/* Provide relocatable packages. Copyright (C) 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Written by Bruno Haible , 2003. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ #ifndef _RELOCATABLE_H #define _RELOCATABLE_H #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif /* This can be enabled through the configure --enable-relocatable option. */ #if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE /* When building a DLL, we must export some functions. Note that because this is a private .h file, we don't need to use __declspec(dllimport) in any case. */ #if HAVE_VISIBILITY && BUILDING_DLL # define RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED __attribute__((__visibility__("default"))) #elif defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL # define RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport) #else # define RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED #endif /* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package. Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use "" instead of "/"). */ extern RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED void set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix, const char *curr_prefix); /* Returns the pathname, relocated according to the current installation directory. */ extern const char * relocate (const char *pathname); /* Memory management: relocate() leaks memory, because it has to construct a fresh pathname. If this is a problem because your program calls relocate() frequently, think about caching the result. */ /* Convenience function: Computes the current installation prefix, based on the original installation prefix, the original installation directory of a particular file, and the current pathname of this file. Returns NULL upon failure. */ extern const char * compute_curr_prefix (const char *orig_installprefix, const char *orig_installdir, const char *curr_pathname); #else /* By default, we use the hardwired pathnames. */ #define relocate(pathname) (pathname) #endif #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif #endif /* _RELOCATABLE_H */ tablix2-0.3.5/intl/xsize.h0000644000175000017500000000672610641726201012300 00000000000000/* xsize.h -- Checked size_t computations. Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ #ifndef _XSIZE_H #define _XSIZE_H /* Get size_t. */ #include /* Get SIZE_MAX. */ #include #if HAVE_STDINT_H # include #endif /* The size of memory objects is often computed through expressions of type size_t. Example: void* p = malloc (header_size + n * element_size). These computations can lead to overflow. When this happens, malloc() returns a piece of memory that is way too small, and the program then crashes while attempting to fill the memory. To avoid this, the functions and macros in this file check for overflow. The convention is that SIZE_MAX represents overflow. malloc (SIZE_MAX) is not guaranteed to fail -- think of a malloc implementation that uses mmap --, it's recommended to use size_overflow_p() or size_in_bounds_p() before invoking malloc(). The example thus becomes: size_t size = xsum (header_size, xtimes (n, element_size)); void *p = (size_in_bounds_p (size) ? malloc (size) : NULL); */ /* Convert an arbitrary value >= 0 to type size_t. */ #define xcast_size_t(N) \ ((N) <= SIZE_MAX ? (size_t) (N) : SIZE_MAX) /* Sum of two sizes, with overflow check. */ static inline size_t #if __GNUC__ >= 3 __attribute__ ((__pure__)) #endif xsum (size_t size1, size_t size2) { size_t sum = size1 + size2; return (sum >= size1 ? sum : SIZE_MAX); } /* Sum of three sizes, with overflow check. */ static inline size_t #if __GNUC__ >= 3 __attribute__ ((__pure__)) #endif xsum3 (size_t size1, size_t size2, size_t size3) { return xsum (xsum (size1, size2), size3); } /* Sum of four sizes, with overflow check. */ static inline size_t #if __GNUC__ >= 3 __attribute__ ((__pure__)) #endif xsum4 (size_t size1, size_t size2, size_t size3, size_t size4) { return xsum (xsum (xsum (size1, size2), size3), size4); } /* Maximum of two sizes, with overflow check. */ static inline size_t #if __GNUC__ >= 3 __attribute__ ((__pure__)) #endif xmax (size_t size1, size_t size2) { /* No explicit check is needed here, because for any n: max (SIZE_MAX, n) == SIZE_MAX and max (n, SIZE_MAX) == SIZE_MAX. */ return (size1 >= size2 ? size1 : size2); } /* Multiplication of a count with an element size, with overflow check. The count must be >= 0 and the element size must be > 0. This is a macro, not an inline function, so that it works correctly even when N is of a wider tupe and N > SIZE_MAX. */ #define xtimes(N, ELSIZE) \ ((N) <= SIZE_MAX / (ELSIZE) ? (size_t) (N) * (ELSIZE) : SIZE_MAX) /* Check for overflow. */ #define size_overflow_p(SIZE) \ ((SIZE) == SIZE_MAX) /* Check against overflow. */ #define size_in_bounds_p(SIZE) \ ((SIZE) != SIZE_MAX) #endif /* _XSIZE_H */ tablix2-0.3.5/intl/printf-args.h0000644000175000017500000000553410641726201013366 00000000000000/* Decomposed printf argument list. Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ #ifndef _PRINTF_ARGS_H #define _PRINTF_ARGS_H /* Get size_t. */ #include /* Get wchar_t. */ #ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T # include #endif /* Get wint_t. */ #ifdef HAVE_WINT_T # include #endif /* Get va_list. */ #include /* Argument types */ typedef enum { TYPE_NONE, TYPE_SCHAR, TYPE_UCHAR, TYPE_SHORT, TYPE_USHORT, TYPE_INT, TYPE_UINT, TYPE_LONGINT, TYPE_ULONGINT, #ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT TYPE_LONGLONGINT, TYPE_ULONGLONGINT, #endif TYPE_DOUBLE, #ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE TYPE_LONGDOUBLE, #endif TYPE_CHAR, #ifdef HAVE_WINT_T TYPE_WIDE_CHAR, #endif TYPE_STRING, #ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T TYPE_WIDE_STRING, #endif TYPE_POINTER, TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER, TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER, TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER, TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER #ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT , TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER #endif } arg_type; /* Polymorphic argument */ typedef struct { arg_type type; union { signed char a_schar; unsigned char a_uchar; short a_short; unsigned short a_ushort; int a_int; unsigned int a_uint; long int a_longint; unsigned long int a_ulongint; #ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT long long int a_longlongint; unsigned long long int a_ulonglongint; #endif float a_float; double a_double; #ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE long double a_longdouble; #endif int a_char; #ifdef HAVE_WINT_T wint_t a_wide_char; #endif const char* a_string; #ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T const wchar_t* a_wide_string; #endif void* a_pointer; signed char * a_count_schar_pointer; short * a_count_short_pointer; int * a_count_int_pointer; long int * a_count_longint_pointer; #ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT long long int * a_count_longlongint_pointer; #endif } a; } argument; typedef struct { size_t count; argument *arg; } arguments; /* Fetch the arguments, putting them into a. */ #ifdef STATIC STATIC #else extern #endif int printf_fetchargs (va_list args, arguments *a); #endif /* _PRINTF_ARGS_H */ tablix2-0.3.5/intl/printf-args.c0000644000175000017500000001011010641726201013343 00000000000000/* Decomposed printf argument list. Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003, 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ #include /* Specification. */ #include "printf-args.h" #ifdef STATIC STATIC #endif int printf_fetchargs (va_list args, arguments *a) { size_t i; argument *ap; for (i = 0, ap = &a->arg[0]; i < a->count; i++, ap++) switch (ap->type) { case TYPE_SCHAR: ap->a.a_schar = va_arg (args, /*signed char*/ int); break; case TYPE_UCHAR: ap->a.a_uchar = va_arg (args, /*unsigned char*/ int); break; case TYPE_SHORT: ap->a.a_short = va_arg (args, /*short*/ int); break; case TYPE_USHORT: ap->a.a_ushort = va_arg (args, /*unsigned short*/ int); break; case TYPE_INT: ap->a.a_int = va_arg (args, int); break; case TYPE_UINT: ap->a.a_uint = va_arg (args, unsigned int); break; case TYPE_LONGINT: ap->a.a_longint = va_arg (args, long int); break; case TYPE_ULONGINT: ap->a.a_ulongint = va_arg (args, unsigned long int); break; #ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT case TYPE_LONGLONGINT: ap->a.a_longlongint = va_arg (args, long long int); break; case TYPE_ULONGLONGINT: ap->a.a_ulonglongint = va_arg (args, unsigned long long int); break; #endif case TYPE_DOUBLE: ap->a.a_double = va_arg (args, double); break; #ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE case TYPE_LONGDOUBLE: ap->a.a_longdouble = va_arg (args, long double); break; #endif case TYPE_CHAR: ap->a.a_char = va_arg (args, int); break; #ifdef HAVE_WINT_T case TYPE_WIDE_CHAR: /* Although ISO C 99 7.24.1.(2) says that wint_t is "unchanged by default argument promotions", this is not the case in mingw32, where wint_t is 'unsigned short'. */ ap->a.a_wide_char = (sizeof (wint_t) < sizeof (int) ? va_arg (args, int) : va_arg (args, wint_t)); break; #endif case TYPE_STRING: ap->a.a_string = va_arg (args, const char *); /* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%s", but in practice it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce debug output. Use a fallback in this case. */ if (ap->a.a_string == NULL) ap->a.a_string = "(NULL)"; break; #ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T case TYPE_WIDE_STRING: ap->a.a_wide_string = va_arg (args, const wchar_t *); /* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%ls", but in practice it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce debug output. Use a fallback in this case. */ if (ap->a.a_wide_string == NULL) { static const wchar_t wide_null_string[] = { (wchar_t)'(', (wchar_t)'N', (wchar_t)'U', (wchar_t)'L', (wchar_t)'L', (wchar_t)')', (wchar_t)0 }; ap->a.a_wide_string = wide_null_string; } break; #endif case TYPE_POINTER: ap->a.a_pointer = va_arg (args, void *); break; case TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER: ap->a.a_count_schar_pointer = va_arg (args, signed char *); break; case TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER: ap->a.a_count_short_pointer = va_arg (args, short *); break; case TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER: ap->a.a_count_int_pointer = va_arg (args, int *); break; case TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER: ap->a.a_count_longint_pointer = va_arg (args, long int *); break; #ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT case TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER: ap->a.a_count_longlongint_pointer = va_arg (args, long long int *); break; #endif default: /* Unknown type. */ return -1; } return 0; } tablix2-0.3.5/intl/printf-parse.h0000644000175000017500000000421310641726201013535 00000000000000/* Parse printf format string. Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ #ifndef _PRINTF_PARSE_H #define _PRINTF_PARSE_H #include "printf-args.h" /* Flags */ #define FLAG_GROUP 1 /* ' flag */ #define FLAG_LEFT 2 /* - flag */ #define FLAG_SHOWSIGN 4 /* + flag */ #define FLAG_SPACE 8 /* space flag */ #define FLAG_ALT 16 /* # flag */ #define FLAG_ZERO 32 /* arg_index value indicating that no argument is consumed. */ #define ARG_NONE (~(size_t)0) /* A parsed directive. */ typedef struct { const char* dir_start; const char* dir_end; int flags; const char* width_start; const char* width_end; size_t width_arg_index; const char* precision_start; const char* precision_end; size_t precision_arg_index; char conversion; /* d i o u x X f e E g G c s p n U % but not C S */ size_t arg_index; } char_directive; /* A parsed format string. */ typedef struct { size_t count; char_directive *dir; size_t max_width_length; size_t max_precision_length; } char_directives; /* Parses the format string. Fills in the number N of directives, and fills in directives[0], ..., directives[N-1], and sets directives[N].dir_start to the end of the format string. Also fills in the arg_type fields of the arguments and the needed count of arguments. */ #ifdef STATIC STATIC #else extern #endif int printf_parse (const char *format, char_directives *d, arguments *a); #endif /* _PRINTF_PARSE_H */ tablix2-0.3.5/intl/wprintf-parse.h0000644000175000017500000000426310641726201013731 00000000000000/* Parse printf format string. Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ #ifndef _WPRINTF_PARSE_H #define _WPRINTF_PARSE_H #include "printf-args.h" /* Flags */ #define FLAG_GROUP 1 /* ' flag */ #define FLAG_LEFT 2 /* - flag */ #define FLAG_SHOWSIGN 4 /* + flag */ #define FLAG_SPACE 8 /* space flag */ #define FLAG_ALT 16 /* # flag */ #define FLAG_ZERO 32 /* arg_index value indicating that no argument is consumed. */ #define ARG_NONE (~(size_t)0) /* A parsed directive. */ typedef struct { const wchar_t* dir_start; const wchar_t* dir_end; int flags; const wchar_t* width_start; const wchar_t* width_end; size_t width_arg_index; const wchar_t* precision_start; const wchar_t* precision_end; size_t precision_arg_index; wchar_t conversion; /* d i o u x X f e E g G c s p n U % but not C S */ size_t arg_index; } wchar_t_directive; /* A parsed format string. */ typedef struct { size_t count; wchar_t_directive *dir; size_t max_width_length; size_t max_precision_length; } wchar_t_directives; /* Parses the format string. Fills in the number N of directives, and fills in directives[0], ..., directives[N-1], and sets directives[N].dir_start to the end of the format string. Also fills in the arg_type fields of the arguments and the needed count of arguments. */ #ifdef STATIC STATIC #else extern #endif int wprintf_parse (const wchar_t *format, wchar_t_directives *d, arguments *a); #endif /* _WPRINTF_PARSE_H */ tablix2-0.3.5/intl/printf-parse.c0000644000175000017500000003033010641726201013527 00000000000000/* Formatted output to strings. Copyright (C) 1999-2000, 2002-2003, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ #include /* Specification. */ #if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION # include "wprintf-parse.h" #else # include "printf-parse.h" #endif /* Get size_t, NULL. */ #include /* Get intmax_t. */ #if HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX # include #endif #if HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX # include #endif /* malloc(), realloc(), free(). */ #include /* Checked size_t computations. */ #include "xsize.h" #if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION # define PRINTF_PARSE wprintf_parse # define CHAR_T wchar_t # define DIRECTIVE wchar_t_directive # define DIRECTIVES wchar_t_directives #else # define PRINTF_PARSE printf_parse # define CHAR_T char # define DIRECTIVE char_directive # define DIRECTIVES char_directives #endif #ifdef STATIC STATIC #endif int PRINTF_PARSE (const CHAR_T *format, DIRECTIVES *d, arguments *a) { const CHAR_T *cp = format; /* pointer into format */ size_t arg_posn = 0; /* number of regular arguments consumed */ size_t d_allocated; /* allocated elements of d->dir */ size_t a_allocated; /* allocated elements of a->arg */ size_t max_width_length = 0; size_t max_precision_length = 0; d->count = 0; d_allocated = 1; d->dir = malloc (d_allocated * sizeof (DIRECTIVE)); if (d->dir == NULL) /* Out of memory. */ return -1; a->count = 0; a_allocated = 0; a->arg = NULL; #define REGISTER_ARG(_index_,_type_) \ { \ size_t n = (_index_); \ if (n >= a_allocated) \ { \ size_t memory_size; \ argument *memory; \ \ a_allocated = xtimes (a_allocated, 2); \ if (a_allocated <= n) \ a_allocated = xsum (n, 1); \ memory_size = xtimes (a_allocated, sizeof (argument)); \ if (size_overflow_p (memory_size)) \ /* Overflow, would lead to out of memory. */ \ goto error; \ memory = (a->arg \ ? realloc (a->arg, memory_size) \ : malloc (memory_size)); \ if (memory == NULL) \ /* Out of memory. */ \ goto error; \ a->arg = memory; \ } \ while (a->count <= n) \ a->arg[a->count++].type = TYPE_NONE; \ if (a->arg[n].type == TYPE_NONE) \ a->arg[n].type = (_type_); \ else if (a->arg[n].type != (_type_)) \ /* Ambiguous type for positional argument. */ \ goto error; \ } while (*cp != '\0') { CHAR_T c = *cp++; if (c == '%') { size_t arg_index = ARG_NONE; DIRECTIVE *dp = &d->dir[d->count];/* pointer to next directive */ /* Initialize the next directive. */ dp->dir_start = cp - 1; dp->flags = 0; dp->width_start = NULL; dp->width_end = NULL; dp->width_arg_index = ARG_NONE; dp->precision_start = NULL; dp->precision_end = NULL; dp->precision_arg_index = ARG_NONE; dp->arg_index = ARG_NONE; /* Test for positional argument. */ if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9') { const CHAR_T *np; for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++) ; if (*np == '$') { size_t n = 0; for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++) n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0'); if (n == 0) /* Positional argument 0. */ goto error; if (size_overflow_p (n)) /* n too large, would lead to out of memory later. */ goto error; arg_index = n - 1; cp = np + 1; } } /* Read the flags. */ for (;;) { if (*cp == '\'') { dp->flags |= FLAG_GROUP; cp++; } else if (*cp == '-') { dp->flags |= FLAG_LEFT; cp++; } else if (*cp == '+') { dp->flags |= FLAG_SHOWSIGN; cp++; } else if (*cp == ' ') { dp->flags |= FLAG_SPACE; cp++; } else if (*cp == '#') { dp->flags |= FLAG_ALT; cp++; } else if (*cp == '0') { dp->flags |= FLAG_ZERO; cp++; } else break; } /* Parse the field width. */ if (*cp == '*') { dp->width_start = cp; cp++; dp->width_end = cp; if (max_width_length < 1) max_width_length = 1; /* Test for positional argument. */ if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9') { const CHAR_T *np; for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++) ; if (*np == '$') { size_t n = 0; for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++) n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0'); if (n == 0) /* Positional argument 0. */ goto error; if (size_overflow_p (n)) /* n too large, would lead to out of memory later. */ goto error; dp->width_arg_index = n - 1; cp = np + 1; } } if (dp->width_arg_index == ARG_NONE) { dp->width_arg_index = arg_posn++; if (dp->width_arg_index == ARG_NONE) /* arg_posn wrapped around. */ goto error; } REGISTER_ARG (dp->width_arg_index, TYPE_INT); } else if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9') { size_t width_length; dp->width_start = cp; for (; *cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9'; cp++) ; dp->width_end = cp; width_length = dp->width_end - dp->width_start; if (max_width_length < width_length) max_width_length = width_length; } /* Parse the precision. */ if (*cp == '.') { cp++; if (*cp == '*') { dp->precision_start = cp - 1; cp++; dp->precision_end = cp; if (max_precision_length < 2) max_precision_length = 2; /* Test for positional argument. */ if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9') { const CHAR_T *np; for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++) ; if (*np == '$') { size_t n = 0; for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++) n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0'); if (n == 0) /* Positional argument 0. */ goto error; if (size_overflow_p (n)) /* n too large, would lead to out of memory later. */ goto error; dp->precision_arg_index = n - 1; cp = np + 1; } } if (dp->precision_arg_index == ARG_NONE) { dp->precision_arg_index = arg_posn++; if (dp->precision_arg_index == ARG_NONE) /* arg_posn wrapped around. */ goto error; } REGISTER_ARG (dp->precision_arg_index, TYPE_INT); } else { size_t precision_length; dp->precision_start = cp - 1; for (; *cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9'; cp++) ; dp->precision_end = cp; precision_length = dp->precision_end - dp->precision_start; if (max_precision_length < precision_length) max_precision_length = precision_length; } } { arg_type type; /* Parse argument type/size specifiers. */ { int flags = 0; for (;;) { if (*cp == 'h') { flags |= (1 << (flags & 1)); cp++; } else if (*cp == 'L') { flags |= 4; cp++; } else if (*cp == 'l') { flags += 8; cp++; } #ifdef HAVE_INTMAX_T else if (*cp == 'j') { if (sizeof (intmax_t) > sizeof (long)) { /* intmax_t = long long */ flags += 16; } else if (sizeof (intmax_t) > sizeof (int)) { /* intmax_t = long */ flags += 8; } cp++; } #endif else if (*cp == 'z' || *cp == 'Z') { /* 'z' is standardized in ISO C 99, but glibc uses 'Z' because the warning facility in gcc-2.95.2 understands only 'Z' (see gcc-2.95.2/gcc/c-common.c:1784). */ if (sizeof (size_t) > sizeof (long)) { /* size_t = long long */ flags += 16; } else if (sizeof (size_t) > sizeof (int)) { /* size_t = long */ flags += 8; } cp++; } else if (*cp == 't') { if (sizeof (ptrdiff_t) > sizeof (long)) { /* ptrdiff_t = long long */ flags += 16; } else if (sizeof (ptrdiff_t) > sizeof (int)) { /* ptrdiff_t = long */ flags += 8; } cp++; } else break; } /* Read the conversion character. */ c = *cp++; switch (c) { case 'd': case 'i': #ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT /* If 'long long' exists and is larger than 'long': */ if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4)) type = TYPE_LONGLONGINT; else #endif /* If 'long long' exists and is the same as 'long', we parse "lld" into TYPE_LONGINT. */ if (flags >= 8) type = TYPE_LONGINT; else if (flags & 2) type = TYPE_SCHAR; else if (flags & 1) type = TYPE_SHORT; else type = TYPE_INT; break; case 'o': case 'u': case 'x': case 'X': #ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT /* If 'long long' exists and is larger than 'long': */ if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4)) type = TYPE_ULONGLONGINT; else #endif /* If 'unsigned long long' exists and is the same as 'unsigned long', we parse "llu" into TYPE_ULONGINT. */ if (flags >= 8) type = TYPE_ULONGINT; else if (flags & 2) type = TYPE_UCHAR; else if (flags & 1) type = TYPE_USHORT; else type = TYPE_UINT; break; case 'f': case 'F': case 'e': case 'E': case 'g': case 'G': case 'a': case 'A': #ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4)) type = TYPE_LONGDOUBLE; else #endif type = TYPE_DOUBLE; break; case 'c': if (flags >= 8) #ifdef HAVE_WINT_T type = TYPE_WIDE_CHAR; #else goto error; #endif else type = TYPE_CHAR; break; #ifdef HAVE_WINT_T case 'C': type = TYPE_WIDE_CHAR; c = 'c'; break; #endif case 's': if (flags >= 8) #ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T type = TYPE_WIDE_STRING; #else goto error; #endif else type = TYPE_STRING; break; #ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T case 'S': type = TYPE_WIDE_STRING; c = 's'; break; #endif case 'p': type = TYPE_POINTER; break; case 'n': #ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT /* If 'long long' exists and is larger than 'long': */ if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4)) type = TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER; else #endif /* If 'long long' exists and is the same as 'long', we parse "lln" into TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER. */ if (flags >= 8) type = TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER; else if (flags & 2) type = TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER; else if (flags & 1) type = TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER; else type = TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER; break; case '%': type = TYPE_NONE; break; default: /* Unknown conversion character. */ goto error; } } if (type != TYPE_NONE) { dp->arg_index = arg_index; if (dp->arg_index == ARG_NONE) { dp->arg_index = arg_posn++; if (dp->arg_index == ARG_NONE) /* arg_posn wrapped around. */ goto error; } REGISTER_ARG (dp->arg_index, type); } dp->conversion = c; dp->dir_end = cp; } d->count++; if (d->count >= d_allocated) { size_t memory_size; DIRECTIVE *memory; d_allocated = xtimes (d_allocated, 2); memory_size = xtimes (d_allocated, sizeof (DIRECTIVE)); if (size_overflow_p (memory_size)) /* Overflow, would lead to out of memory. */ goto error; memory = realloc (d->dir, memory_size); if (memory == NULL) /* Out of memory. */ goto error; d->dir = memory; } } } d->dir[d->count].dir_start = cp; d->max_width_length = max_width_length; d->max_precision_length = max_precision_length; return 0; error: if (a->arg) free (a->arg); if (d->dir) free (d->dir); return -1; } #undef DIRECTIVES #undef DIRECTIVE #undef CHAR_T #undef PRINTF_PARSE tablix2-0.3.5/intl/vasnprintf.h0000644000175000017500000000544310641726201013323 00000000000000/* vsprintf with automatic memory allocation. Copyright (C) 2002-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ #ifndef _VASNPRINTF_H #define _VASNPRINTF_H /* Get va_list. */ #include /* Get size_t. */ #include #ifndef __attribute__ /* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later. */ # if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5) || __STRICT_ANSI__ # define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */ # endif /* The __-protected variants of `format' and `printf' attributes are accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later. */ # if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7) # define __format__ format # define __printf__ printf # endif #endif #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif /* Write formatted output to a string dynamically allocated with malloc(). You can pass a preallocated buffer for the result in RESULTBUF and its size in *LENGTHP; otherwise you pass RESULTBUF = NULL. If successful, return the address of the string (this may be = RESULTBUF if no dynamic memory allocation was necessary) and set *LENGTHP to the number of resulting bytes, excluding the trailing NUL. Upon error, set errno and return NULL. When dynamic memory allocation occurs, the preallocated buffer is left alone (with possibly modified contents). This makes it possible to use a statically allocated or stack-allocated buffer, like this: char buf[100]; size_t len = sizeof (buf); char *output = vasnprintf (buf, &len, format, args); if (output == NULL) ... error handling ...; else { ... use the output string ...; if (output != buf) free (output); } */ extern char * asnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const char *format, ...) __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4))); extern char * vasnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const char *format, va_list args) __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 0))); #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif #endif /* _VASNPRINTF_H */ tablix2-0.3.5/intl/vasnwprintf.h0000644000175000017500000000330610641726201013506 00000000000000/* vswprintf with automatic memory allocation. Copyright (C) 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ #ifndef _VASNWPRINTF_H #define _VASNWPRINTF_H /* Get va_list. */ #include /* Get wchar_t, size_t. */ #include #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif /* Write formatted output to a string dynamically allocated with malloc(). You can pass a preallocated buffer for the result in RESULTBUF and its size in *LENGTHP; otherwise you pass RESULTBUF = NULL. If successful, return the address of the string (this may be = RESULTBUF if no dynamic memory allocation was necessary) and set *LENGTHP to the number of resulting bytes, excluding the trailing NUL. Upon error, set errno and return NULL. */ extern wchar_t * asnwprintf (wchar_t *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const wchar_t *format, ...); extern wchar_t * vasnwprintf (wchar_t *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const wchar_t *format, va_list args); #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif #endif /* _VASNWPRINTF_H */ tablix2-0.3.5/intl/vasnprintf.c0000644000175000017500000005355010641726201013320 00000000000000/* vsprintf with automatic memory allocation. Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ /* Tell glibc's to provide a prototype for snprintf(). This must come before because may include , and once has been included, it's too late. */ #ifndef _GNU_SOURCE # define _GNU_SOURCE 1 #endif #include #ifndef IN_LIBINTL # include #endif /* Specification. */ #if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION # include "vasnwprintf.h" #else # include "vasnprintf.h" #endif #include /* snprintf(), sprintf() */ #include /* abort(), malloc(), realloc(), free() */ #include /* memcpy(), strlen() */ #include /* errno */ #include /* CHAR_BIT */ #include /* DBL_MAX_EXP, LDBL_MAX_EXP */ #if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION # include "wprintf-parse.h" #else # include "printf-parse.h" #endif /* Checked size_t computations. */ #include "xsize.h" #ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T # ifdef HAVE_WCSLEN # define local_wcslen wcslen # else /* Solaris 2.5.1 has wcslen() in a separate library libw.so. To avoid a dependency towards this library, here is a local substitute. Define this substitute only once, even if this file is included twice in the same compilation unit. */ # ifndef local_wcslen_defined # define local_wcslen_defined 1 static size_t local_wcslen (const wchar_t *s) { const wchar_t *ptr; for (ptr = s; *ptr != (wchar_t) 0; ptr++) ; return ptr - s; } # endif # endif #endif #if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION # define VASNPRINTF vasnwprintf # define CHAR_T wchar_t # define DIRECTIVE wchar_t_directive # define DIRECTIVES wchar_t_directives # define PRINTF_PARSE wprintf_parse # define USE_SNPRINTF 1 # if HAVE_DECL__SNWPRINTF /* On Windows, the function swprintf() has a different signature than on Unix; we use the _snwprintf() function instead. */ # define SNPRINTF _snwprintf # else /* Unix. */ # define SNPRINTF swprintf # endif #else # define VASNPRINTF vasnprintf # define CHAR_T char # define DIRECTIVE char_directive # define DIRECTIVES char_directives # define PRINTF_PARSE printf_parse # define USE_SNPRINTF (HAVE_DECL__SNPRINTF || HAVE_SNPRINTF) # if HAVE_DECL__SNPRINTF /* Windows. */ # define SNPRINTF _snprintf # else /* Unix. */ # define SNPRINTF snprintf # endif #endif CHAR_T * VASNPRINTF (CHAR_T *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const CHAR_T *format, va_list args) { DIRECTIVES d; arguments a; if (PRINTF_PARSE (format, &d, &a) < 0) { errno = EINVAL; return NULL; } #define CLEANUP() \ free (d.dir); \ if (a.arg) \ free (a.arg); if (printf_fetchargs (args, &a) < 0) { CLEANUP (); errno = EINVAL; return NULL; } { size_t buf_neededlength; CHAR_T *buf; CHAR_T *buf_malloced; const CHAR_T *cp; size_t i; DIRECTIVE *dp; /* Output string accumulator. */ CHAR_T *result; size_t allocated; size_t length; /* Allocate a small buffer that will hold a directive passed to sprintf or snprintf. */ buf_neededlength = xsum4 (7, d.max_width_length, d.max_precision_length, 6); #if HAVE_ALLOCA if (buf_neededlength < 4000 / sizeof (CHAR_T)) { buf = (CHAR_T *) alloca (buf_neededlength * sizeof (CHAR_T)); buf_malloced = NULL; } else #endif { size_t buf_memsize = xtimes (buf_neededlength, sizeof (CHAR_T)); if (size_overflow_p (buf_memsize)) goto out_of_memory_1; buf = (CHAR_T *) malloc (buf_memsize); if (buf == NULL) goto out_of_memory_1; buf_malloced = buf; } if (resultbuf != NULL) { result = resultbuf; allocated = *lengthp; } else { result = NULL; allocated = 0; } length = 0; /* Invariants: result is either == resultbuf or == NULL or malloc-allocated. If length > 0, then result != NULL. */ /* Ensures that allocated >= needed. Aborts through a jump to out_of_memory if needed is SIZE_MAX or otherwise too big. */ #define ENSURE_ALLOCATION(needed) \ if ((needed) > allocated) \ { \ size_t memory_size; \ CHAR_T *memory; \ \ allocated = (allocated > 0 ? xtimes (allocated, 2) : 12); \ if ((needed) > allocated) \ allocated = (needed); \ memory_size = xtimes (allocated, sizeof (CHAR_T)); \ if (size_overflow_p (memory_size)) \ goto out_of_memory; \ if (result == resultbuf || result == NULL) \ memory = (CHAR_T *) malloc (memory_size); \ else \ memory = (CHAR_T *) realloc (result, memory_size); \ if (memory == NULL) \ goto out_of_memory; \ if (result == resultbuf && length > 0) \ memcpy (memory, result, length * sizeof (CHAR_T)); \ result = memory; \ } for (cp = format, i = 0, dp = &d.dir[0]; ; cp = dp->dir_end, i++, dp++) { if (cp != dp->dir_start) { size_t n = dp->dir_start - cp; size_t augmented_length = xsum (length, n); ENSURE_ALLOCATION (augmented_length); memcpy (result + length, cp, n * sizeof (CHAR_T)); length = augmented_length; } if (i == d.count) break; /* Execute a single directive. */ if (dp->conversion == '%') { size_t augmented_length; if (!(dp->arg_index == ARG_NONE)) abort (); augmented_length = xsum (length, 1); ENSURE_ALLOCATION (augmented_length); result[length] = '%'; length = augmented_length; } else { if (!(dp->arg_index != ARG_NONE)) abort (); if (dp->conversion == 'n') { switch (a.arg[dp->arg_index].type) { case TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER: *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_schar_pointer = length; break; case TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER: *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_short_pointer = length; break; case TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER: *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_int_pointer = length; break; case TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER: *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_longint_pointer = length; break; #ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT case TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER: *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_longlongint_pointer = length; break; #endif default: abort (); } } else { arg_type type = a.arg[dp->arg_index].type; CHAR_T *p; unsigned int prefix_count; int prefixes[2]; #if !USE_SNPRINTF size_t tmp_length; CHAR_T tmpbuf[700]; CHAR_T *tmp; /* Allocate a temporary buffer of sufficient size for calling sprintf. */ { size_t width; size_t precision; width = 0; if (dp->width_start != dp->width_end) { if (dp->width_arg_index != ARG_NONE) { int arg; if (!(a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT)) abort (); arg = a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].a.a_int; width = (arg < 0 ? (unsigned int) (-arg) : arg); } else { const CHAR_T *digitp = dp->width_start; do width = xsum (xtimes (width, 10), *digitp++ - '0'); while (digitp != dp->width_end); } } precision = 6; if (dp->precision_start != dp->precision_end) { if (dp->precision_arg_index != ARG_NONE) { int arg; if (!(a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT)) abort (); arg = a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].a.a_int; precision = (arg < 0 ? 0 : arg); } else { const CHAR_T *digitp = dp->precision_start + 1; precision = 0; while (digitp != dp->precision_end) precision = xsum (xtimes (precision, 10), *digitp++ - '0'); } } switch (dp->conversion) { case 'd': case 'i': case 'u': # ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT if (type == TYPE_LONGLONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGLONGINT) tmp_length = (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long long) * CHAR_BIT * 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */ ) + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */ else # endif if (type == TYPE_LONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGINT) tmp_length = (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long) * CHAR_BIT * 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */ ) + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */ else tmp_length = (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned int) * CHAR_BIT * 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */ ) + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */ if (tmp_length < precision) tmp_length = precision; /* Multiply by 2, as an estimate for FLAG_GROUP. */ tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, tmp_length); /* Add 1, to account for a leading sign. */ tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 1); break; case 'o': # ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT if (type == TYPE_LONGLONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGLONGINT) tmp_length = (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long long) * CHAR_BIT * 0.333334 /* binary -> octal */ ) + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */ else # endif if (type == TYPE_LONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGINT) tmp_length = (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long) * CHAR_BIT * 0.333334 /* binary -> octal */ ) + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */ else tmp_length = (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned int) * CHAR_BIT * 0.333334 /* binary -> octal */ ) + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */ if (tmp_length < precision) tmp_length = precision; /* Add 1, to account for a leading sign. */ tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 1); break; case 'x': case 'X': # ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT if (type == TYPE_LONGLONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGLONGINT) tmp_length = (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long long) * CHAR_BIT * 0.25 /* binary -> hexadecimal */ ) + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */ else # endif if (type == TYPE_LONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGINT) tmp_length = (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long) * CHAR_BIT * 0.25 /* binary -> hexadecimal */ ) + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */ else tmp_length = (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned int) * CHAR_BIT * 0.25 /* binary -> hexadecimal */ ) + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */ if (tmp_length < precision) tmp_length = precision; /* Add 2, to account for a leading sign or alternate form. */ tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 2); break; case 'f': case 'F': # ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE if (type == TYPE_LONGDOUBLE) tmp_length = (unsigned int) (LDBL_MAX_EXP * 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */ * 2 /* estimate for FLAG_GROUP */ ) + 1 /* turn floor into ceil */ + 10; /* sign, decimal point etc. */ else # endif tmp_length = (unsigned int) (DBL_MAX_EXP * 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */ * 2 /* estimate for FLAG_GROUP */ ) + 1 /* turn floor into ceil */ + 10; /* sign, decimal point etc. */ tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, precision); break; case 'e': case 'E': case 'g': case 'G': case 'a': case 'A': tmp_length = 12; /* sign, decimal point, exponent etc. */ tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, precision); break; case 'c': # if defined HAVE_WINT_T && !WIDE_CHAR_VERSION if (type == TYPE_WIDE_CHAR) tmp_length = MB_CUR_MAX; else # endif tmp_length = 1; break; case 's': # ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T if (type == TYPE_WIDE_STRING) { tmp_length = local_wcslen (a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_wide_string); # if !WIDE_CHAR_VERSION tmp_length = xtimes (tmp_length, MB_CUR_MAX); # endif } else # endif tmp_length = strlen (a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_string); break; case 'p': tmp_length = (unsigned int) (sizeof (void *) * CHAR_BIT * 0.25 /* binary -> hexadecimal */ ) + 1 /* turn floor into ceil */ + 2; /* account for leading 0x */ break; default: abort (); } if (tmp_length < width) tmp_length = width; tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 1); /* account for trailing NUL */ } if (tmp_length <= sizeof (tmpbuf) / sizeof (CHAR_T)) tmp = tmpbuf; else { size_t tmp_memsize = xtimes (tmp_length, sizeof (CHAR_T)); if (size_overflow_p (tmp_memsize)) /* Overflow, would lead to out of memory. */ goto out_of_memory; tmp = (CHAR_T *) malloc (tmp_memsize); if (tmp == NULL) /* Out of memory. */ goto out_of_memory; } #endif /* Construct the format string for calling snprintf or sprintf. */ p = buf; *p++ = '%'; if (dp->flags & FLAG_GROUP) *p++ = '\''; if (dp->flags & FLAG_LEFT) *p++ = '-'; if (dp->flags & FLAG_SHOWSIGN) *p++ = '+'; if (dp->flags & FLAG_SPACE) *p++ = ' '; if (dp->flags & FLAG_ALT) *p++ = '#'; if (dp->flags & FLAG_ZERO) *p++ = '0'; if (dp->width_start != dp->width_end) { size_t n = dp->width_end - dp->width_start; memcpy (p, dp->width_start, n * sizeof (CHAR_T)); p += n; } if (dp->precision_start != dp->precision_end) { size_t n = dp->precision_end - dp->precision_start; memcpy (p, dp->precision_start, n * sizeof (CHAR_T)); p += n; } switch (type) { #ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT case TYPE_LONGLONGINT: case TYPE_ULONGLONGINT: *p++ = 'l'; /*FALLTHROUGH*/ #endif case TYPE_LONGINT: case TYPE_ULONGINT: #ifdef HAVE_WINT_T case TYPE_WIDE_CHAR: #endif #ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T case TYPE_WIDE_STRING: #endif *p++ = 'l'; break; #ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE case TYPE_LONGDOUBLE: *p++ = 'L'; break; #endif default: break; } *p = dp->conversion; #if USE_SNPRINTF p[1] = '%'; p[2] = 'n'; p[3] = '\0'; #else p[1] = '\0'; #endif /* Construct the arguments for calling snprintf or sprintf. */ prefix_count = 0; if (dp->width_arg_index != ARG_NONE) { if (!(a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT)) abort (); prefixes[prefix_count++] = a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].a.a_int; } if (dp->precision_arg_index != ARG_NONE) { if (!(a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT)) abort (); prefixes[prefix_count++] = a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].a.a_int; } #if USE_SNPRINTF /* Prepare checking whether snprintf returns the count via %n. */ ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, 1)); result[length] = '\0'; #endif for (;;) { size_t maxlen; int count; int retcount; maxlen = allocated - length; count = -1; retcount = 0; #if USE_SNPRINTF # define SNPRINTF_BUF(arg) \ switch (prefix_count) \ { \ case 0: \ retcount = SNPRINTF (result + length, maxlen, buf, \ arg, &count); \ break; \ case 1: \ retcount = SNPRINTF (result + length, maxlen, buf, \ prefixes[0], arg, &count); \ break; \ case 2: \ retcount = SNPRINTF (result + length, maxlen, buf, \ prefixes[0], prefixes[1], arg, \ &count); \ break; \ default: \ abort (); \ } #else # define SNPRINTF_BUF(arg) \ switch (prefix_count) \ { \ case 0: \ count = sprintf (tmp, buf, arg); \ break; \ case 1: \ count = sprintf (tmp, buf, prefixes[0], arg); \ break; \ case 2: \ count = sprintf (tmp, buf, prefixes[0], prefixes[1],\ arg); \ break; \ default: \ abort (); \ } #endif switch (type) { case TYPE_SCHAR: { int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_schar; SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); } break; case TYPE_UCHAR: { unsigned int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_uchar; SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); } break; case TYPE_SHORT: { int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_short; SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); } break; case TYPE_USHORT: { unsigned int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_ushort; SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); } break; case TYPE_INT: { int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_int; SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); } break; case TYPE_UINT: { unsigned int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_uint; SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); } break; case TYPE_LONGINT: { long int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longint; SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); } break; case TYPE_ULONGINT: { unsigned long int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_ulongint; SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); } break; #ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT case TYPE_LONGLONGINT: { long long int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longlongint; SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); } break; case TYPE_ULONGLONGINT: { unsigned long long int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_ulonglongint; SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); } break; #endif case TYPE_DOUBLE: { double arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_double; SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); } break; #ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE case TYPE_LONGDOUBLE: { long double arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longdouble; SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); } break; #endif case TYPE_CHAR: { int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_char; SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); } break; #ifdef HAVE_WINT_T case TYPE_WIDE_CHAR: { wint_t arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_wide_char; SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); } break; #endif case TYPE_STRING: { const char *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_string; SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); } break; #ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T case TYPE_WIDE_STRING: { const wchar_t *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_wide_string; SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); } break; #endif case TYPE_POINTER: { void *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_pointer; SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); } break; default: abort (); } #if USE_SNPRINTF /* Portability: Not all implementations of snprintf() are ISO C 99 compliant. Determine the number of bytes that snprintf() has produced or would have produced. */ if (count >= 0) { /* Verify that snprintf() has NUL-terminated its result. */ if (count < maxlen && result[length + count] != '\0') abort (); /* Portability hack. */ if (retcount > count) count = retcount; } else { /* snprintf() doesn't understand the '%n' directive. */ if (p[1] != '\0') { /* Don't use the '%n' directive; instead, look at the snprintf() return value. */ p[1] = '\0'; continue; } else { /* Look at the snprintf() return value. */ if (retcount < 0) { /* HP-UX 10.20 snprintf() is doubly deficient: It doesn't understand the '%n' directive, *and* it returns -1 (rather than the length that would have been required) when the buffer is too small. */ size_t bigger_need = xsum (xtimes (allocated, 2), 12); ENSURE_ALLOCATION (bigger_need); continue; } else count = retcount; } } #endif /* Attempt to handle failure. */ if (count < 0) { if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL)) free (result); if (buf_malloced != NULL) free (buf_malloced); CLEANUP (); errno = EINVAL; return NULL; } #if !USE_SNPRINTF if (count >= tmp_length) /* tmp_length was incorrectly calculated - fix the code above! */ abort (); #endif /* Make room for the result. */ if (count >= maxlen) { /* Need at least count bytes. But allocate proportionally, to avoid looping eternally if snprintf() reports a too small count. */ size_t n = xmax (xsum (length, count), xtimes (allocated, 2)); ENSURE_ALLOCATION (n); #if USE_SNPRINTF continue; #endif } #if USE_SNPRINTF /* The snprintf() result did fit. */ #else /* Append the sprintf() result. */ memcpy (result + length, tmp, count * sizeof (CHAR_T)); if (tmp != tmpbuf) free (tmp); #endif length += count; break; } } } } /* Add the final NUL. */ ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, 1)); result[length] = '\0'; if (result != resultbuf && length + 1 < allocated) { /* Shrink the allocated memory if possible. */ CHAR_T *memory; memory = (CHAR_T *) realloc (result, (length + 1) * sizeof (CHAR_T)); if (memory != NULL) result = memory; } if (buf_malloced != NULL) free (buf_malloced); CLEANUP (); *lengthp = length; /* Note that we can produce a big string of a length > INT_MAX. POSIX says that snprintf() fails with errno = EOVERFLOW in this case, but that's only because snprintf() returns an 'int'. This function does not have this limitation. */ return result; out_of_memory: if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL)) free (result); if (buf_malloced != NULL) free (buf_malloced); out_of_memory_1: CLEANUP (); errno = ENOMEM; return NULL; } } #undef SNPRINTF #undef USE_SNPRINTF #undef PRINTF_PARSE #undef DIRECTIVES #undef DIRECTIVE #undef CHAR_T #undef VASNPRINTF tablix2-0.3.5/intl/os2compat.h0000644000175000017500000000302610641726201013033 00000000000000/* OS/2 compatibility defines. This file is intended to be included from config.h Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ /* When included from os2compat.h we need all the original definitions */ #ifndef OS2_AWARE #undef LIBDIR #define LIBDIR _nlos2_libdir extern char *_nlos2_libdir; #undef LOCALEDIR #define LOCALEDIR _nlos2_localedir extern char *_nlos2_localedir; #undef LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH #define LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH _nlos2_localealiaspath extern char *_nlos2_localealiaspath; #endif #undef HAVE_STRCASECMP #define HAVE_STRCASECMP 1 #define strcasecmp stricmp #define strncasecmp strnicmp /* We have our own getenv() which works even if library is compiled as DLL */ #define getenv _nl_getenv /* Older versions of gettext used -1 as the value of LC_MESSAGES */ #define LC_MESSAGES_COMPAT (-1) tablix2-0.3.5/intl/libgnuintl.h.in0000644000175000017500000003412710641726200013705 00000000000000/* Message catalogs for internationalization. Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ #ifndef _LIBINTL_H #define _LIBINTL_H 1 #include /* The LC_MESSAGES locale category is the category used by the functions gettext() and dgettext(). It is specified in POSIX, but not in ANSI C. On systems that don't define it, use an arbitrary value instead. On Solaris, defines __LOCALE_H (or _LOCALE_H in Solaris 2.5) then includes (i.e. this file!) and then only defines LC_MESSAGES. To avoid a redefinition warning, don't define LC_MESSAGES in this case. */ #if !defined LC_MESSAGES && !(defined __LOCALE_H || (defined _LOCALE_H && defined __sun)) # define LC_MESSAGES 1729 #endif /* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU implementation of gettext. */ #define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1 /* Provide information about the supported file formats. Returns the maximum minor revision number supported for a given major revision. */ #define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) \ ((major) == 0 || (major) == 1 ? 1 : -1) /* Resolve a platform specific conflict on DJGPP. GNU gettext takes precedence over _conio_gettext. */ #ifdef __DJGPP__ # undef gettext #endif #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif /* Version number: (major<<16) + (minor<<8) + subminor */ #define LIBINTL_VERSION 0x001000 extern int libintl_version; /* We redirect the functions to those prefixed with "libintl_". This is necessary, because some systems define gettext/textdomain/... in the C library (namely, Solaris 2.4 and newer, and GNU libc 2.0 and newer). If we used the unprefixed names, there would be cases where the definition in the C library would override the one in the libintl.so shared library. Recall that on ELF systems, the symbols are looked up in the following order: 1. in the executable, 2. in the shared libraries specified on the link command line, in order, 3. in the dependencies of the shared libraries specified on the link command line, 4. in the dlopen()ed shared libraries, in the order in which they were dlopen()ed. The definition in the C library would override the one in libintl.so if either * -lc is given on the link command line and -lintl isn't, or * -lc is given on the link command line before -lintl, or * libintl.so is a dependency of a dlopen()ed shared library but not linked to the executable at link time. Since Solaris gettext() behaves differently than GNU gettext(), this would be unacceptable. The redirection happens by default through macros in C, so that &gettext is independent of the compilation unit, but through inline functions in C++, in order not to interfere with the name mangling of class fields or class methods called 'gettext'. */ /* The user can define _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE or _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS. If he doesn't, we choose the method. A third possible method is _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM, supported only by GCC. */ #if !(defined _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE || defined _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS) # if __GNUC__ >= 2 && !(__APPLE_CC__ > 1) && !defined __MINGW32__ && !(__GNUC__ == 2 && defined _AIX) && (defined __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus) # define _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM # else # ifdef __cplusplus # define _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE # else # define _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS # endif # endif #endif /* Auxiliary macros. */ #ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM # define _INTL_ASM(cname) __asm__ (_INTL_ASMNAME (__USER_LABEL_PREFIX__, #cname)) # define _INTL_ASMNAME(prefix,cnamestring) _INTL_STRINGIFY (prefix) cnamestring # define _INTL_STRINGIFY(prefix) #prefix #else # define _INTL_ASM(cname) #endif /* _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG(n) declares that the given function may return its n-th argument literally. This enables GCC to warn for example about printf (gettext ("foo %y")). */ #if __GNUC__ >= 3 && !(__APPLE_CC__ > 1 && defined __cplusplus) # define _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG(n) __attribute__ ((__format_arg__ (n))) #else # define _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG(n) #endif /* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default text). */ #ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE extern char *libintl_gettext (const char *__msgid) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (1); static inline char *gettext (const char *__msgid) { return libintl_gettext (__msgid); } #else #ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS # define gettext libintl_gettext #endif extern char *gettext (const char *__msgid) _INTL_ASM (libintl_gettext) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (1); #endif /* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current LC_MESSAGES locale. */ #ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE extern char *libintl_dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2); static inline char *dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid) { return libintl_dgettext (__domainname, __msgid); } #else #ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS # define dgettext libintl_dgettext #endif extern char *dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid) _INTL_ASM (libintl_dgettext) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2); #endif /* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY locale. */ #ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE extern char *libintl_dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid, int __category) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2); static inline char *dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid, int __category) { return libintl_dcgettext (__domainname, __msgid, __category); } #else #ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS # define dcgettext libintl_dcgettext #endif extern char *dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid, int __category) _INTL_ASM (libintl_dcgettext) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2); #endif /* Similar to `gettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the number N. */ #ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE extern char *libintl_ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (1) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2); static inline char *ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n) { return libintl_ngettext (__msgid1, __msgid2, __n); } #else #ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS # define ngettext libintl_ngettext #endif extern char *ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n) _INTL_ASM (libintl_ngettext) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (1) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2); #endif /* Similar to `dgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the number N. */ #ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE extern char *libintl_dngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (3); static inline char *dngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n) { return libintl_dngettext (__domainname, __msgid1, __msgid2, __n); } #else #ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS # define dngettext libintl_dngettext #endif extern char *dngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n) _INTL_ASM (libintl_dngettext) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (3); #endif /* Similar to `dcgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the number N. */ #ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE extern char *libintl_dcngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n, int __category) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (3); static inline char *dcngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n, int __category) { return libintl_dcngettext (__domainname, __msgid1, __msgid2, __n, __category); } #else #ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS # define dcngettext libintl_dcngettext #endif extern char *dcngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n, int __category) _INTL_ASM (libintl_dcngettext) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (3); #endif #ifndef IN_LIBGLOCALE /* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME. If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default. If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */ #ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE extern char *libintl_textdomain (const char *__domainname); static inline char *textdomain (const char *__domainname) { return libintl_textdomain (__domainname); } #else #ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS # define textdomain libintl_textdomain #endif extern char *textdomain (const char *__domainname) _INTL_ASM (libintl_textdomain); #endif /* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */ #ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE extern char *libintl_bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname, const char *__dirname); static inline char *bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname, const char *__dirname) { return libintl_bindtextdomain (__domainname, __dirname); } #else #ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS # define bindtextdomain libintl_bindtextdomain #endif extern char *bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname, const char *__dirname) _INTL_ASM (libintl_bindtextdomain); #endif /* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */ #ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE extern char *libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname, const char *__codeset); static inline char *bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname, const char *__codeset) { return libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (__domainname, __codeset); } #else #ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS # define bind_textdomain_codeset libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset #endif extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname, const char *__codeset) _INTL_ASM (libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset); #endif #endif /* IN_LIBGLOCALE */ /* Support for format strings with positions in *printf(), following the POSIX/XSI specification. Note: These replacements for the *printf() functions are visible only in source files that #include or #include "gettext.h". Packages that use *printf() in source files that don't refer to _() or gettext() but for which the format string could be the return value of _() or gettext() need to add this #include. Oh well. */ #if !@HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF@ #include #include /* Get va_list. */ #if __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER # include #else # include #endif #undef fprintf #define fprintf libintl_fprintf extern int fprintf (FILE *, const char *, ...); #undef vfprintf #define vfprintf libintl_vfprintf extern int vfprintf (FILE *, const char *, va_list); #undef printf #if defined __NetBSD__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __MINGW32__ /* Don't break __attribute__((format(printf,M,N))). This redefinition is only possible because the libc in NetBSD, Cygwin, mingw does not have a function __printf__. */ # define libintl_printf __printf__ #endif #define printf libintl_printf extern int printf (const char *, ...); #undef vprintf #define vprintf libintl_vprintf extern int vprintf (const char *, va_list); #undef sprintf #define sprintf libintl_sprintf extern int sprintf (char *, const char *, ...); #undef vsprintf #define vsprintf libintl_vsprintf extern int vsprintf (char *, const char *, va_list); #if @HAVE_SNPRINTF@ #undef snprintf #define snprintf libintl_snprintf extern int snprintf (char *, size_t, const char *, ...); #undef vsnprintf #define vsnprintf libintl_vsnprintf extern int vsnprintf (char *, size_t, const char *, va_list); #endif #if @HAVE_ASPRINTF@ #undef asprintf #define asprintf libintl_asprintf extern int asprintf (char **, const char *, ...); #undef vasprintf #define vasprintf libintl_vasprintf extern int vasprintf (char **, const char *, va_list); #endif #if @HAVE_WPRINTF@ #undef fwprintf #define fwprintf libintl_fwprintf extern int fwprintf (FILE *, const wchar_t *, ...); #undef vfwprintf #define vfwprintf libintl_vfwprintf extern int vfwprintf (FILE *, const wchar_t *, va_list); #undef wprintf #define wprintf libintl_wprintf extern int wprintf (const wchar_t *, ...); #undef vwprintf #define vwprintf libintl_vwprintf extern int vwprintf (const wchar_t *, va_list); #undef swprintf #define swprintf libintl_swprintf extern int swprintf (wchar_t *, size_t, const wchar_t *, ...); #undef vswprintf #define vswprintf libintl_vswprintf extern int vswprintf (wchar_t *, size_t, const wchar_t *, va_list); #endif #endif /* Support for relocatable packages. */ /* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package. Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use "" instead of "/"). */ #define libintl_set_relocation_prefix libintl_set_relocation_prefix extern void libintl_set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix, const char *curr_prefix); #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif #endif /* libintl.h */ tablix2-0.3.5/intl/bindtextdom.c0000644000175000017500000002251010641726200013436 00000000000000/* Implementation of the bindtextdomain(3) function Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2003, 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include #include #include #include "gettextP.h" #ifdef _LIBC # include #else # include "libgnuintl.h" #endif /* Handle multi-threaded applications. */ #ifdef _LIBC # include # define gl_rwlock_define __libc_rwlock_define # define gl_rwlock_wrlock __libc_rwlock_wrlock # define gl_rwlock_unlock __libc_rwlock_unlock #else # include "lock.h" #endif /* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */ #if !defined _LIBC # define _nl_default_dirname libintl_nl_default_dirname # define _nl_domain_bindings libintl_nl_domain_bindings #endif /* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in . */ #ifndef offsetof # define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident)) #endif /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ /* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */ extern const char _nl_default_dirname[]; #ifdef _LIBC libc_hidden_proto (_nl_default_dirname) #endif /* List with bindings of specific domains. */ extern struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings; /* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */ gl_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden) /* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ #ifdef _LIBC # define BINDTEXTDOMAIN __bindtextdomain # define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET __bind_textdomain_codeset # ifndef strdup # define strdup(str) __strdup (str) # endif #else # define BINDTEXTDOMAIN libintl_bindtextdomain # define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset #endif /* Specifies the directory name *DIRNAMEP and the output codeset *CODESETP to be used for the DOMAINNAME message catalog. If *DIRNAMEP or *CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is not modified, only the current value is returned. If DIRNAMEP or CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is neither modified nor returned. */ static void set_binding_values (const char *domainname, const char **dirnamep, const char **codesetp) { struct binding *binding; int modified; /* Some sanity checks. */ if (domainname == NULL || domainname[0] == '\0') { if (dirnamep) *dirnamep = NULL; if (codesetp) *codesetp = NULL; return; } gl_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock); modified = 0; for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next) { int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname); if (compare == 0) /* We found it! */ break; if (compare < 0) { /* It is not in the list. */ binding = NULL; break; } } if (binding != NULL) { if (dirnamep) { const char *dirname = *dirnamep; if (dirname == NULL) /* The current binding has be to returned. */ *dirnamep = binding->dirname; else { /* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the old binding. */ char *result = binding->dirname; if (strcmp (dirname, result) != 0) { if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0) result = (char *) _nl_default_dirname; else { #if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP result = strdup (dirname); #else size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1; result = (char *) malloc (len); if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1)) memcpy (result, dirname, len); #endif } if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1)) { if (binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname) free (binding->dirname); binding->dirname = result; modified = 1; } } *dirnamep = result; } } if (codesetp) { const char *codeset = *codesetp; if (codeset == NULL) /* The current binding has be to returned. */ *codesetp = binding->codeset; else { /* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the old binding. */ char *result = binding->codeset; if (result == NULL || strcmp (codeset, result) != 0) { #if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP result = strdup (codeset); #else size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1; result = (char *) malloc (len); if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1)) memcpy (result, codeset, len); #endif if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1)) { if (binding->codeset != NULL) free (binding->codeset); binding->codeset = result; modified = 1; } } *codesetp = result; } } } else if ((dirnamep == NULL || *dirnamep == NULL) && (codesetp == NULL || *codesetp == NULL)) { /* Simply return the default values. */ if (dirnamep) *dirnamep = _nl_default_dirname; if (codesetp) *codesetp = NULL; } else { /* We have to create a new binding. */ size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1; struct binding *new_binding = (struct binding *) malloc (offsetof (struct binding, domainname) + len); if (__builtin_expect (new_binding == NULL, 0)) goto failed; memcpy (new_binding->domainname, domainname, len); if (dirnamep) { const char *dirname = *dirnamep; if (dirname == NULL) /* The default value. */ dirname = _nl_default_dirname; else { if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0) dirname = _nl_default_dirname; else { char *result; #if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP result = strdup (dirname); if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0)) goto failed_dirname; #else size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1; result = (char *) malloc (len); if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0)) goto failed_dirname; memcpy (result, dirname, len); #endif dirname = result; } } *dirnamep = dirname; new_binding->dirname = (char *) dirname; } else /* The default value. */ new_binding->dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname; if (codesetp) { const char *codeset = *codesetp; if (codeset != NULL) { char *result; #if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP result = strdup (codeset); if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0)) goto failed_codeset; #else size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1; result = (char *) malloc (len); if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0)) goto failed_codeset; memcpy (result, codeset, len); #endif codeset = result; } *codesetp = codeset; new_binding->codeset = (char *) codeset; } else new_binding->codeset = NULL; /* Now enqueue it. */ if (_nl_domain_bindings == NULL || strcmp (domainname, _nl_domain_bindings->domainname) < 0) { new_binding->next = _nl_domain_bindings; _nl_domain_bindings = new_binding; } else { binding = _nl_domain_bindings; while (binding->next != NULL && strcmp (domainname, binding->next->domainname) > 0) binding = binding->next; new_binding->next = binding->next; binding->next = new_binding; } modified = 1; /* Here we deal with memory allocation failures. */ if (0) { failed_codeset: if (new_binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname) free (new_binding->dirname); failed_dirname: free (new_binding); failed: if (dirnamep) *dirnamep = NULL; if (codesetp) *codesetp = NULL; } } /* If we modified any binding, we flush the caches. */ if (modified) ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr; gl_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); } /* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */ char * BINDTEXTDOMAIN (const char *domainname, const char *dirname) { set_binding_values (domainname, &dirname, NULL); return (char *) dirname; } /* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */ char * BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET (const char *domainname, const char *codeset) { set_binding_values (domainname, NULL, &codeset); return (char *) codeset; } #ifdef _LIBC /* Aliases for function names in GNU C Library. */ weak_alias (__bindtextdomain, bindtextdomain); weak_alias (__bind_textdomain_codeset, bind_textdomain_codeset); #endif tablix2-0.3.5/intl/dcgettext.c0000644000175000017500000000342110641726200013110 00000000000000/* Implementation of the dcgettext(3) function. Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include "gettextP.h" #ifdef _LIBC # include #else # include "libgnuintl.h" #endif /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ /* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ #ifdef _LIBC # define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext # define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext #else # define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext # define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext #endif /* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY locale. */ char * DCGETTEXT (const char *domainname, const char *msgid, int category) { return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, NULL, 0, 0, category); } #ifdef _LIBC /* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ INTDEF(__dcgettext) weak_alias (__dcgettext, dcgettext); #endif tablix2-0.3.5/intl/dgettext.c0000644000175000017500000000337110641726200012751 00000000000000/* Implementation of the dgettext(3) function. Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include "gettextP.h" #include #ifdef _LIBC # include #else # include "libgnuintl.h" #endif /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ /* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ #ifdef _LIBC # define DGETTEXT __dgettext # define DCGETTEXT INTUSE(__dcgettext) #else # define DGETTEXT libintl_dgettext # define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext #endif /* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current LC_MESSAGES locale. */ char * DGETTEXT (const char *domainname, const char *msgid) { return DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES); } #ifdef _LIBC /* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ weak_alias (__dgettext, dgettext); #endif tablix2-0.3.5/intl/gettext.c0000644000175000017500000000355410641726200012610 00000000000000/* Implementation of gettext(3) function. Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #ifdef _LIBC # define __need_NULL # include #else # include /* Just for NULL. */ #endif #include "gettextP.h" #ifdef _LIBC # include #else # include "libgnuintl.h" #endif /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ /* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ #ifdef _LIBC # define GETTEXT __gettext # define DCGETTEXT INTUSE(__dcgettext) #else # define GETTEXT libintl_gettext # define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext #endif /* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default text). */ char * GETTEXT (const char *msgid) { return DCGETTEXT (NULL, msgid, LC_MESSAGES); } #ifdef _LIBC /* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ weak_alias (__gettext, gettext); #endif tablix2-0.3.5/intl/finddomain.c0000644000175000017500000001355410641726200013235 00000000000000/* Handle list of needed message catalogs Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2001, 2003-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Written by Ulrich Drepper , 1995. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include #include #include #include #if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC # include #endif #include "gettextP.h" #ifdef _LIBC # include #else # include "libgnuintl.h" #endif /* Handle multi-threaded applications. */ #ifdef _LIBC # include # define gl_rwlock_define_initialized __libc_rwlock_define_initialized # define gl_rwlock_rdlock __libc_rwlock_rdlock # define gl_rwlock_wrlock __libc_rwlock_wrlock # define gl_rwlock_unlock __libc_rwlock_unlock #else # include "lock.h" #endif /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ /* List of already loaded domains. */ static struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_loaded_domains; /* Return a data structure describing the message catalog described by the DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY parameters with respect to the currently established bindings. */ struct loaded_l10nfile * internal_function _nl_find_domain (const char *dirname, char *locale, const char *domainname, struct binding *domainbinding) { struct loaded_l10nfile *retval; const char *language; const char *modifier; const char *territory; const char *codeset; const char *normalized_codeset; const char *alias_value; int mask; /* LOCALE can consist of up to four recognized parts for the XPG syntax: language[_territory][.codeset][@modifier] Beside the first part all of them are allowed to be missing. If the full specified locale is not found, the less specific one are looked for. The various parts will be stripped off according to the following order: (1) codeset (2) normalized codeset (3) territory (4) modifier */ /* We need to protect modifying the _NL_LOADED_DOMAINS data. */ gl_rwlock_define_initialized (static, lock); gl_rwlock_rdlock (lock); /* If we have already tested for this locale entry there has to be one data set in the list of loaded domains. */ retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname, strlen (dirname) + 1, 0, locale, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, domainname, 0); gl_rwlock_unlock (lock); if (retval != NULL) { /* We know something about this locale. */ int cnt; if (retval->decided <= 0) _nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding); if (retval->data != NULL) return retval; for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt) { if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided <= 0) _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding); if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL) break; } return retval; /* NOTREACHED */ } /* See whether the locale value is an alias. If yes its value *overwrites* the alias name. No test for the original value is done. */ alias_value = _nl_expand_alias (locale); if (alias_value != NULL) { #if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP locale = strdup (alias_value); if (locale == NULL) return NULL; #else size_t len = strlen (alias_value) + 1; locale = (char *) malloc (len); if (locale == NULL) return NULL; memcpy (locale, alias_value, len); #endif } /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First look for the language. Termination symbols are `_', '.', and `@'. */ mask = _nl_explode_name (locale, &language, &modifier, &territory, &codeset, &normalized_codeset); /* We need to protect modifying the _NL_LOADED_DOMAINS data. */ gl_rwlock_wrlock (lock); /* Create all possible locale entries which might be interested in generalization. */ retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname, strlen (dirname) + 1, mask, language, territory, codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, domainname, 1); gl_rwlock_unlock (lock); if (retval == NULL) /* This means we are out of core. */ return NULL; if (retval->decided <= 0) _nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding); if (retval->data == NULL) { int cnt; for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt) { if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided <= 0) _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding); if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL) break; } } /* The room for an alias was dynamically allocated. Free it now. */ if (alias_value != NULL) free (locale); /* The space for normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated. Free it. */ if (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) free ((void *) normalized_codeset); return retval; } #ifdef _LIBC /* This is called from iconv/gconv_db.c's free_mem, as locales must be freed before freeing gconv steps arrays. */ void __libc_freeres_fn_section _nl_finddomain_subfreeres () { struct loaded_l10nfile *runp = _nl_loaded_domains; while (runp != NULL) { struct loaded_l10nfile *here = runp; if (runp->data != NULL) _nl_unload_domain ((struct loaded_domain *) runp->data); runp = runp->next; free ((char *) here->filename); free (here); } } #endif tablix2-0.3.5/intl/hash-string.c0000644000175000017500000000315110641726200013344 00000000000000/* Implements a string hashing function. Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This file is part of the GNU C Library. The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif /* Specification. */ #include "hash-string.h" /* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger [see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools, 1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.] */ unsigned long int __hash_string (const char *str_param) { unsigned long int hval, g; const char *str = str_param; /* Compute the hash value for the given string. */ hval = 0; while (*str != '\0') { hval <<= 4; hval += (unsigned char) *str++; g = hval & ((unsigned long int) 0xf << (HASHWORDBITS - 4)); if (g != 0) { hval ^= g >> (HASHWORDBITS - 8); hval ^= g; } } return hval; } tablix2-0.3.5/intl/loadmsgcat.c0000644000175000017500000010247010641726200013237 00000000000000/* Load needed message catalogs. Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ /* Tell glibc's to provide a prototype for mempcpy(). This must come before because may include , and once has been included, it's too late. */ #ifndef _GNU_SOURCE # define _GNU_SOURCE 1 #endif #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include #include #include #include #include #ifdef __GNUC__ # undef alloca # define alloca __builtin_alloca # define HAVE_ALLOCA 1 #else # ifdef _MSC_VER # include # define alloca _alloca # else # if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC # include # else # ifdef _AIX #pragma alloca # else # ifndef alloca char *alloca (); # endif # endif # endif # endif #endif #include #include #if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC # include #endif #ifdef _LIBC # include # include #endif #if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \ || (defined _LIBC && defined _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES) # include # undef HAVE_MMAP # define HAVE_MMAP 1 #else # undef HAVE_MMAP #endif #if defined HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX || defined _LIBC # include #endif #if defined HAVE_INTTYPES_H || defined _LIBC # include #endif #include "gmo.h" #include "gettextP.h" #include "hash-string.h" #include "plural-exp.h" #ifdef _LIBC # include "../locale/localeinfo.h" # include #endif /* Handle multi-threaded applications. */ #ifdef _LIBC # include #else # include "lock.h" #endif /* Provide fallback values for macros that ought to be defined in . Note that our fallback values need not be literal strings, because we don't use them with preprocessor string concatenation. */ #if !defined PRId8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRId8 # define PRId8 "d" #endif #if !defined PRIi8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIi8 # define PRIi8 "i" #endif #if !defined PRIo8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIo8 # define PRIo8 "o" #endif #if !defined PRIu8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIu8 # define PRIu8 "u" #endif #if !defined PRIx8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIx8 # define PRIx8 "x" #endif #if !defined PRIX8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIX8 # define PRIX8 "X" #endif #if !defined PRId16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRId16 # define PRId16 "d" #endif #if !defined PRIi16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIi16 # define PRIi16 "i" #endif #if !defined PRIo16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIo16 # define PRIo16 "o" #endif #if !defined PRIu16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIu16 # define PRIu16 "u" #endif #if !defined PRIx16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIx16 # define PRIx16 "x" #endif #if !defined PRIX16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIX16 # define PRIX16 "X" #endif #if !defined PRId32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRId32 # define PRId32 "d" #endif #if !defined PRIi32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIi32 # define PRIi32 "i" #endif #if !defined PRIo32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIo32 # define PRIo32 "o" #endif #if !defined PRIu32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIu32 # define PRIu32 "u" #endif #if !defined PRIx32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIx32 # define PRIx32 "x" #endif #if !defined PRIX32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIX32 # define PRIX32 "X" #endif #if !defined PRId64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRId64 # define PRId64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "ld" : "lld") #endif #if !defined PRIi64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIi64 # define PRIi64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "li" : "lli") #endif #if !defined PRIo64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIo64 # define PRIo64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "lo" : "llo") #endif #if !defined PRIu64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIu64 # define PRIu64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "lu" : "llu") #endif #if !defined PRIx64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIx64 # define PRIx64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "lx" : "llx") #endif #if !defined PRIX64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIX64 # define PRIX64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "lX" : "llX") #endif #if !defined PRIdLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIdLEAST8 # define PRIdLEAST8 "d" #endif #if !defined PRIiLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIiLEAST8 # define PRIiLEAST8 "i" #endif #if !defined PRIoLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIoLEAST8 # define PRIoLEAST8 "o" #endif #if !defined PRIuLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIuLEAST8 # define PRIuLEAST8 "u" #endif #if !defined PRIxLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIxLEAST8 # define PRIxLEAST8 "x" #endif #if !defined PRIXLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIXLEAST8 # define PRIXLEAST8 "X" #endif #if !defined PRIdLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIdLEAST16 # define PRIdLEAST16 "d" #endif #if !defined PRIiLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIiLEAST16 # define PRIiLEAST16 "i" #endif #if !defined PRIoLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIoLEAST16 # define PRIoLEAST16 "o" #endif #if !defined PRIuLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIuLEAST16 # define PRIuLEAST16 "u" #endif #if !defined PRIxLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIxLEAST16 # define PRIxLEAST16 "x" #endif #if !defined PRIXLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIXLEAST16 # define PRIXLEAST16 "X" #endif #if !defined PRIdLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIdLEAST32 # define PRIdLEAST32 "d" #endif #if !defined PRIiLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIiLEAST32 # define PRIiLEAST32 "i" #endif #if !defined PRIoLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIoLEAST32 # define PRIoLEAST32 "o" #endif #if !defined PRIuLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIuLEAST32 # define PRIuLEAST32 "u" #endif #if !defined PRIxLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIxLEAST32 # define PRIxLEAST32 "x" #endif #if !defined PRIXLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIXLEAST32 # define PRIXLEAST32 "X" #endif #if !defined PRIdLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIdLEAST64 # define PRIdLEAST64 PRId64 #endif #if !defined PRIiLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIiLEAST64 # define PRIiLEAST64 PRIi64 #endif #if !defined PRIoLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIoLEAST64 # define PRIoLEAST64 PRIo64 #endif #if !defined PRIuLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIuLEAST64 # define PRIuLEAST64 PRIu64 #endif #if !defined PRIxLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIxLEAST64 # define PRIxLEAST64 PRIx64 #endif #if !defined PRIXLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIXLEAST64 # define PRIXLEAST64 PRIX64 #endif #if !defined PRIdFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIdFAST8 # define PRIdFAST8 "d" #endif #if !defined PRIiFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIiFAST8 # define PRIiFAST8 "i" #endif #if !defined PRIoFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIoFAST8 # define PRIoFAST8 "o" #endif #if !defined PRIuFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIuFAST8 # define PRIuFAST8 "u" #endif #if !defined PRIxFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIxFAST8 # define PRIxFAST8 "x" #endif #if !defined PRIXFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIXFAST8 # define PRIXFAST8 "X" #endif #if !defined PRIdFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIdFAST16 # define PRIdFAST16 "d" #endif #if !defined PRIiFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIiFAST16 # define PRIiFAST16 "i" #endif #if !defined PRIoFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIoFAST16 # define PRIoFAST16 "o" #endif #if !defined PRIuFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIuFAST16 # define PRIuFAST16 "u" #endif #if !defined PRIxFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIxFAST16 # define PRIxFAST16 "x" #endif #if !defined PRIXFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIXFAST16 # define PRIXFAST16 "X" #endif #if !defined PRIdFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIdFAST32 # define PRIdFAST32 "d" #endif #if !defined PRIiFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIiFAST32 # define PRIiFAST32 "i" #endif #if !defined PRIoFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIoFAST32 # define PRIoFAST32 "o" #endif #if !defined PRIuFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIuFAST32 # define PRIuFAST32 "u" #endif #if !defined PRIxFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIxFAST32 # define PRIxFAST32 "x" #endif #if !defined PRIXFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIXFAST32 # define PRIXFAST32 "X" #endif #if !defined PRIdFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIdFAST64 # define PRIdFAST64 PRId64 #endif #if !defined PRIiFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIiFAST64 # define PRIiFAST64 PRIi64 #endif #if !defined PRIoFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIoFAST64 # define PRIoFAST64 PRIo64 #endif #if !defined PRIuFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIuFAST64 # define PRIuFAST64 PRIu64 #endif #if !defined PRIxFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIxFAST64 # define PRIxFAST64 PRIx64 #endif #if !defined PRIXFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIXFAST64 # define PRIXFAST64 PRIX64 #endif #if !defined PRIdMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIdMAX # define PRIdMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "ld" : "lld") #endif #if !defined PRIiMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIiMAX # define PRIiMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "li" : "lli") #endif #if !defined PRIoMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIoMAX # define PRIoMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "lo" : "llo") #endif #if !defined PRIuMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIuMAX # define PRIuMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "lu" : "llu") #endif #if !defined PRIxMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIxMAX # define PRIxMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "lx" : "llx") #endif #if !defined PRIXMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIXMAX # define PRIXMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "lX" : "llX") #endif #if !defined PRIdPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIdPTR # define PRIdPTR \ (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "ld" : \ sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "d" : \ "lld") #endif #if !defined PRIiPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIiPTR # define PRIiPTR \ (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "li" : \ sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "i" : \ "lli") #endif #if !defined PRIoPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIoPTR # define PRIoPTR \ (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "lo" : \ sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "o" : \ "llo") #endif #if !defined PRIuPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIuPTR # define PRIuPTR \ (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "lu" : \ sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "u" : \ "llu") #endif #if !defined PRIxPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIxPTR # define PRIxPTR \ (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "lx" : \ sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "x" : \ "llx") #endif #if !defined PRIXPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN # undef PRIXPTR # define PRIXPTR \ (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "lX" : \ sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "X" : \ "llX") #endif /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ #ifdef _LIBC /* Rename the non ISO C functions. This is required by the standard because some ISO C functions will require linking with this object file and the name space must not be polluted. */ # define open(name, flags) open_not_cancel_2 (name, flags) # define close(fd) close_not_cancel_no_status (fd) # define read(fd, buf, n) read_not_cancel (fd, buf, n) # define mmap(addr, len, prot, flags, fd, offset) \ __mmap (addr, len, prot, flags, fd, offset) # define munmap(addr, len) __munmap (addr, len) #endif /* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add some additional code emulating it. */ #ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA # define freea(p) /* nothing */ #else # define alloca(n) malloc (n) # define freea(p) free (p) #endif /* For systems that distinguish between text and binary I/O. O_BINARY is usually declared in . */ #if !defined O_BINARY && defined _O_BINARY /* For MSC-compatible compilers. */ # define O_BINARY _O_BINARY # define O_TEXT _O_TEXT #endif #ifdef __BEOS__ /* BeOS 5 has O_BINARY and O_TEXT, but they have no effect. */ # undef O_BINARY # undef O_TEXT #endif /* On reasonable systems, binary I/O is the default. */ #ifndef O_BINARY # define O_BINARY 0 #endif /* We need a sign, whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated with all translations. This is important if the translations are cached by one of GCC's features. */ int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; /* Expand a system dependent string segment. Return NULL if unsupported. */ static const char * get_sysdep_segment_value (const char *name) { /* Test for an ISO C 99 section 7.8.1 format string directive. Syntax: P R I { d | i | o | u | x | X } { { | LEAST | FAST } { 8 | 16 | 32 | 64 } | MAX | PTR } */ /* We don't use a table of 14 times 6 'const char *' strings here, because data relocations cost startup time. */ if (name[0] == 'P' && name[1] == 'R' && name[2] == 'I') { if (name[3] == 'd' || name[3] == 'i' || name[3] == 'o' || name[3] == 'u' || name[3] == 'x' || name[3] == 'X') { if (name[4] == '8' && name[5] == '\0') { if (name[3] == 'd') return PRId8; if (name[3] == 'i') return PRIi8; if (name[3] == 'o') return PRIo8; if (name[3] == 'u') return PRIu8; if (name[3] == 'x') return PRIx8; if (name[3] == 'X') return PRIX8; abort (); } if (name[4] == '1' && name[5] == '6' && name[6] == '\0') { if (name[3] == 'd') return PRId16; if (name[3] == 'i') return PRIi16; if (name[3] == 'o') return PRIo16; if (name[3] == 'u') return PRIu16; if (name[3] == 'x') return PRIx16; if (name[3] == 'X') return PRIX16; abort (); } if (name[4] == '3' && name[5] == '2' && name[6] == '\0') { if (name[3] == 'd') return PRId32; if (name[3] == 'i') return PRIi32; if (name[3] == 'o') return PRIo32; if (name[3] == 'u') return PRIu32; if (name[3] == 'x') return PRIx32; if (name[3] == 'X') return PRIX32; abort (); } if (name[4] == '6' && name[5] == '4' && name[6] == '\0') { if (name[3] == 'd') return PRId64; if (name[3] == 'i') return PRIi64; if (name[3] == 'o') return PRIo64; if (name[3] == 'u') return PRIu64; if (name[3] == 'x') return PRIx64; if (name[3] == 'X') return PRIX64; abort (); } if (name[4] == 'L' && name[5] == 'E' && name[6] == 'A' && name[7] == 'S' && name[8] == 'T') { if (name[9] == '8' && name[10] == '\0') { if (name[3] == 'd') return PRIdLEAST8; if (name[3] == 'i') return PRIiLEAST8; if (name[3] == 'o') return PRIoLEAST8; if (name[3] == 'u') return PRIuLEAST8; if (name[3] == 'x') return PRIxLEAST8; if (name[3] == 'X') return PRIXLEAST8; abort (); } if (name[9] == '1' && name[10] == '6' && name[11] == '\0') { if (name[3] == 'd') return PRIdLEAST16; if (name[3] == 'i') return PRIiLEAST16; if (name[3] == 'o') return PRIoLEAST16; if (name[3] == 'u') return PRIuLEAST16; if (name[3] == 'x') return PRIxLEAST16; if (name[3] == 'X') return PRIXLEAST16; abort (); } if (name[9] == '3' && name[10] == '2' && name[11] == '\0') { if (name[3] == 'd') return PRIdLEAST32; if (name[3] == 'i') return PRIiLEAST32; if (name[3] == 'o') return PRIoLEAST32; if (name[3] == 'u') return PRIuLEAST32; if (name[3] == 'x') return PRIxLEAST32; if (name[3] == 'X') return PRIXLEAST32; abort (); } if (name[9] == '6' && name[10] == '4' && name[11] == '\0') { if (name[3] == 'd') return PRIdLEAST64; if (name[3] == 'i') return PRIiLEAST64; if (name[3] == 'o') return PRIoLEAST64; if (name[3] == 'u') return PRIuLEAST64; if (name[3] == 'x') return PRIxLEAST64; if (name[3] == 'X') return PRIXLEAST64; abort (); } } if (name[4] == 'F' && name[5] == 'A' && name[6] == 'S' && name[7] == 'T') { if (name[8] == '8' && name[9] == '\0') { if (name[3] == 'd') return PRIdFAST8; if (name[3] == 'i') return PRIiFAST8; if (name[3] == 'o') return PRIoFAST8; if (name[3] == 'u') return PRIuFAST8; if (name[3] == 'x') return PRIxFAST8; if (name[3] == 'X') return PRIXFAST8; abort (); } if (name[8] == '1' && name[9] == '6' && name[10] == '\0') { if (name[3] == 'd') return PRIdFAST16; if (name[3] == 'i') return PRIiFAST16; if (name[3] == 'o') return PRIoFAST16; if (name[3] == 'u') return PRIuFAST16; if (name[3] == 'x') return PRIxFAST16; if (name[3] == 'X') return PRIXFAST16; abort (); } if (name[8] == '3' && name[9] == '2' && name[10] == '\0') { if (name[3] == 'd') return PRIdFAST32; if (name[3] == 'i') return PRIiFAST32; if (name[3] == 'o') return PRIoFAST32; if (name[3] == 'u') return PRIuFAST32; if (name[3] == 'x') return PRIxFAST32; if (name[3] == 'X') return PRIXFAST32; abort (); } if (name[8] == '6' && name[9] == '4' && name[10] == '\0') { if (name[3] == 'd') return PRIdFAST64; if (name[3] == 'i') return PRIiFAST64; if (name[3] == 'o') return PRIoFAST64; if (name[3] == 'u') return PRIuFAST64; if (name[3] == 'x') return PRIxFAST64; if (name[3] == 'X') return PRIXFAST64; abort (); } } if (name[4] == 'M' && name[5] == 'A' && name[6] == 'X' && name[7] == '\0') { if (name[3] == 'd') return PRIdMAX; if (name[3] == 'i') return PRIiMAX; if (name[3] == 'o') return PRIoMAX; if (name[3] == 'u') return PRIuMAX; if (name[3] == 'x') return PRIxMAX; if (name[3] == 'X') return PRIXMAX; abort (); } if (name[4] == 'P' && name[5] == 'T' && name[6] == 'R' && name[7] == '\0') { if (name[3] == 'd') return PRIdPTR; if (name[3] == 'i') return PRIiPTR; if (name[3] == 'o') return PRIoPTR; if (name[3] == 'u') return PRIuPTR; if (name[3] == 'x') return PRIxPTR; if (name[3] == 'X') return PRIXPTR; abort (); } } } /* Test for a glibc specific printf() format directive flag. */ if (name[0] == 'I' && name[1] == '\0') { #if defined _LIBC || __GLIBC__ > 2 || (__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 2) /* The 'I' flag, in numeric format directives, replaces ASCII digits with the 'outdigits' defined in the LC_CTYPE locale facet. This is used for Farsi (Persian) and maybe Arabic. */ return "I"; #else return ""; #endif } /* Other system dependent strings are not valid. */ return NULL; } /* Load the message catalogs specified by FILENAME. If it is no valid message catalog do nothing. */ void internal_function _nl_load_domain (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file, struct binding *domainbinding) { __libc_lock_define_initialized_recursive (static, lock) int fd = -1; size_t size; #ifdef _LIBC struct stat64 st; #else struct stat st; #endif struct mo_file_header *data = (struct mo_file_header *) -1; int use_mmap = 0; struct loaded_domain *domain; int revision; const char *nullentry; size_t nullentrylen; __libc_lock_lock_recursive (lock); if (domain_file->decided != 0) { /* There are two possibilities: + this is the same thread calling again during this initialization via _nl_find_msg. We have initialized everything this call needs. + this is another thread which tried to initialize this object. Not necessary anymore since if the lock is available this is finished. */ goto done; } domain_file->decided = -1; domain_file->data = NULL; /* Note that it would be useless to store domainbinding in domain_file because domainbinding might be == NULL now but != NULL later (after a call to bind_textdomain_codeset). */ /* If the record does not represent a valid locale the FILENAME might be NULL. This can happen when according to the given specification the locale file name is different for XPG and CEN syntax. */ if (domain_file->filename == NULL) goto out; /* Try to open the addressed file. */ fd = open (domain_file->filename, O_RDONLY | O_BINARY); if (fd == -1) goto out; /* We must know about the size of the file. */ if ( #ifdef _LIBC __builtin_expect (fstat64 (fd, &st) != 0, 0) #else __builtin_expect (fstat (fd, &st) != 0, 0) #endif || __builtin_expect ((size = (size_t) st.st_size) != st.st_size, 0) || __builtin_expect (size < sizeof (struct mo_file_header), 0)) /* Something went wrong. */ goto out; #ifdef HAVE_MMAP /* Now we are ready to load the file. If mmap() is available we try this first. If not available or it failed we try to load it. */ data = (struct mo_file_header *) mmap (NULL, size, PROT_READ, MAP_PRIVATE, fd, 0); if (__builtin_expect (data != (struct mo_file_header *) -1, 1)) { /* mmap() call was successful. */ close (fd); fd = -1; use_mmap = 1; } #endif /* If the data is not yet available (i.e. mmap'ed) we try to load it manually. */ if (data == (struct mo_file_header *) -1) { size_t to_read; char *read_ptr; data = (struct mo_file_header *) malloc (size); if (data == NULL) goto out; to_read = size; read_ptr = (char *) data; do { long int nb = (long int) read (fd, read_ptr, to_read); if (nb <= 0) { #ifdef EINTR if (nb == -1 && errno == EINTR) continue; #endif goto out; } read_ptr += nb; to_read -= nb; } while (to_read > 0); close (fd); fd = -1; } /* Using the magic number we can test whether it really is a message catalog file. */ if (__builtin_expect (data->magic != _MAGIC && data->magic != _MAGIC_SWAPPED, 0)) { /* The magic number is wrong: not a message catalog file. */ #ifdef HAVE_MMAP if (use_mmap) munmap ((caddr_t) data, size); else #endif free (data); goto out; } domain = (struct loaded_domain *) malloc (sizeof (struct loaded_domain)); if (domain == NULL) goto out; domain_file->data = domain; domain->data = (char *) data; domain->use_mmap = use_mmap; domain->mmap_size = size; domain->must_swap = data->magic != _MAGIC; domain->malloced = NULL; /* Fill in the information about the available tables. */ revision = W (domain->must_swap, data->revision); /* We support only the major revisions 0 and 1. */ switch (revision >> 16) { case 0: case 1: domain->nstrings = W (domain->must_swap, data->nstrings); domain->orig_tab = (const struct string_desc *) ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->orig_tab_offset)); domain->trans_tab = (const struct string_desc *) ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->trans_tab_offset)); domain->hash_size = W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_size); domain->hash_tab = (domain->hash_size > 2 ? (const nls_uint32 *) ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_offset)) : NULL); domain->must_swap_hash_tab = domain->must_swap; /* Now dispatch on the minor revision. */ switch (revision & 0xffff) { case 0: domain->n_sysdep_strings = 0; domain->orig_sysdep_tab = NULL; domain->trans_sysdep_tab = NULL; break; case 1: default: { nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings; if (domain->hash_tab == NULL) /* This is invalid. These minor revisions need a hash table. */ goto invalid; n_sysdep_strings = W (domain->must_swap, data->n_sysdep_strings); if (n_sysdep_strings > 0) { nls_uint32 n_sysdep_segments; const struct sysdep_segment *sysdep_segments; const char **sysdep_segment_values; const nls_uint32 *orig_sysdep_tab; const nls_uint32 *trans_sysdep_tab; nls_uint32 n_inmem_sysdep_strings; size_t memneed; char *mem; struct sysdep_string_desc *inmem_orig_sysdep_tab; struct sysdep_string_desc *inmem_trans_sysdep_tab; nls_uint32 *inmem_hash_tab; unsigned int i, j; /* Get the values of the system dependent segments. */ n_sysdep_segments = W (domain->must_swap, data->n_sysdep_segments); sysdep_segments = (const struct sysdep_segment *) ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->sysdep_segments_offset)); sysdep_segment_values = alloca (n_sysdep_segments * sizeof (const char *)); for (i = 0; i < n_sysdep_segments; i++) { const char *name = (char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, sysdep_segments[i].offset); nls_uint32 namelen = W (domain->must_swap, sysdep_segments[i].length); if (!(namelen > 0 && name[namelen - 1] == '\0')) { freea (sysdep_segment_values); goto invalid; } sysdep_segment_values[i] = get_sysdep_segment_value (name); } orig_sysdep_tab = (const nls_uint32 *) ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->orig_sysdep_tab_offset)); trans_sysdep_tab = (const nls_uint32 *) ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->trans_sysdep_tab_offset)); /* Compute the amount of additional memory needed for the system dependent strings and the augmented hash table. At the same time, also drop string pairs which refer to an undefined system dependent segment. */ n_inmem_sysdep_strings = 0; memneed = domain->hash_size * sizeof (nls_uint32); for (i = 0; i < n_sysdep_strings; i++) { int valid = 1; size_t needs[2]; for (j = 0; j < 2; j++) { const struct sysdep_string *sysdep_string = (const struct sysdep_string *) ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, j == 0 ? orig_sysdep_tab[i] : trans_sysdep_tab[i])); size_t need = 0; const struct segment_pair *p = sysdep_string->segments; if (W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref) != SEGMENTS_END) for (p = sysdep_string->segments;; p++) { nls_uint32 sysdepref; need += W (domain->must_swap, p->segsize); sysdepref = W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref); if (sysdepref == SEGMENTS_END) break; if (sysdepref >= n_sysdep_segments) { /* Invalid. */ freea (sysdep_segment_values); goto invalid; } if (sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref] == NULL) { /* This particular string pair is invalid. */ valid = 0; break; } need += strlen (sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref]); } needs[j] = need; if (!valid) break; } if (valid) { n_inmem_sysdep_strings++; memneed += needs[0] + needs[1]; } } memneed += 2 * n_inmem_sysdep_strings * sizeof (struct sysdep_string_desc); if (n_inmem_sysdep_strings > 0) { unsigned int k; /* Allocate additional memory. */ mem = (char *) malloc (memneed); if (mem == NULL) goto invalid; domain->malloced = mem; inmem_orig_sysdep_tab = (struct sysdep_string_desc *) mem; mem += n_inmem_sysdep_strings * sizeof (struct sysdep_string_desc); inmem_trans_sysdep_tab = (struct sysdep_string_desc *) mem; mem += n_inmem_sysdep_strings * sizeof (struct sysdep_string_desc); inmem_hash_tab = (nls_uint32 *) mem; mem += domain->hash_size * sizeof (nls_uint32); /* Compute the system dependent strings. */ k = 0; for (i = 0; i < n_sysdep_strings; i++) { int valid = 1; for (j = 0; j < 2; j++) { const struct sysdep_string *sysdep_string = (const struct sysdep_string *) ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, j == 0 ? orig_sysdep_tab[i] : trans_sysdep_tab[i])); const struct segment_pair *p = sysdep_string->segments; if (W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref) != SEGMENTS_END) for (p = sysdep_string->segments;; p++) { nls_uint32 sysdepref; sysdepref = W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref); if (sysdepref == SEGMENTS_END) break; if (sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref] == NULL) { /* This particular string pair is invalid. */ valid = 0; break; } } if (!valid) break; } if (valid) { for (j = 0; j < 2; j++) { const struct sysdep_string *sysdep_string = (const struct sysdep_string *) ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, j == 0 ? orig_sysdep_tab[i] : trans_sysdep_tab[i])); const char *static_segments = (char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, sysdep_string->offset); const struct segment_pair *p = sysdep_string->segments; /* Concatenate the segments, and fill inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[k] (for j == 0) and inmem_trans_sysdep_tab[k] (for j == 1). */ struct sysdep_string_desc *inmem_tab_entry = (j == 0 ? inmem_orig_sysdep_tab : inmem_trans_sysdep_tab) + k; if (W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref) == SEGMENTS_END) { /* Only one static segment. */ inmem_tab_entry->length = W (domain->must_swap, p->segsize); inmem_tab_entry->pointer = static_segments; } else { inmem_tab_entry->pointer = mem; for (p = sysdep_string->segments;; p++) { nls_uint32 segsize = W (domain->must_swap, p->segsize); nls_uint32 sysdepref = W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref); size_t n; if (segsize > 0) { memcpy (mem, static_segments, segsize); mem += segsize; static_segments += segsize; } if (sysdepref == SEGMENTS_END) break; n = strlen (sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref]); memcpy (mem, sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref], n); mem += n; } inmem_tab_entry->length = mem - inmem_tab_entry->pointer; } } k++; } } if (k != n_inmem_sysdep_strings) abort (); /* Compute the augmented hash table. */ for (i = 0; i < domain->hash_size; i++) inmem_hash_tab[i] = W (domain->must_swap_hash_tab, domain->hash_tab[i]); for (i = 0; i < n_inmem_sysdep_strings; i++) { const char *msgid = inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].pointer; nls_uint32 hash_val = __hash_string (msgid); nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % domain->hash_size; nls_uint32 incr = 1 + (hash_val % (domain->hash_size - 2)); for (;;) { if (inmem_hash_tab[idx] == 0) { /* Hash table entry is empty. Use it. */ inmem_hash_tab[idx] = 1 + domain->nstrings + i; break; } if (idx >= domain->hash_size - incr) idx -= domain->hash_size - incr; else idx += incr; } } domain->n_sysdep_strings = n_inmem_sysdep_strings; domain->orig_sysdep_tab = inmem_orig_sysdep_tab; domain->trans_sysdep_tab = inmem_trans_sysdep_tab; domain->hash_tab = inmem_hash_tab; domain->must_swap_hash_tab = 0; } else { domain->n_sysdep_strings = 0; domain->orig_sysdep_tab = NULL; domain->trans_sysdep_tab = NULL; } freea (sysdep_segment_values); } else { domain->n_sysdep_strings = 0; domain->orig_sysdep_tab = NULL; domain->trans_sysdep_tab = NULL; } } break; } break; default: /* This is an invalid revision. */ invalid: /* This is an invalid .mo file. */ if (domain->malloced) free (domain->malloced); #ifdef HAVE_MMAP if (use_mmap) munmap ((caddr_t) data, size); else #endif free (data); free (domain); domain_file->data = NULL; goto out; } /* No caches of converted translations so far. */ domain->conversions = NULL; domain->nconversions = 0; /* Get the header entry and look for a plural specification. */ #ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE nullentry = _nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, NULL, "", &nullentrylen); #else nullentry = _nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, "", 0, &nullentrylen); #endif EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION (nullentry, &domain->plural, &domain->nplurals); out: if (fd != -1) close (fd); domain_file->decided = 1; done: __libc_lock_unlock_recursive (lock); } #ifdef _LIBC void internal_function __libc_freeres_fn_section _nl_unload_domain (struct loaded_domain *domain) { size_t i; if (domain->plural != &__gettext_germanic_plural) __gettext_free_exp (domain->plural); for (i = 0; i < domain->nconversions; i++) { struct converted_domain *convd = &domain->conversions[i]; free (convd->encoding); if (convd->conv_tab != NULL && convd->conv_tab != (char **) -1) free (convd->conv_tab); if (convd->conv != (__gconv_t) -1) __gconv_close (convd->conv); } if (domain->conversions != NULL) free (domain->conversions); if (domain->malloced) free (domain->malloced); # ifdef _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES if (domain->use_mmap) munmap ((caddr_t) domain->data, domain->mmap_size); else # endif /* _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES */ free ((void *) domain->data); free (domain); } #endif tablix2-0.3.5/intl/localealias.c0000644000175000017500000002447110641726200013376 00000000000000/* Handle aliases for locale names. Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2001, 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ /* Tell glibc's to provide a prototype for mempcpy(). This must come before because may include , and once has been included, it's too late. */ #ifndef _GNU_SOURCE # define _GNU_SOURCE 1 #endif #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include #include #if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE___FSETLOCKING # include #endif #include #ifdef __GNUC__ # undef alloca # define alloca __builtin_alloca # define HAVE_ALLOCA 1 #else # ifdef _MSC_VER # include # define alloca _alloca # else # if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC # include # else # ifdef _AIX #pragma alloca # else # ifndef alloca char *alloca (); # endif # endif # endif # endif #endif #include #include #include "gettextP.h" #if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE # include "relocatable.h" #else # define relocate(pathname) (pathname) #endif /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ #ifdef _LIBC /* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object file and the name space must not be polluted. */ # define strcasecmp __strcasecmp # ifndef mempcpy # define mempcpy __mempcpy # endif # define HAVE_MEMPCPY 1 # define HAVE___FSETLOCKING 1 #endif /* Handle multi-threaded applications. */ #ifdef _LIBC # include #else # include "lock.h" #endif #ifndef internal_function # define internal_function #endif /* Some optimizations for glibc. */ #ifdef _LIBC # define FEOF(fp) feof_unlocked (fp) # define FGETS(buf, n, fp) fgets_unlocked (buf, n, fp) #else # define FEOF(fp) feof (fp) # define FGETS(buf, n, fp) fgets (buf, n, fp) #endif /* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add some additional code emulating it. */ #ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA # define freea(p) /* nothing */ #else # define alloca(n) malloc (n) # define freea(p) free (p) #endif #if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || HAVE_DECL_FGETS_UNLOCKED # undef fgets # define fgets(buf, len, s) fgets_unlocked (buf, len, s) #endif #if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || HAVE_DECL_FEOF_UNLOCKED # undef feof # define feof(s) feof_unlocked (s) #endif __libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock) struct alias_map { const char *alias; const char *value; }; #ifndef _LIBC # define libc_freeres_ptr(decl) decl #endif libc_freeres_ptr (static char *string_space); static size_t string_space_act; static size_t string_space_max; libc_freeres_ptr (static struct alias_map *map); static size_t nmap; static size_t maxmap; /* Prototypes for local functions. */ static size_t read_alias_file (const char *fname, int fname_len) internal_function; static int extend_alias_table (void); static int alias_compare (const struct alias_map *map1, const struct alias_map *map2); const char * _nl_expand_alias (const char *name) { static const char *locale_alias_path; struct alias_map *retval; const char *result = NULL; size_t added; __libc_lock_lock (lock); if (locale_alias_path == NULL) locale_alias_path = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH; do { struct alias_map item; item.alias = name; if (nmap > 0) retval = (struct alias_map *) bsearch (&item, map, nmap, sizeof (struct alias_map), (int (*) (const void *, const void *) ) alias_compare); else retval = NULL; /* We really found an alias. Return the value. */ if (retval != NULL) { result = retval->value; break; } /* Perhaps we can find another alias file. */ added = 0; while (added == 0 && locale_alias_path[0] != '\0') { const char *start; while (locale_alias_path[0] == PATH_SEPARATOR) ++locale_alias_path; start = locale_alias_path; while (locale_alias_path[0] != '\0' && locale_alias_path[0] != PATH_SEPARATOR) ++locale_alias_path; if (start < locale_alias_path) added = read_alias_file (start, locale_alias_path - start); } } while (added != 0); __libc_lock_unlock (lock); return result; } static size_t internal_function read_alias_file (const char *fname, int fname_len) { FILE *fp; char *full_fname; size_t added; static const char aliasfile[] = "/locale.alias"; full_fname = (char *) alloca (fname_len + sizeof aliasfile); #ifdef HAVE_MEMPCPY mempcpy (mempcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len), aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile); #else memcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len); memcpy (&full_fname[fname_len], aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile); #endif #ifdef _LIBC /* Note the file is opened with cancellation in the I/O functions disabled. */ fp = fopen (relocate (full_fname), "rc"); #else fp = fopen (relocate (full_fname), "r"); #endif freea (full_fname); if (fp == NULL) return 0; #ifdef HAVE___FSETLOCKING /* No threads present. */ __fsetlocking (fp, FSETLOCKING_BYCALLER); #endif added = 0; while (!FEOF (fp)) { /* It is a reasonable approach to use a fix buffer here because a) we are only interested in the first two fields b) these fields must be usable as file names and so must not be that long We avoid a multi-kilobyte buffer here since this would use up stack space which we might not have if the program ran out of memory. */ char buf[400]; char *alias; char *value; char *cp; int complete_line; if (FGETS (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL) /* EOF reached. */ break; /* Determine whether the line is complete. */ complete_line = strchr (buf, '\n') != NULL; cp = buf; /* Ignore leading white space. */ while (isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0])) ++cp; /* A leading '#' signals a comment line. */ if (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '#') { alias = cp++; while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0])) ++cp; /* Terminate alias name. */ if (cp[0] != '\0') *cp++ = '\0'; /* Now look for the beginning of the value. */ while (isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0])) ++cp; if (cp[0] != '\0') { value = cp++; while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0])) ++cp; /* Terminate value. */ if (cp[0] == '\n') { /* This has to be done to make the following test for the end of line possible. We are looking for the terminating '\n' which do not overwrite here. */ *cp++ = '\0'; *cp = '\n'; } else if (cp[0] != '\0') *cp++ = '\0'; #ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE /* glibc's locale.alias contains entries for ja_JP and ko_KR that make it impossible to use a Japanese or Korean UTF-8 locale under the name "ja_JP" or "ko_KR". Ignore these entries. */ if (strchr (alias, '_') == NULL) #endif { size_t alias_len; size_t value_len; if (nmap >= maxmap) if (__builtin_expect (extend_alias_table (), 0)) goto out; alias_len = strlen (alias) + 1; value_len = strlen (value) + 1; if (string_space_act + alias_len + value_len > string_space_max) { /* Increase size of memory pool. */ size_t new_size = (string_space_max + (alias_len + value_len > 1024 ? alias_len + value_len : 1024)); char *new_pool = (char *) realloc (string_space, new_size); if (new_pool == NULL) goto out; if (__builtin_expect (string_space != new_pool, 0)) { size_t i; for (i = 0; i < nmap; i++) { map[i].alias += new_pool - string_space; map[i].value += new_pool - string_space; } } string_space = new_pool; string_space_max = new_size; } map[nmap].alias = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act], alias, alias_len); string_space_act += alias_len; map[nmap].value = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act], value, value_len); string_space_act += value_len; ++nmap; ++added; } } } /* Possibly not the whole line fits into the buffer. Ignore the rest of the line. */ if (! complete_line) do if (FGETS (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL) /* Make sure the inner loop will be left. The outer loop will exit at the `feof' test. */ break; while (strchr (buf, '\n') == NULL); } out: /* Should we test for ferror()? I think we have to silently ignore errors. --drepper */ fclose (fp); if (added > 0) qsort (map, nmap, sizeof (struct alias_map), (int (*) (const void *, const void *)) alias_compare); return added; } static int extend_alias_table () { size_t new_size; struct alias_map *new_map; new_size = maxmap == 0 ? 100 : 2 * maxmap; new_map = (struct alias_map *) realloc (map, (new_size * sizeof (struct alias_map))); if (new_map == NULL) /* Simply don't extend: we don't have any more core. */ return -1; map = new_map; maxmap = new_size; return 0; } static int alias_compare (const struct alias_map *map1, const struct alias_map *map2) { #if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRCASECMP return strcasecmp (map1->alias, map2->alias); #else const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) map1->alias; const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) map2->alias; unsigned char c1, c2; if (p1 == p2) return 0; do { /* I know this seems to be odd but the tolower() function in some systems libc cannot handle nonalpha characters. */ c1 = isupper (*p1) ? tolower (*p1) : *p1; c2 = isupper (*p2) ? tolower (*p2) : *p2; if (c1 == '\0') break; ++p1; ++p2; } while (c1 == c2); return c1 - c2; #endif } tablix2-0.3.5/intl/textdomain.c0000644000175000017500000001062710641726201013300 00000000000000/* Implementation of the textdomain(3) function. Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2003, 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include #include #include "gettextP.h" #ifdef _LIBC # include #else # include "libgnuintl.h" #endif /* Handle multi-threaded applications. */ #ifdef _LIBC # include # define gl_rwlock_define __libc_rwlock_define # define gl_rwlock_wrlock __libc_rwlock_wrlock # define gl_rwlock_unlock __libc_rwlock_unlock #else # include "lock.h" #endif /* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */ #if !defined _LIBC # define _nl_default_default_domain libintl_nl_default_default_domain # define _nl_current_default_domain libintl_nl_current_default_domain #endif /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ /* Name of the default text domain. */ extern const char _nl_default_default_domain[] attribute_hidden; /* Default text domain in which entries for gettext(3) are to be found. */ extern const char *_nl_current_default_domain attribute_hidden; /* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ #ifdef _LIBC # define TEXTDOMAIN __textdomain # ifndef strdup # define strdup(str) __strdup (str) # endif #else # define TEXTDOMAIN libintl_textdomain #endif /* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */ gl_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden) /* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME. If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default. If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */ char * TEXTDOMAIN (const char *domainname) { char *new_domain; char *old_domain; /* A NULL pointer requests the current setting. */ if (domainname == NULL) return (char *) _nl_current_default_domain; gl_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock); old_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain; /* If domain name is the null string set to default domain "messages". */ if (domainname[0] == '\0' || strcmp (domainname, _nl_default_default_domain) == 0) { _nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain; new_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain; } else if (strcmp (domainname, old_domain) == 0) /* This can happen and people will use it to signal that some environment variable changed. */ new_domain = old_domain; else { /* If the following malloc fails `_nl_current_default_domain' will be NULL. This value will be returned and so signals we are out of core. */ #if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP new_domain = strdup (domainname); #else size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1; new_domain = (char *) malloc (len); if (new_domain != NULL) memcpy (new_domain, domainname, len); #endif if (new_domain != NULL) _nl_current_default_domain = new_domain; } /* We use this possibility to signal a change of the loaded catalogs since this is most likely the case and there is no other easy we to do it. Do it only when the call was successful. */ if (new_domain != NULL) { ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr; if (old_domain != new_domain && old_domain != _nl_default_default_domain) free (old_domain); } gl_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); return new_domain; } #ifdef _LIBC /* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ weak_alias (__textdomain, textdomain); #endif tablix2-0.3.5/intl/l10nflist.c0000644000175000017500000002557210641726200012744 00000000000000/* Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Contributed by Ulrich Drepper , 1995. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ /* Tell glibc's to provide a prototype for stpcpy(). This must come before because may include , and once has been included, it's too late. */ #ifndef _GNU_SOURCE # define _GNU_SOURCE 1 #endif #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include #if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_ARGZ_H # include #endif #include #include #include #include "loadinfo.h" /* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */ #ifndef NULL # if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__ # define NULL ((void *) 0) # else # define NULL 0 # endif #endif /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ #ifdef _LIBC /* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object file and the name space must not be polluted. */ # ifndef stpcpy # define stpcpy(dest, src) __stpcpy(dest, src) # endif #else # ifndef HAVE_STPCPY static char *stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src); # endif #endif /* Pathname support. ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character. IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) tests whether P is an absolute path. If it is not, it may be concatenated to a directory pathname. */ #if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ /* Win32, Cygwin, OS/2, DOS */ # define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\') # define HAS_DEVICE(P) \ ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \ && (P)[1] == ':') # define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) (ISSLASH ((P)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (P)) #else /* Unix */ # define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/') # define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) ISSLASH ((P)[0]) #endif /* Define function which are usually not available. */ #ifdef _LIBC # define __argz_count(argz, len) INTUSE(__argz_count) (argz, len) #elif defined HAVE_ARGZ_COUNT # undef __argz_count # define __argz_count argz_count #else /* Returns the number of strings in ARGZ. */ static size_t argz_count__ (const char *argz, size_t len) { size_t count = 0; while (len > 0) { size_t part_len = strlen (argz); argz += part_len + 1; len -= part_len + 1; count++; } return count; } # undef __argz_count # define __argz_count(argz, len) argz_count__ (argz, len) #endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE_ARGZ_COUNT */ #ifdef _LIBC # define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) \ INTUSE(__argz_stringify) (argz, len, sep) #elif defined HAVE_ARGZ_STRINGIFY # undef __argz_stringify # define __argz_stringify argz_stringify #else /* Make '\0' separated arg vector ARGZ printable by converting all the '\0's except the last into the character SEP. */ static void argz_stringify__ (char *argz, size_t len, int sep) { while (len > 0) { size_t part_len = strlen (argz); argz += part_len; len -= part_len + 1; if (len > 0) *argz++ = sep; } } # undef __argz_stringify # define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep) #endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE_ARGZ_STRINGIFY */ #ifdef _LIBC #elif defined HAVE_ARGZ_NEXT # undef __argz_next # define __argz_next argz_next #else static char * argz_next__ (char *argz, size_t argz_len, const char *entry) { if (entry) { if (entry < argz + argz_len) entry = strchr (entry, '\0') + 1; return entry >= argz + argz_len ? NULL : (char *) entry; } else if (argz_len > 0) return argz; else return 0; } # undef __argz_next # define __argz_next(argz, len, entry) argz_next__ (argz, len, entry) #endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE_ARGZ_NEXT */ /* Return number of bits set in X. */ static inline int pop (int x) { /* We assume that no more than 16 bits are used. */ x = ((x & ~0x5555) >> 1) + (x & 0x5555); x = ((x & ~0x3333) >> 2) + (x & 0x3333); x = ((x >> 4) + x) & 0x0f0f; x = ((x >> 8) + x) & 0xff; return x; } struct loaded_l10nfile * _nl_make_l10nflist (struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list, const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len, int mask, const char *language, const char *territory, const char *codeset, const char *normalized_codeset, const char *modifier, const char *filename, int do_allocate) { char *abs_filename; struct loaded_l10nfile **lastp; struct loaded_l10nfile *retval; char *cp; size_t dirlist_count; size_t entries; int cnt; /* If LANGUAGE contains an absolute directory specification, we ignore DIRLIST. */ if (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (language)) dirlist_len = 0; /* Allocate room for the full file name. */ abs_filename = (char *) malloc (dirlist_len + strlen (language) + ((mask & XPG_TERRITORY) != 0 ? strlen (territory) + 1 : 0) + ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0 ? strlen (codeset) + 1 : 0) + ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0 ? strlen (normalized_codeset) + 1 : 0) + ((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0 ? strlen (modifier) + 1 : 0) + 1 + strlen (filename) + 1); if (abs_filename == NULL) return NULL; /* Construct file name. */ cp = abs_filename; if (dirlist_len > 0) { memcpy (cp, dirlist, dirlist_len); __argz_stringify (cp, dirlist_len, PATH_SEPARATOR); cp += dirlist_len; cp[-1] = '/'; } cp = stpcpy (cp, language); if ((mask & XPG_TERRITORY) != 0) { *cp++ = '_'; cp = stpcpy (cp, territory); } if ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0) { *cp++ = '.'; cp = stpcpy (cp, codeset); } if ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0) { *cp++ = '.'; cp = stpcpy (cp, normalized_codeset); } if ((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0) { *cp++ = '@'; cp = stpcpy (cp, modifier); } *cp++ = '/'; stpcpy (cp, filename); /* Look in list of already loaded domains whether it is already available. */ lastp = l10nfile_list; for (retval = *l10nfile_list; retval != NULL; retval = retval->next) if (retval->filename != NULL) { int compare = strcmp (retval->filename, abs_filename); if (compare == 0) /* We found it! */ break; if (compare < 0) { /* It's not in the list. */ retval = NULL; break; } lastp = &retval->next; } if (retval != NULL || do_allocate == 0) { free (abs_filename); return retval; } dirlist_count = (dirlist_len > 0 ? __argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) : 1); /* Allocate a new loaded_l10nfile. */ retval = (struct loaded_l10nfile *) malloc (sizeof (*retval) + (((dirlist_count << pop (mask)) + (dirlist_count > 1 ? 1 : 0)) * sizeof (struct loaded_l10nfile *))); if (retval == NULL) { free (abs_filename); return NULL; } retval->filename = abs_filename; /* We set retval->data to NULL here; it is filled in later. Setting retval->decided to 1 here means that retval does not correspond to a real file (dirlist_count > 1) or is not worth looking up (if an unnormalized codeset was specified). */ retval->decided = (dirlist_count > 1 || ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0 && (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0)); retval->data = NULL; retval->next = *lastp; *lastp = retval; entries = 0; /* Recurse to fill the inheritance list of RETVAL. If the DIRLIST is a real list (i.e. DIRLIST_COUNT > 1), the RETVAL entry does not correspond to a real file; retval->filename contains colons. In this case we loop across all elements of DIRLIST and across all bit patterns dominated by MASK. If the DIRLIST is a single directory or entirely redundant (i.e. DIRLIST_COUNT == 1), we loop across all bit patterns dominated by MASK, excluding MASK itself. In either case, we loop down from MASK to 0. This has the effect that the extra bits in the locale name are dropped in this order: first the modifier, then the territory, then the codeset, then the normalized_codeset. */ for (cnt = dirlist_count > 1 ? mask : mask - 1; cnt >= 0; --cnt) if ((cnt & ~mask) == 0 && !((cnt & XPG_CODESET) != 0 && (cnt & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0)) { if (dirlist_count > 1) { /* Iterate over all elements of the DIRLIST. */ char *dir = NULL; while ((dir = __argz_next ((char *) dirlist, dirlist_len, dir)) != NULL) retval->successor[entries++] = _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dir, strlen (dir) + 1, cnt, language, territory, codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, filename, 1); } else retval->successor[entries++] = _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, cnt, language, territory, codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, filename, 1); } retval->successor[entries] = NULL; return retval; } /* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be freed by the caller. */ const char * _nl_normalize_codeset (const char *codeset, size_t name_len) { int len = 0; int only_digit = 1; char *retval; char *wp; size_t cnt; for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt) if (isalnum ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt])) { ++len; if (isalpha ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt])) only_digit = 0; } retval = (char *) malloc ((only_digit ? 3 : 0) + len + 1); if (retval != NULL) { if (only_digit) wp = stpcpy (retval, "iso"); else wp = retval; for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt) if (isalpha ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt])) *wp++ = tolower ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]); else if (isdigit ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt])) *wp++ = codeset[cnt]; *wp = '\0'; } return (const char *) retval; } /* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ /* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY to be defined. */ #if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY static char * stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src) { while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0') /* Do nothing. */ ; return dest - 1; } #endif tablix2-0.3.5/intl/explodename.c0000644000175000017500000000644610641726200013430 00000000000000/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2001, 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Contributed by Ulrich Drepper , 1995. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include #include #include #include "loadinfo.h" /* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */ #ifndef NULL # if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__ # define NULL ((void *) 0) # else # define NULL 0 # endif #endif /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ /* Split a locale name NAME into a leading language part and all the rest. Return a pointer to the first character after the language, i.e. to the first byte of the rest. */ static char *_nl_find_language (const char *name); static char * _nl_find_language (const char *name) { while (name[0] != '\0' && name[0] != '_' && name[0] != '@' && name[0] != '.') ++name; return (char *) name; } int _nl_explode_name (char *name, const char **language, const char **modifier, const char **territory, const char **codeset, const char **normalized_codeset) { char *cp; int mask; *modifier = NULL; *territory = NULL; *codeset = NULL; *normalized_codeset = NULL; /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First look for the language. Termination symbols are `_', '.', and `@'. */ mask = 0; *language = cp = name; cp = _nl_find_language (*language); if (*language == cp) /* This does not make sense: language has to be specified. Use this entry as it is without exploding. Perhaps it is an alias. */ cp = strchr (*language, '\0'); else { if (cp[0] == '_') { /* Next is the territory. */ cp[0] = '\0'; *territory = ++cp; while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '.' && cp[0] != '@') ++cp; mask |= XPG_TERRITORY; } if (cp[0] == '.') { /* Next is the codeset. */ cp[0] = '\0'; *codeset = ++cp; while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '@') ++cp; mask |= XPG_CODESET; if (*codeset != cp && (*codeset)[0] != '\0') { *normalized_codeset = _nl_normalize_codeset (*codeset, cp - *codeset); if (strcmp (*codeset, *normalized_codeset) == 0) free ((char *) *normalized_codeset); else mask |= XPG_NORM_CODESET; } } } if (cp[0] == '@') { /* Next is the modifier. */ cp[0] = '\0'; *modifier = ++cp; if (cp[0] != '\0') mask |= XPG_MODIFIER; } if (*territory != NULL && (*territory)[0] == '\0') mask &= ~XPG_TERRITORY; if (*codeset != NULL && (*codeset)[0] == '\0') mask &= ~XPG_CODESET; return mask; } tablix2-0.3.5/intl/dcigettext.c0000644000175000017500000013232610641726200013270 00000000000000/* Implementation of the internal dcigettext function. Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ /* Tell glibc's to provide a prototype for mempcpy(). This must come before because may include , and once has been included, it's too late. */ #ifndef _GNU_SOURCE # define _GNU_SOURCE 1 #endif #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif /* NL_LOCALE_NAME does not work in glibc-2.4. Ignore it. */ #undef HAVE_NL_LOCALE_NAME #include #ifdef __GNUC__ # define alloca __builtin_alloca # define HAVE_ALLOCA 1 #else # ifdef _MSC_VER # include # define alloca _alloca # else # if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC # include # else # ifdef _AIX #pragma alloca # else # ifndef alloca char *alloca (); # endif # endif # endif # endif #endif #include #ifndef errno extern int errno; #endif #ifndef __set_errno # define __set_errno(val) errno = (val) #endif #include #include #include #if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC # include #endif #include #ifdef _LIBC /* Guess whether integer division by zero raises signal SIGFPE. Set to 1 only if you know for sure. In case of doubt, set to 0. */ # if defined __alpha__ || defined __arm__ || defined __i386__ \ || defined __m68k__ || defined __s390__ # define INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE 1 # else # define INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE 0 # endif #endif #if !INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE # include #endif #if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H || defined _LIBC # include #endif #if !defined _LIBC && HAVE_NL_LOCALE_NAME # include #endif #include "gettextP.h" #include "plural-exp.h" #ifdef _LIBC # include #else # ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE # include # endif # include "libgnuintl.h" #endif #include "hash-string.h" /* Handle multi-threaded applications. */ #ifdef _LIBC # include # define gl_rwlock_define_initialized __libc_rwlock_define_initialized # define gl_rwlock_rdlock __libc_rwlock_rdlock # define gl_rwlock_wrlock __libc_rwlock_wrlock # define gl_rwlock_unlock __libc_rwlock_unlock #else # include "lock.h" #endif /* Alignment of types. */ #if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ >= 2 # define alignof(TYPE) __alignof__ (TYPE) #else # define alignof(TYPE) \ ((int) &((struct { char dummy1; TYPE dummy2; } *) 0)->dummy2) #endif /* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */ #if !defined _LIBC # define _nl_default_default_domain libintl_nl_default_default_domain # define _nl_current_default_domain libintl_nl_current_default_domain # define _nl_default_dirname libintl_nl_default_dirname # define _nl_domain_bindings libintl_nl_domain_bindings #endif /* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in . */ #ifndef offsetof # define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident)) #endif /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ #ifdef _LIBC /* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object file and the name space must not be polluted. */ # define getcwd __getcwd # ifndef stpcpy # define stpcpy __stpcpy # endif # define tfind __tfind #else # if !defined HAVE_GETCWD char *getwd (); # define getcwd(buf, max) getwd (buf) # else # if VMS # define getcwd(buf, max) (getcwd) (buf, max, 0) # else char *getcwd (); # endif # endif # ifndef HAVE_STPCPY static char *stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src); # endif # ifndef HAVE_MEMPCPY static void *mempcpy (void *dest, const void *src, size_t n); # endif #endif /* Amount to increase buffer size by in each try. */ #define PATH_INCR 32 /* The following is from pathmax.h. */ /* Non-POSIX BSD systems might have gcc's limits.h, which doesn't define PATH_MAX but might cause redefinition warnings when sys/param.h is later included (as on MORE/BSD 4.3). */ #if defined _POSIX_VERSION || (defined HAVE_LIMITS_H && !defined __GNUC__) # include #endif #ifndef _POSIX_PATH_MAX # define _POSIX_PATH_MAX 255 #endif #if !defined PATH_MAX && defined _PC_PATH_MAX # define PATH_MAX (pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX) < 1 ? 1024 : pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX)) #endif /* Don't include sys/param.h if it already has been. */ #if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H && !defined PATH_MAX && !defined MAXPATHLEN # include #endif #if !defined PATH_MAX && defined MAXPATHLEN # define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN #endif #ifndef PATH_MAX # define PATH_MAX _POSIX_PATH_MAX #endif /* Pathname support. ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character. IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) tests whether P is an absolute path. If it is not, it may be concatenated to a directory pathname. IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) tests whether P contains a directory specification. */ #if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ /* Win32, Cygwin, OS/2, DOS */ # define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\') # define HAS_DEVICE(P) \ ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \ && (P)[1] == ':') # define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) (ISSLASH ((P)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (P)) # define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) \ (strchr (P, '/') != NULL || strchr (P, '\\') != NULL || HAS_DEVICE (P)) #else /* Unix */ # define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/') # define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) ISSLASH ((P)[0]) # define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) (strchr (P, '/') != NULL) #endif /* Whether to support different locales in different threads. */ #if defined _LIBC || HAVE_NL_LOCALE_NAME || (HAVE_STRUCT___LOCALE_STRUCT___NAMES && defined USE_IN_GETTEXT_TESTS) || defined IN_LIBGLOCALE # define HAVE_PER_THREAD_LOCALE #endif /* This is the type used for the search tree where known translations are stored. */ struct known_translation_t { /* Domain in which to search. */ const char *domainname; /* The category. */ int category; #ifdef HAVE_PER_THREAD_LOCALE /* Name of the relevant locale category, or "" for the global locale. */ const char *localename; #endif #ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE /* The character encoding. */ const char *encoding; #endif /* State of the catalog counter at the point the string was found. */ int counter; /* Catalog where the string was found. */ struct loaded_l10nfile *domain; /* And finally the translation. */ const char *translation; size_t translation_length; /* Pointer to the string in question. */ char msgid[ZERO]; }; /* Root of the search tree with known translations. We can use this only if the system provides the `tsearch' function family. */ #if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC # include gl_rwlock_define_initialized (static, tree_lock) static void *root; # ifdef _LIBC # define tsearch __tsearch # endif /* Function to compare two entries in the table of known translations. */ static int transcmp (const void *p1, const void *p2) { const struct known_translation_t *s1; const struct known_translation_t *s2; int result; s1 = (const struct known_translation_t *) p1; s2 = (const struct known_translation_t *) p2; result = strcmp (s1->msgid, s2->msgid); if (result == 0) { result = strcmp (s1->domainname, s2->domainname); if (result == 0) { #ifdef HAVE_PER_THREAD_LOCALE result = strcmp (s1->localename, s2->localename); if (result == 0) #endif { #ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE result = strcmp (s1->encoding, s2->encoding); if (result == 0) #endif /* We compare the category last (though this is the cheapest operation) since it is hopefully always the same (namely LC_MESSAGES). */ result = s1->category - s2->category; } } } return result; } #endif /* Name of the default domain used for gettext(3) prior any call to textdomain(3). The default value for this is "messages". */ const char _nl_default_default_domain[] attribute_hidden = "messages"; #ifndef IN_LIBGLOCALE /* Value used as the default domain for gettext(3). */ const char *_nl_current_default_domain attribute_hidden = _nl_default_default_domain; #endif /* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */ #if defined __EMX__ extern const char _nl_default_dirname[]; #else # ifdef _LIBC extern const char _nl_default_dirname[]; libc_hidden_proto (_nl_default_dirname) # endif const char _nl_default_dirname[] = LOCALEDIR; # ifdef _LIBC libc_hidden_data_def (_nl_default_dirname) # endif #endif #ifndef IN_LIBGLOCALE /* List with bindings of specific domains created by bindtextdomain() calls. */ struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings; #endif /* Prototypes for local functions. */ static char *plural_lookup (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain, unsigned long int n, const char *translation, size_t translation_len) internal_function; #ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE static const char *guess_category_value (int category, const char *categoryname, const char *localename) internal_function; #else static const char *guess_category_value (int category, const char *categoryname) internal_function; #endif #ifdef _LIBC # include "../locale/localeinfo.h" # define category_to_name(category) \ _nl_category_names.str + _nl_category_name_idxs[category] #else static const char *category_to_name (int category) internal_function; #endif #if (defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV) && !defined IN_LIBGLOCALE static const char *get_output_charset (struct binding *domainbinding) internal_function; #endif /* For those loosing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add some additional code emulating it. */ #ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA /* Nothing has to be done. */ # define freea(p) /* nothing */ # define ADD_BLOCK(list, address) /* nothing */ # define FREE_BLOCKS(list) /* nothing */ #else struct block_list { void *address; struct block_list *next; }; # define ADD_BLOCK(list, addr) \ do { \ struct block_list *newp = (struct block_list *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); \ /* If we cannot get a free block we cannot add the new element to \ the list. */ \ if (newp != NULL) { \ newp->address = (addr); \ newp->next = (list); \ (list) = newp; \ } \ } while (0) # define FREE_BLOCKS(list) \ do { \ while (list != NULL) { \ struct block_list *old = list; \ list = list->next; \ free (old->address); \ free (old); \ } \ } while (0) # undef alloca # define alloca(size) (malloc (size)) # define freea(p) free (p) #endif /* have alloca */ #ifdef _LIBC /* List of blocks allocated for translations. */ typedef struct transmem_list { struct transmem_list *next; char data[ZERO]; } transmem_block_t; static struct transmem_list *transmem_list; #else typedef unsigned char transmem_block_t; #endif /* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ #ifdef _LIBC # define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext #else # define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext #endif /* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */ gl_rwlock_define_initialized (, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden) /* Checking whether the binaries runs SUID must be done and glibc provides easier methods therefore we make a difference here. */ #ifdef _LIBC # define ENABLE_SECURE __libc_enable_secure # define DETERMINE_SECURE #else # ifndef HAVE_GETUID # define getuid() 0 # endif # ifndef HAVE_GETGID # define getgid() 0 # endif # ifndef HAVE_GETEUID # define geteuid() getuid() # endif # ifndef HAVE_GETEGID # define getegid() getgid() # endif static int enable_secure; # define ENABLE_SECURE (enable_secure == 1) # define DETERMINE_SECURE \ if (enable_secure == 0) \ { \ if (getuid () != geteuid () || getgid () != getegid ()) \ enable_secure = 1; \ else \ enable_secure = -1; \ } #endif /* Get the function to evaluate the plural expression. */ #include "eval-plural.h" /* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY locale and, if PLURAL is nonzero, search over string depending on the plural form determined by N. */ #ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE char * gl_dcigettext (const char *domainname, const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, int plural, unsigned long int n, int category, const char *localename, const char *encoding) #else char * DCIGETTEXT (const char *domainname, const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, int plural, unsigned long int n, int category) #endif { #ifndef HAVE_ALLOCA struct block_list *block_list = NULL; #endif struct loaded_l10nfile *domain; struct binding *binding; const char *categoryname; const char *categoryvalue; const char *dirname; char *xdomainname; char *single_locale; char *retval; size_t retlen; int saved_errno; #if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC struct known_translation_t *search; struct known_translation_t **foundp = NULL; size_t msgid_len; # if defined HAVE_PER_THREAD_LOCALE && !defined IN_LIBGLOCALE const char *localename; # endif #endif size_t domainname_len; /* If no real MSGID is given return NULL. */ if (msgid1 == NULL) return NULL; #ifdef _LIBC if (category < 0 || category >= __LC_LAST || category == LC_ALL) /* Bogus. */ return (plural == 0 ? (char *) msgid1 /* Use the Germanic plural rule. */ : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2); #endif gl_rwlock_rdlock (_nl_state_lock); /* If DOMAINNAME is NULL, we are interested in the default domain. If CATEGORY is not LC_MESSAGES this might not make much sense but the definition left this undefined. */ if (domainname == NULL) domainname = _nl_current_default_domain; /* OS/2 specific: backward compatibility with older libintl versions */ #ifdef LC_MESSAGES_COMPAT if (category == LC_MESSAGES_COMPAT) category = LC_MESSAGES; #endif #if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC msgid_len = strlen (msgid1) + 1; /* Try to find the translation among those which we found at some time. */ search = (struct known_translation_t *) alloca (offsetof (struct known_translation_t, msgid) + msgid_len); memcpy (search->msgid, msgid1, msgid_len); search->domainname = domainname; search->category = category; # ifdef HAVE_PER_THREAD_LOCALE # ifndef IN_LIBGLOCALE # ifdef _LIBC localename = __current_locale_name (category); # else # if HAVE_NL_LOCALE_NAME /* NL_LOCALE_NAME is public glibc API introduced in glibc-2.4. */ localename = nl_langinfo (NL_LOCALE_NAME (category)); # else # if HAVE_STRUCT___LOCALE_STRUCT___NAMES && defined USE_IN_GETTEXT_TESTS /* The __names field is not public glibc API and must therefore not be used in code that is installed in public locations. */ { locale_t thread_locale = uselocale (NULL); if (thread_locale != LC_GLOBAL_LOCALE) localename = thread_locale->__names[category]; else localename = ""; } # endif # endif # endif # endif search->localename = localename; # ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE search->encoding = encoding; # endif # endif /* Since tfind/tsearch manage a balanced tree, concurrent tfind and tsearch calls can be fatal. */ gl_rwlock_rdlock (tree_lock); foundp = (struct known_translation_t **) tfind (search, &root, transcmp); gl_rwlock_unlock (tree_lock); freea (search); if (foundp != NULL && (*foundp)->counter == _nl_msg_cat_cntr) { /* Now deal with plural. */ if (plural) retval = plural_lookup ((*foundp)->domain, n, (*foundp)->translation, (*foundp)->translation_length); else retval = (char *) (*foundp)->translation; gl_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); return retval; } #endif /* Preserve the `errno' value. */ saved_errno = errno; /* See whether this is a SUID binary or not. */ DETERMINE_SECURE; /* First find matching binding. */ #ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE /* We can use a trivial binding, since _nl_find_msg will ignore it anyway, and _nl_load_domain and _nl_find_domain just pass it through. */ binding = NULL; dirname = bindtextdomain (domainname, NULL); #else for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next) { int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname); if (compare == 0) /* We found it! */ break; if (compare < 0) { /* It is not in the list. */ binding = NULL; break; } } if (binding == NULL) dirname = _nl_default_dirname; else { dirname = binding->dirname; #endif if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (dirname)) { /* We have a relative path. Make it absolute now. */ size_t dirname_len = strlen (dirname) + 1; size_t path_max; char *resolved_dirname; char *ret; path_max = (unsigned int) PATH_MAX; path_max += 2; /* The getcwd docs say to do this. */ for (;;) { resolved_dirname = (char *) alloca (path_max + dirname_len); ADD_BLOCK (block_list, tmp_dirname); __set_errno (0); ret = getcwd (resolved_dirname, path_max); if (ret != NULL || errno != ERANGE) break; path_max += path_max / 2; path_max += PATH_INCR; } if (ret == NULL) /* We cannot get the current working directory. Don't signal an error but simply return the default string. */ goto return_untranslated; stpcpy (stpcpy (strchr (resolved_dirname, '\0'), "/"), dirname); dirname = resolved_dirname; } #ifndef IN_LIBGLOCALE } #endif /* Now determine the symbolic name of CATEGORY and its value. */ categoryname = category_to_name (category); #ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE categoryvalue = guess_category_value (category, categoryname, localename); #else categoryvalue = guess_category_value (category, categoryname); #endif domainname_len = strlen (domainname); xdomainname = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryname) + domainname_len + 5); ADD_BLOCK (block_list, xdomainname); stpcpy (mempcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (xdomainname, categoryname), "/"), domainname, domainname_len), ".mo"); /* Creating working area. */ single_locale = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryvalue) + 1); ADD_BLOCK (block_list, single_locale); /* Search for the given string. This is a loop because we perhaps got an ordered list of languages to consider for the translation. */ while (1) { /* Make CATEGORYVALUE point to the next element of the list. */ while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] == ':') ++categoryvalue; if (categoryvalue[0] == '\0') { /* The whole contents of CATEGORYVALUE has been searched but no valid entry has been found. We solve this situation by implicitly appending a "C" entry, i.e. no translation will take place. */ single_locale[0] = 'C'; single_locale[1] = '\0'; } else { char *cp = single_locale; while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] != ':') *cp++ = *categoryvalue++; *cp = '\0'; /* When this is a SUID binary we must not allow accessing files outside the dedicated directories. */ if (ENABLE_SECURE && IS_PATH_WITH_DIR (single_locale)) /* Ingore this entry. */ continue; } /* If the current locale value is C (or POSIX) we don't load a domain. Return the MSGID. */ if (strcmp (single_locale, "C") == 0 || strcmp (single_locale, "POSIX") == 0) break; /* Find structure describing the message catalog matching the DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY. */ domain = _nl_find_domain (dirname, single_locale, xdomainname, binding); if (domain != NULL) { #if defined IN_LIBGLOCALE retval = _nl_find_msg (domain, binding, encoding, msgid1, &retlen); #else retval = _nl_find_msg (domain, binding, msgid1, 1, &retlen); #endif if (retval == NULL) { int cnt; for (cnt = 0; domain->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt) { #if defined IN_LIBGLOCALE retval = _nl_find_msg (domain->successor[cnt], binding, encoding, msgid1, &retlen); #else retval = _nl_find_msg (domain->successor[cnt], binding, msgid1, 1, &retlen); #endif if (retval != NULL) { domain = domain->successor[cnt]; break; } } } /* Returning -1 means that some resource problem exists (likely memory) and that the strings could not be converted. Return the original strings. */ if (__builtin_expect (retval == (char *) -1, 0)) break; if (retval != NULL) { /* Found the translation of MSGID1 in domain DOMAIN: starting at RETVAL, RETLEN bytes. */ FREE_BLOCKS (block_list); #if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC if (foundp == NULL) { /* Create a new entry and add it to the search tree. */ size_t size; struct known_translation_t *newp; size = offsetof (struct known_translation_t, msgid) + msgid_len + domainname_len + 1; # ifdef HAVE_PER_THREAD_LOCALE size += strlen (localename) + 1; # endif newp = (struct known_translation_t *) malloc (size); if (newp != NULL) { char *new_domainname; # ifdef HAVE_PER_THREAD_LOCALE char *new_localename; # endif new_domainname = mempcpy (newp->msgid, msgid1, msgid_len); memcpy (new_domainname, domainname, domainname_len + 1); # ifdef HAVE_PER_THREAD_LOCALE new_localename = new_domainname + domainname_len + 1; strcpy (new_localename, localename); # endif newp->domainname = new_domainname; newp->category = category; # ifdef HAVE_PER_THREAD_LOCALE newp->localename = new_localename; # endif # ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE newp->encoding = encoding; # endif newp->counter = _nl_msg_cat_cntr; newp->domain = domain; newp->translation = retval; newp->translation_length = retlen; gl_rwlock_wrlock (tree_lock); /* Insert the entry in the search tree. */ foundp = (struct known_translation_t **) tsearch (newp, &root, transcmp); gl_rwlock_unlock (tree_lock); if (foundp == NULL || __builtin_expect (*foundp != newp, 0)) /* The insert failed. */ free (newp); } } else { /* We can update the existing entry. */ (*foundp)->counter = _nl_msg_cat_cntr; (*foundp)->domain = domain; (*foundp)->translation = retval; (*foundp)->translation_length = retlen; } #endif __set_errno (saved_errno); /* Now deal with plural. */ if (plural) retval = plural_lookup (domain, n, retval, retlen); gl_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); return retval; } } } return_untranslated: /* Return the untranslated MSGID. */ FREE_BLOCKS (block_list); gl_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); #ifndef _LIBC if (!ENABLE_SECURE) { extern void _nl_log_untranslated (const char *logfilename, const char *domainname, const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, int plural); const char *logfilename = getenv ("GETTEXT_LOG_UNTRANSLATED"); if (logfilename != NULL && logfilename[0] != '\0') _nl_log_untranslated (logfilename, domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural); } #endif __set_errno (saved_errno); return (plural == 0 ? (char *) msgid1 /* Use the Germanic plural rule. */ : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2); } /* Look up the translation of msgid within DOMAIN_FILE and DOMAINBINDING. Return it if found. Return NULL if not found or in case of a conversion failure (problem in the particular message catalog). Return (char *) -1 in case of a memory allocation failure during conversion (only if ENCODING != NULL resp. CONVERT == true). */ char * internal_function #ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE _nl_find_msg (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file, struct binding *domainbinding, const char *encoding, const char *msgid, size_t *lengthp) #else _nl_find_msg (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file, struct binding *domainbinding, const char *msgid, int convert, size_t *lengthp) #endif { struct loaded_domain *domain; nls_uint32 nstrings; size_t act; char *result; size_t resultlen; if (domain_file->decided <= 0) _nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding); if (domain_file->data == NULL) return NULL; domain = (struct loaded_domain *) domain_file->data; nstrings = domain->nstrings; /* Locate the MSGID and its translation. */ if (domain->hash_tab != NULL) { /* Use the hashing table. */ nls_uint32 len = strlen (msgid); nls_uint32 hash_val = __hash_string (msgid); nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % domain->hash_size; nls_uint32 incr = 1 + (hash_val % (domain->hash_size - 2)); while (1) { nls_uint32 nstr = W (domain->must_swap_hash_tab, domain->hash_tab[idx]); if (nstr == 0) /* Hash table entry is empty. */ return NULL; nstr--; /* Compare msgid with the original string at index nstr. We compare the lengths with >=, not ==, because plural entries are represented by strings with an embedded NUL. */ if (nstr < nstrings ? W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[nstr].length) >= len && (strcmp (msgid, domain->data + W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[nstr].offset)) == 0) : domain->orig_sysdep_tab[nstr - nstrings].length > len && (strcmp (msgid, domain->orig_sysdep_tab[nstr - nstrings].pointer) == 0)) { act = nstr; goto found; } if (idx >= domain->hash_size - incr) idx -= domain->hash_size - incr; else idx += incr; } /* NOTREACHED */ } else { /* Try the default method: binary search in the sorted array of messages. */ size_t top, bottom; bottom = 0; top = nstrings; while (bottom < top) { int cmp_val; act = (bottom + top) / 2; cmp_val = strcmp (msgid, (domain->data + W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[act].offset))); if (cmp_val < 0) top = act; else if (cmp_val > 0) bottom = act + 1; else goto found; } /* No translation was found. */ return NULL; } found: /* The translation was found at index ACT. If we have to convert the string to use a different character set, this is the time. */ if (act < nstrings) { result = (char *) (domain->data + W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].offset)); resultlen = W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].length) + 1; } else { result = (char *) domain->trans_sysdep_tab[act - nstrings].pointer; resultlen = domain->trans_sysdep_tab[act - nstrings].length; } #if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV # ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE if (encoding != NULL) # else if (convert) # endif { /* We are supposed to do a conversion. */ # ifndef IN_LIBGLOCALE const char *encoding = get_output_charset (domainbinding); # endif /* Search whether a table with converted translations for this encoding has already been allocated. */ size_t nconversions = domain->nconversions; struct converted_domain *convd = NULL; size_t i; for (i = nconversions; i > 0; ) { i--; if (strcmp (domain->conversions[i].encoding, encoding) == 0) { convd = &domain->conversions[i]; break; } } if (convd == NULL) { /* Allocate a table for the converted translations for this encoding. */ struct converted_domain *new_conversions = (struct converted_domain *) (domain->conversions != NULL ? realloc (domain->conversions, (nconversions + 1) * sizeof (struct converted_domain)) : malloc ((nconversions + 1) * sizeof (struct converted_domain))); if (__builtin_expect (new_conversions == NULL, 0)) /* Nothing we can do, no more memory. We cannot use the translation because it might be encoded incorrectly. */ return (char *) -1; domain->conversions = new_conversions; /* Copy the 'encoding' string to permanent storage. */ encoding = strdup (encoding); if (__builtin_expect (encoding == NULL, 0)) /* Nothing we can do, no more memory. We cannot use the translation because it might be encoded incorrectly. */ return (char *) -1; convd = &new_conversions[nconversions]; convd->encoding = encoding; /* Find out about the character set the file is encoded with. This can be found (in textual form) in the entry "". If this entry does not exist or if this does not contain the 'charset=' information, we will assume the charset matches the one the current locale and we don't have to perform any conversion. */ # ifdef _LIBC convd->conv = (__gconv_t) -1; # else # if HAVE_ICONV convd->conv = (iconv_t) -1; # endif # endif { char *nullentry; size_t nullentrylen; /* Get the header entry. This is a recursion, but it doesn't reallocate domain->conversions because we pass encoding = NULL or convert = 0, respectively. */ nullentry = # ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE _nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, NULL, "", &nullentrylen); # else _nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, "", 0, &nullentrylen); # endif if (nullentry != NULL) { const char *charsetstr; charsetstr = strstr (nullentry, "charset="); if (charsetstr != NULL) { size_t len; char *charset; const char *outcharset; charsetstr += strlen ("charset="); len = strcspn (charsetstr, " \t\n"); charset = (char *) alloca (len + 1); # if defined _LIBC || HAVE_MEMPCPY *((char *) mempcpy (charset, charsetstr, len)) = '\0'; # else memcpy (charset, charsetstr, len); charset[len] = '\0'; # endif outcharset = encoding; # ifdef _LIBC /* We always want to use transliteration. */ outcharset = norm_add_slashes (outcharset, "TRANSLIT"); charset = norm_add_slashes (charset, ""); int r = __gconv_open (outcharset, charset, &convd->conv, GCONV_AVOID_NOCONV); if (__builtin_expect (r != __GCONV_OK, 0)) { /* If the output encoding is the same there is nothing to do. Otherwise do not use the translation at all. */ if (__builtin_expect (r != __GCONV_NOCONV, 1)) return NULL; convd->conv = (__gconv_t) -1; } # else # if HAVE_ICONV /* When using GNU libc >= 2.2 or GNU libiconv >= 1.5, we want to use transliteration. */ # if (__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 2) || __GLIBC__ > 2 \ || _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0105 if (strchr (outcharset, '/') == NULL) { char *tmp; len = strlen (outcharset); tmp = (char *) alloca (len + 10 + 1); memcpy (tmp, outcharset, len); memcpy (tmp + len, "//TRANSLIT", 10 + 1); outcharset = tmp; convd->conv = iconv_open (outcharset, charset); freea (outcharset); } else # endif convd->conv = iconv_open (outcharset, charset); # endif # endif freea (charset); } } } convd->conv_tab = NULL; /* Here domain->conversions is still == new_conversions. */ domain->nconversions++; } if ( # ifdef _LIBC convd->conv != (__gconv_t) -1 # else # if HAVE_ICONV convd->conv != (iconv_t) -1 # endif # endif ) { /* We are supposed to do a conversion. First allocate an appropriate table with the same structure as the table of translations in the file, where we can put the pointers to the converted strings in. There is a slight complication with plural entries. They are represented by consecutive NUL terminated strings. We handle this case by converting RESULTLEN bytes, including NULs. */ if (convd->conv_tab == NULL && ((convd->conv_tab = (char **) calloc (nstrings + domain->n_sysdep_strings, sizeof (char *))) == NULL)) /* Mark that we didn't succeed allocating a table. */ convd->conv_tab = (char **) -1; if (__builtin_expect (convd->conv_tab == (char **) -1, 0)) /* Nothing we can do, no more memory. We cannot use the translation because it might be encoded incorrectly. */ return (char *) -1; if (convd->conv_tab[act] == NULL) { /* We haven't used this string so far, so it is not translated yet. Do this now. */ /* We use a bit more efficient memory handling. We allocate always larger blocks which get used over time. This is faster than many small allocations. */ __libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock) # define INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE 4080 static unsigned char *freemem; static size_t freemem_size; const unsigned char *inbuf; unsigned char *outbuf; int malloc_count; # ifndef _LIBC transmem_block_t *transmem_list = NULL; # endif __libc_lock_lock (lock); inbuf = (const unsigned char *) result; outbuf = freemem + sizeof (size_t); malloc_count = 0; while (1) { transmem_block_t *newmem; # ifdef _LIBC size_t non_reversible; int res; if (freemem_size < sizeof (size_t)) goto resize_freemem; res = __gconv (convd->conv, &inbuf, inbuf + resultlen, &outbuf, outbuf + freemem_size - sizeof (size_t), &non_reversible); if (res == __GCONV_OK || res == __GCONV_EMPTY_INPUT) break; if (res != __GCONV_FULL_OUTPUT) { /* We should not use the translation at all, it is incorrectly encoded. */ __libc_lock_unlock (lock); return NULL; } inbuf = (const unsigned char *) result; # else # if HAVE_ICONV const char *inptr = (const char *) inbuf; size_t inleft = resultlen; char *outptr = (char *) outbuf; size_t outleft; if (freemem_size < sizeof (size_t)) goto resize_freemem; outleft = freemem_size - sizeof (size_t); if (iconv (convd->conv, (ICONV_CONST char **) &inptr, &inleft, &outptr, &outleft) != (size_t) (-1)) { outbuf = (unsigned char *) outptr; break; } if (errno != E2BIG) { __libc_lock_unlock (lock); return NULL; } # endif # endif resize_freemem: /* We must allocate a new buffer or resize the old one. */ if (malloc_count > 0) { ++malloc_count; freemem_size = malloc_count * INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE; newmem = (transmem_block_t *) realloc (transmem_list, freemem_size); # ifdef _LIBC if (newmem != NULL) transmem_list = transmem_list->next; else { struct transmem_list *old = transmem_list; transmem_list = transmem_list->next; free (old); } # endif } else { malloc_count = 1; freemem_size = INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE; newmem = (transmem_block_t *) malloc (freemem_size); } if (__builtin_expect (newmem == NULL, 0)) { freemem = NULL; freemem_size = 0; __libc_lock_unlock (lock); return (char *) -1; } # ifdef _LIBC /* Add the block to the list of blocks we have to free at some point. */ newmem->next = transmem_list; transmem_list = newmem; freemem = (unsigned char *) newmem->data; freemem_size -= offsetof (struct transmem_list, data); # else transmem_list = newmem; freemem = newmem; # endif outbuf = freemem + sizeof (size_t); } /* We have now in our buffer a converted string. Put this into the table of conversions. */ *(size_t *) freemem = outbuf - freemem - sizeof (size_t); convd->conv_tab[act] = (char *) freemem; /* Shrink freemem, but keep it aligned. */ freemem_size -= outbuf - freemem; freemem = outbuf; freemem += freemem_size & (alignof (size_t) - 1); freemem_size = freemem_size & ~ (alignof (size_t) - 1); __libc_lock_unlock (lock); } /* Now convd->conv_tab[act] contains the translation of all the plural variants. */ result = convd->conv_tab[act] + sizeof (size_t); resultlen = *(size_t *) convd->conv_tab[act]; } } /* The result string is converted. */ #endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */ *lengthp = resultlen; return result; } /* Look up a plural variant. */ static char * internal_function plural_lookup (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain, unsigned long int n, const char *translation, size_t translation_len) { struct loaded_domain *domaindata = (struct loaded_domain *) domain->data; unsigned long int index; const char *p; index = plural_eval (domaindata->plural, n); if (index >= domaindata->nplurals) /* This should never happen. It means the plural expression and the given maximum value do not match. */ index = 0; /* Skip INDEX strings at TRANSLATION. */ p = translation; while (index-- > 0) { #ifdef _LIBC p = __rawmemchr (p, '\0'); #else p = strchr (p, '\0'); #endif /* And skip over the NUL byte. */ p++; if (p >= translation + translation_len) /* This should never happen. It means the plural expression evaluated to a value larger than the number of variants available for MSGID1. */ return (char *) translation; } return (char *) p; } #ifndef _LIBC /* Return string representation of locale CATEGORY. */ static const char * internal_function category_to_name (int category) { const char *retval; switch (category) { #ifdef LC_COLLATE case LC_COLLATE: retval = "LC_COLLATE"; break; #endif #ifdef LC_CTYPE case LC_CTYPE: retval = "LC_CTYPE"; break; #endif #ifdef LC_MONETARY case LC_MONETARY: retval = "LC_MONETARY"; break; #endif #ifdef LC_NUMERIC case LC_NUMERIC: retval = "LC_NUMERIC"; break; #endif #ifdef LC_TIME case LC_TIME: retval = "LC_TIME"; break; #endif #ifdef LC_MESSAGES case LC_MESSAGES: retval = "LC_MESSAGES"; break; #endif #ifdef LC_RESPONSE case LC_RESPONSE: retval = "LC_RESPONSE"; break; #endif #ifdef LC_ALL case LC_ALL: /* This might not make sense but is perhaps better than any other value. */ retval = "LC_ALL"; break; #endif default: /* If you have a better idea for a default value let me know. */ retval = "LC_XXX"; } return retval; } #endif /* Guess value of current locale from value of the environment variables or system-dependent defaults. */ static const char * internal_function #ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE guess_category_value (int category, const char *categoryname, const char *locale) #else guess_category_value (int category, const char *categoryname) #endif { const char *language; #ifndef IN_LIBGLOCALE const char *locale; # ifndef _LIBC const char *language_default; int locale_defaulted; # endif #endif /* We use the settings in the following order: 1. The value of the environment variable 'LANGUAGE'. This is a GNU extension. Its value can be a colon-separated list of locale names. 2. The value of the environment variable 'LC_ALL', 'LC_xxx', or 'LANG'. More precisely, the first among these that is set to a non-empty value. This is how POSIX specifies it. The value is a single locale name. 3. A system-dependent preference list of languages. Its value can be a colon-separated list of locale names. 4. A system-dependent default locale name. This way: - System-dependent settings can be overridden by environment variables. - If the system provides both a list of languages and a default locale, the former is used. */ #ifndef IN_LIBGLOCALE /* Fetch the locale name, through the POSIX method of looking to `LC_ALL', `LC_xxx', and `LANG'. On some systems this can be done by the `setlocale' function itself. */ # ifdef _LIBC locale = __current_locale_name (category); # else # if HAVE_STRUCT___LOCALE_STRUCT___NAMES && defined USE_IN_GETTEXT_TESTS /* The __names field is not public glibc API and must therefore not be used in code that is installed in public locations. */ locale_t thread_locale = uselocale (NULL); if (thread_locale != LC_GLOBAL_LOCALE) { locale = thread_locale->__names[category]; locale_defaulted = 0; } else # endif { locale = _nl_locale_name_posix (category, categoryname); locale_defaulted = 0; if (locale == NULL) { locale = _nl_locale_name_default (); locale_defaulted = 1; } } # endif #endif /* Ignore LANGUAGE and its system-dependent analogon if the locale is set to "C" because 1. "C" locale usually uses the ASCII encoding, and most international messages use non-ASCII characters. These characters get displayed as question marks (if using glibc's iconv()) or as invalid 8-bit characters (because other iconv()s refuse to convert most non-ASCII characters to ASCII). In any case, the output is ugly. 2. The precise output of some programs in the "C" locale is specified by POSIX and should not depend on environment variables like "LANGUAGE" or system-dependent information. We allow such programs to use gettext(). */ if (strcmp (locale, "C") == 0) return locale; /* The highest priority value is the value of the 'LANGUAGE' environment variable. */ language = getenv ("LANGUAGE"); if (language != NULL && language[0] != '\0') return language; #if !defined IN_LIBGLOCALE && !defined _LIBC /* The next priority value is the locale name, if not defaulted. */ if (locale_defaulted) { /* The next priority value is the default language preferences list. */ language_default = _nl_language_preferences_default (); if (language_default != NULL) return language_default; } /* The least priority value is the locale name, if defaulted. */ #endif return locale; } #if (defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV) && !defined IN_LIBGLOCALE /* Returns the output charset. */ static const char * internal_function get_output_charset (struct binding *domainbinding) { /* The output charset should normally be determined by the locale. But sometimes the locale is not used or not correctly set up, so we provide a possibility for the user to override this: the OUTPUT_CHARSET environment variable. Moreover, the value specified through bind_textdomain_codeset overrides both. */ if (domainbinding != NULL && domainbinding->codeset != NULL) return domainbinding->codeset; else { /* For speed reasons, we look at the value of OUTPUT_CHARSET only once. This is a user variable that is not supposed to change during a program run. */ static char *output_charset_cache; static int output_charset_cached; if (!output_charset_cached) { const char *value = getenv ("OUTPUT_CHARSET"); if (value != NULL && value[0] != '\0') { size_t len = strlen (value) + 1; char *value_copy = (char *) malloc (len); if (value_copy != NULL) memcpy (value_copy, value, len); output_charset_cache = value_copy; } output_charset_cached = 1; } if (output_charset_cache != NULL) return output_charset_cache; else { # ifdef _LIBC return _NL_CURRENT (LC_CTYPE, CODESET); # else # if HAVE_ICONV extern const char *locale_charset (void); return locale_charset (); # endif # endif } } } #endif /* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ /* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY to be defined. */ #if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY static char * stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src) { while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0') /* Do nothing. */ ; return dest - 1; } #endif #if !_LIBC && !HAVE_MEMPCPY static void * mempcpy (void *dest, const void *src, size_t n) { return (void *) ((char *) memcpy (dest, src, n) + n); } #endif #ifdef _LIBC /* If we want to free all resources we have to do some work at program's end. */ libc_freeres_fn (free_mem) { void *old; while (_nl_domain_bindings != NULL) { struct binding *oldp = _nl_domain_bindings; _nl_domain_bindings = _nl_domain_bindings->next; if (oldp->dirname != _nl_default_dirname) /* Yes, this is a pointer comparison. */ free (oldp->dirname); free (oldp->codeset); free (oldp); } if (_nl_current_default_domain != _nl_default_default_domain) /* Yes, again a pointer comparison. */ free ((char *) _nl_current_default_domain); /* Remove the search tree with the known translations. */ __tdestroy (root, free); root = NULL; while (transmem_list != NULL) { old = transmem_list; transmem_list = transmem_list->next; free (old); } } #endif tablix2-0.3.5/intl/dcngettext.c0000644000175000017500000000347410641726200013276 00000000000000/* Implementation of the dcngettext(3) function. Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include "gettextP.h" #ifdef _LIBC # include #else # include "libgnuintl.h" #endif /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ /* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ #ifdef _LIBC # define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext # define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext #else # define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext # define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext #endif /* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY locale. */ char * DCNGETTEXT (const char *domainname, const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n, int category) { return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, 1, n, category); } #ifdef _LIBC /* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ weak_alias (__dcngettext, dcngettext); #endif tablix2-0.3.5/intl/dngettext.c0000644000175000017500000000354610641726200013133 00000000000000/* Implementation of the dngettext(3) function. Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include "gettextP.h" #include #ifdef _LIBC # include #else # include "libgnuintl.h" #endif /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ /* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ #ifdef _LIBC # define DNGETTEXT __dngettext # define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext #else # define DNGETTEXT libintl_dngettext # define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext #endif /* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current LC_MESSAGES locale and skip message according to the plural form. */ char * DNGETTEXT (const char *domainname, const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n) { return DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES); } #ifdef _LIBC /* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ weak_alias (__dngettext, dngettext); #endif tablix2-0.3.5/intl/ngettext.c0000644000175000017500000000367410641726201012772 00000000000000/* Implementation of ngettext(3) function. Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #ifdef _LIBC # define __need_NULL # include #else # include /* Just for NULL. */ #endif #include "gettextP.h" #ifdef _LIBC # include #else # include "libgnuintl.h" #endif #include /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ /* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ #ifdef _LIBC # define NGETTEXT __ngettext # define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext #else # define NGETTEXT libintl_ngettext # define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext #endif /* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default text). */ char * NGETTEXT (const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n) { return DCNGETTEXT (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES); } #ifdef _LIBC /* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ weak_alias (__ngettext, ngettext); #endif tablix2-0.3.5/intl/plural.y0000644000175000017500000001646110641726201012453 00000000000000%{ /* Expression parsing for plural form selection. Copyright (C) 2000-2001, 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Written by Ulrich Drepper , 2000. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ /* For bison < 2.0, the bison generated parser uses alloca. AIX 3 forces us to put this declaration at the beginning of the file. The declaration in bison's skeleton file comes too late. This must come before because may include arbitrary system headers. This can go away once the AM_INTL_SUBDIR macro requires bison >= 2.0. */ #if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__ #pragma alloca #endif #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include #include #include #include "plural-exp.h" /* The main function generated by the parser is called __gettextparse, but we want it to be called PLURAL_PARSE. */ #ifndef _LIBC # define __gettextparse PLURAL_PARSE #endif #define YYLEX_PARAM &((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp #define YYPARSE_PARAM arg %} %pure_parser %expect 7 %union { unsigned long int num; enum operator op; struct expression *exp; } %{ /* Prototypes for local functions. */ static int yylex (YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp); static void yyerror (const char *str); /* Allocation of expressions. */ static struct expression * new_exp (int nargs, enum operator op, struct expression * const *args) { int i; struct expression *newp; /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL. */ for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) if (args[i] == NULL) goto fail; /* Allocate a new expression. */ newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); if (newp != NULL) { newp->nargs = nargs; newp->operation = op; for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) newp->val.args[i] = args[i]; return newp; } fail: for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]); return NULL; } static inline struct expression * new_exp_0 (enum operator op) { return new_exp (0, op, NULL); } static inline struct expression * new_exp_1 (enum operator op, struct expression *right) { struct expression *args[1]; args[0] = right; return new_exp (1, op, args); } static struct expression * new_exp_2 (enum operator op, struct expression *left, struct expression *right) { struct expression *args[2]; args[0] = left; args[1] = right; return new_exp (2, op, args); } static inline struct expression * new_exp_3 (enum operator op, struct expression *bexp, struct expression *tbranch, struct expression *fbranch) { struct expression *args[3]; args[0] = bexp; args[1] = tbranch; args[2] = fbranch; return new_exp (3, op, args); } %} /* This declares that all operators have the same associativity and the precedence order as in C. See [Harbison, Steele: C, A Reference Manual]. There is no unary minus and no bitwise operators. Operators with the same syntactic behaviour have been merged into a single token, to save space in the array generated by bison. */ %right '?' /* ? */ %left '|' /* || */ %left '&' /* && */ %left EQUOP2 /* == != */ %left CMPOP2 /* < > <= >= */ %left ADDOP2 /* + - */ %left MULOP2 /* * / % */ %right '!' /* ! */ %token EQUOP2 CMPOP2 ADDOP2 MULOP2 %token NUMBER %type exp %% start: exp { if ($1 == NULL) YYABORT; ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = $1; } ; exp: exp '?' exp ':' exp { $$ = new_exp_3 (qmop, $1, $3, $5); } | exp '|' exp { $$ = new_exp_2 (lor, $1, $3); } | exp '&' exp { $$ = new_exp_2 (land, $1, $3); } | exp EQUOP2 exp { $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3); } | exp CMPOP2 exp { $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3); } | exp ADDOP2 exp { $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3); } | exp MULOP2 exp { $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3); } | '!' exp { $$ = new_exp_1 (lnot, $2); } | 'n' { $$ = new_exp_0 (var); } | NUMBER { if (($$ = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL) $$->val.num = $1; } | '(' exp ')' { $$ = $2; } ; %% void internal_function FREE_EXPRESSION (struct expression *exp) { if (exp == NULL) return; /* Handle the recursive case. */ switch (exp->nargs) { case 3: FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]); /* FALLTHROUGH */ case 2: FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]); /* FALLTHROUGH */ case 1: FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]); /* FALLTHROUGH */ default: break; } free (exp); } static int yylex (YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp) { const char *exp = *pexp; int result; while (1) { if (exp[0] == '\0') { *pexp = exp; return YYEOF; } if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t') break; ++exp; } result = *exp++; switch (result) { case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': { unsigned long int n = result - '0'; while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9') { n *= 10; n += exp[0] - '0'; ++exp; } lval->num = n; result = NUMBER; } break; case '=': if (exp[0] == '=') { ++exp; lval->op = equal; result = EQUOP2; } else result = YYERRCODE; break; case '!': if (exp[0] == '=') { ++exp; lval->op = not_equal; result = EQUOP2; } break; case '&': case '|': if (exp[0] == result) ++exp; else result = YYERRCODE; break; case '<': if (exp[0] == '=') { ++exp; lval->op = less_or_equal; } else lval->op = less_than; result = CMPOP2; break; case '>': if (exp[0] == '=') { ++exp; lval->op = greater_or_equal; } else lval->op = greater_than; result = CMPOP2; break; case '*': lval->op = mult; result = MULOP2; break; case '/': lval->op = divide; result = MULOP2; break; case '%': lval->op = module; result = MULOP2; break; case '+': lval->op = plus; result = ADDOP2; break; case '-': lval->op = minus; result = ADDOP2; break; case 'n': case '?': case ':': case '(': case ')': /* Nothing, just return the character. */ break; case ';': case '\n': case '\0': /* Be safe and let the user call this function again. */ --exp; result = YYEOF; break; default: result = YYERRCODE; #if YYDEBUG != 0 --exp; #endif break; } *pexp = exp; return result; } static void yyerror (const char *str) { /* Do nothing. We don't print error messages here. */ } tablix2-0.3.5/intl/plural-exp.c0000644000175000017500000000766110641726201013221 00000000000000/* Expression parsing for plural form selection. Copyright (C) 2000-2001, 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Written by Ulrich Drepper , 2000. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include #include #include #include "plural-exp.h" #if (defined __GNUC__ && !(__APPLE_CC__ > 1)) \ || (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) /* These structs are the constant expression for the germanic plural form determination. It represents the expression "n != 1". */ static const struct expression plvar = { .nargs = 0, .operation = var, }; static const struct expression plone = { .nargs = 0, .operation = num, .val = { .num = 1 } }; struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL = { .nargs = 2, .operation = not_equal, .val = { .args = { [0] = (struct expression *) &plvar, [1] = (struct expression *) &plone } } }; # define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL() #else /* For compilers without support for ISO C 99 struct/union initializers: Initialization at run-time. */ static struct expression plvar; static struct expression plone; struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL; static void init_germanic_plural () { if (plone.val.num == 0) { plvar.nargs = 0; plvar.operation = var; plone.nargs = 0; plone.operation = num; plone.val.num = 1; GERMANIC_PLURAL.nargs = 2; GERMANIC_PLURAL.operation = not_equal; GERMANIC_PLURAL.val.args[0] = &plvar; GERMANIC_PLURAL.val.args[1] = &plone; } } # define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL() init_germanic_plural () #endif void internal_function EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION (const char *nullentry, struct expression **pluralp, unsigned long int *npluralsp) { if (nullentry != NULL) { const char *plural; const char *nplurals; plural = strstr (nullentry, "plural="); nplurals = strstr (nullentry, "nplurals="); if (plural == NULL || nplurals == NULL) goto no_plural; else { char *endp; unsigned long int n; struct parse_args args; /* First get the number. */ nplurals += 9; while (*nplurals != '\0' && isspace ((unsigned char) *nplurals)) ++nplurals; if (!(*nplurals >= '0' && *nplurals <= '9')) goto no_plural; #if defined HAVE_STRTOUL || defined _LIBC n = strtoul (nplurals, &endp, 10); #else for (endp = nplurals, n = 0; *endp >= '0' && *endp <= '9'; endp++) n = n * 10 + (*endp - '0'); #endif if (nplurals == endp) goto no_plural; *npluralsp = n; /* Due to the restrictions bison imposes onto the interface of the scanner function we have to put the input string and the result passed up from the parser into the same structure which address is passed down to the parser. */ plural += 7; args.cp = plural; if (PLURAL_PARSE (&args) != 0) goto no_plural; *pluralp = args.res; } } else { /* By default we are using the Germanic form: singular form only for `one', the plural form otherwise. Yes, this is also what English is using since English is a Germanic language. */ no_plural: INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL (); *pluralp = &GERMANIC_PLURAL; *npluralsp = 2; } } tablix2-0.3.5/intl/localcharset.c0000644000175000017500000003031410641726200013562 00000000000000/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding. Copyright (C) 2000-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ /* Written by Bruno Haible . */ #include /* Specification. */ #include "localcharset.h" #include #include #include #include #if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ # define WIN32_NATIVE #endif #if defined __EMX__ /* Assume EMX program runs on OS/2, even if compiled under DOS. */ # define OS2 #endif #if !defined WIN32_NATIVE # if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET # include # else # if 0 /* see comment below */ # include # endif # endif # ifdef __CYGWIN__ # define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN # include # endif #elif defined WIN32_NATIVE # define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN # include #endif #if defined OS2 # define INCL_DOS # include #endif #if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE # include "relocatable.h" #else # define relocate(pathname) (pathname) #endif /* Get LIBDIR. */ #ifndef LIBDIR # include "configmake.h" #endif #if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ /* Win32, Cygwin, OS/2, DOS */ # define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\') #endif #ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR # define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/' #endif #ifndef ISSLASH # define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR) #endif #if HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED # undef getc # define getc getc_unlocked #endif /* The following static variable is declared 'volatile' to avoid a possible multithread problem in the function get_charset_aliases. If we are running in a threaded environment, and if two threads initialize 'charset_aliases' simultaneously, both will produce the same value, and everything will be ok if the two assignments to 'charset_aliases' are atomic. But I don't know what will happen if the two assignments mix. */ #if __STDC__ != 1 # define volatile /* empty */ #endif /* Pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file, if it has already been read, else NULL. Its format is: ALIAS_1 '\0' CANONICAL_1 '\0' ... ALIAS_n '\0' CANONICAL_n '\0' '\0' */ static const char * volatile charset_aliases; /* Return a pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file. */ static const char * get_charset_aliases (void) { const char *cp; cp = charset_aliases; if (cp == NULL) { #if !(defined VMS || defined WIN32_NATIVE || defined __CYGWIN__) FILE *fp; const char *dir; const char *base = "charset.alias"; char *file_name; /* Make it possible to override the charset.alias location. This is necessary for running the testsuite before "make install". */ dir = getenv ("CHARSETALIASDIR"); if (dir == NULL || dir[0] == '\0') dir = relocate (LIBDIR); /* Concatenate dir and base into freshly allocated file_name. */ { size_t dir_len = strlen (dir); size_t base_len = strlen (base); int add_slash = (dir_len > 0 && !ISSLASH (dir[dir_len - 1])); file_name = (char *) malloc (dir_len + add_slash + base_len + 1); if (file_name != NULL) { memcpy (file_name, dir, dir_len); if (add_slash) file_name[dir_len] = DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR; memcpy (file_name + dir_len + add_slash, base, base_len + 1); } } if (file_name == NULL || (fp = fopen (file_name, "r")) == NULL) /* Out of memory or file not found, treat it as empty. */ cp = ""; else { /* Parse the file's contents. */ char *res_ptr = NULL; size_t res_size = 0; for (;;) { int c; char buf1[50+1]; char buf2[50+1]; size_t l1, l2; char *old_res_ptr; c = getc (fp); if (c == EOF) break; if (c == '\n' || c == ' ' || c == '\t') continue; if (c == '#') { /* Skip comment, to end of line. */ do c = getc (fp); while (!(c == EOF || c == '\n')); if (c == EOF) break; continue; } ungetc (c, fp); if (fscanf (fp, "%50s %50s", buf1, buf2) < 2) break; l1 = strlen (buf1); l2 = strlen (buf2); old_res_ptr = res_ptr; if (res_size == 0) { res_size = l1 + 1 + l2 + 1; res_ptr = (char *) malloc (res_size + 1); } else { res_size += l1 + 1 + l2 + 1; res_ptr = (char *) realloc (res_ptr, res_size + 1); } if (res_ptr == NULL) { /* Out of memory. */ res_size = 0; if (old_res_ptr != NULL) free (old_res_ptr); break; } strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1) - (l1 + 1), buf1); strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1), buf2); } fclose (fp); if (res_size == 0) cp = ""; else { *(res_ptr + res_size) = '\0'; cp = res_ptr; } } if (file_name != NULL) free (file_name); #else # if defined VMS /* To avoid the troubles of an extra file charset.alias_vms in the sources of many GNU packages, simply inline the aliases here. */ /* The list of encodings is taken from the OpenVMS 7.3-1 documentation "Compaq C Run-Time Library Reference Manual for OpenVMS systems" section 10.7 "Handling Different Character Sets". */ cp = "ISO8859-1" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0" "ISO8859-2" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0" "ISO8859-5" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0" "ISO8859-7" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0" "ISO8859-8" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0" "ISO8859-9" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0" /* Japanese */ "eucJP" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0" "SJIS" "\0" "SHIFT_JIS" "\0" "DECKANJI" "\0" "DEC-KANJI" "\0" "SDECKANJI" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0" /* Chinese */ "eucTW" "\0" "EUC-TW" "\0" "DECHANYU" "\0" "DEC-HANYU" "\0" "DECHANZI" "\0" "GB2312" "\0" /* Korean */ "DECKOREAN" "\0" "EUC-KR" "\0"; # endif # if defined WIN32_NATIVE || defined __CYGWIN__ /* To avoid the troubles of installing a separate file in the same directory as the DLL and of retrieving the DLL's directory at runtime, simply inline the aliases here. */ cp = "CP936" "\0" "GBK" "\0" "CP1361" "\0" "JOHAB" "\0" "CP20127" "\0" "ASCII" "\0" "CP20866" "\0" "KOI8-R" "\0" "CP20936" "\0" "GB2312" "\0" "CP21866" "\0" "KOI8-RU" "\0" "CP28591" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0" "CP28592" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0" "CP28593" "\0" "ISO-8859-3" "\0" "CP28594" "\0" "ISO-8859-4" "\0" "CP28595" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0" "CP28596" "\0" "ISO-8859-6" "\0" "CP28597" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0" "CP28598" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0" "CP28599" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0" "CP28605" "\0" "ISO-8859-15" "\0" "CP38598" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0" "CP51932" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0" "CP51936" "\0" "GB2312" "\0" "CP51949" "\0" "EUC-KR" "\0" "CP51950" "\0" "EUC-TW" "\0" "CP54936" "\0" "GB18030" "\0" "CP65001" "\0" "UTF-8" "\0"; # endif #endif charset_aliases = cp; } return cp; } /* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset. The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated. If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical name. */ #ifdef STATIC STATIC #endif const char * locale_charset (void) { const char *codeset; const char *aliases; #if !(defined WIN32_NATIVE || defined OS2) # if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET /* Most systems support nl_langinfo (CODESET) nowadays. */ codeset = nl_langinfo (CODESET); # ifdef __CYGWIN__ /* Cygwin 2006 does not have locales. nl_langinfo (CODESET) always returns "US-ASCII". As long as this is not fixed, return the suffix of the locale name from the environment variables (if present) or the codepage as a number. */ if (codeset != NULL && strcmp (codeset, "US-ASCII") == 0) { const char *locale; static char buf[2 + 10 + 1]; locale = getenv ("LC_ALL"); if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') { locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE"); if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') locale = getenv ("LANG"); } if (locale != NULL && locale[0] != '\0') { /* If the locale name contains an encoding after the dot, return it. */ const char *dot = strchr (locale, '.'); if (dot != NULL) { const char *modifier; dot++; /* Look for the possible @... trailer and remove it, if any. */ modifier = strchr (dot, '@'); if (modifier == NULL) return dot; if (modifier - dot < sizeof (buf)) { memcpy (buf, dot, modifier - dot); buf [modifier - dot] = '\0'; return buf; } } } /* Woe32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */ sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ()); codeset = buf; } # endif # else /* On old systems which lack it, use setlocale or getenv. */ const char *locale = NULL; /* But most old systems don't have a complete set of locales. Some (like SunOS 4 or DJGPP) have only the C locale. Therefore we don't use setlocale here; it would return "C" when it doesn't support the locale name the user has set. */ # if 0 locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL); # endif if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') { locale = getenv ("LC_ALL"); if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') { locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE"); if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') locale = getenv ("LANG"); } } /* On some old systems, one used to set locale = "iso8859_1". On others, you set it to "language_COUNTRY.charset". In any case, we resolve it through the charset.alias file. */ codeset = locale; # endif #elif defined WIN32_NATIVE static char buf[2 + 10 + 1]; /* Woe32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */ sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ()); codeset = buf; #elif defined OS2 const char *locale; static char buf[2 + 10 + 1]; ULONG cp[3]; ULONG cplen; /* Allow user to override the codeset, as set in the operating system, with standard language environment variables. */ locale = getenv ("LC_ALL"); if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') { locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE"); if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') locale = getenv ("LANG"); } if (locale != NULL && locale[0] != '\0') { /* If the locale name contains an encoding after the dot, return it. */ const char *dot = strchr (locale, '.'); if (dot != NULL) { const char *modifier; dot++; /* Look for the possible @... trailer and remove it, if any. */ modifier = strchr (dot, '@'); if (modifier == NULL) return dot; if (modifier - dot < sizeof (buf)) { memcpy (buf, dot, modifier - dot); buf [modifier - dot] = '\0'; return buf; } } /* Resolve through the charset.alias file. */ codeset = locale; } else { /* OS/2 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */ if (DosQueryCp (sizeof (cp), cp, &cplen)) codeset = ""; else { sprintf (buf, "CP%u", cp[0]); codeset = buf; } } #endif if (codeset == NULL) /* The canonical name cannot be determined. */ codeset = ""; /* Resolve alias. */ for (aliases = get_charset_aliases (); *aliases != '\0'; aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1, aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1) if (strcmp (codeset, aliases) == 0 || (aliases[0] == '*' && aliases[1] == '\0')) { codeset = aliases + strlen (aliases) + 1; break; } /* Don't return an empty string. GNU libc and GNU libiconv interpret the empty string as denoting "the locale's character encoding", thus GNU libiconv would call this function a second time. */ if (codeset[0] == '\0') codeset = "ASCII"; return codeset; } tablix2-0.3.5/intl/lock.c0000644000175000017500000005413010641726200012050 00000000000000/* Locking in multithreaded situations. Copyright (C) 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ /* Written by Bruno Haible , 2005. Based on GCC's gthr-posix.h, gthr-posix95.h, gthr-solaris.h, gthr-win32.h. */ #include #include "lock.h" /* ========================================================================= */ #if USE_POSIX_THREADS /* Use the POSIX threads library. */ # if PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD /* The function to be executed by a dummy thread. */ static void * dummy_thread_func (void *arg) { return arg; } int glthread_in_use (void) { static int tested; static int result; /* 1: linked with -lpthread, 0: only with libc */ if (!tested) { pthread_t thread; if (pthread_create (&thread, NULL, dummy_thread_func, NULL) != 0) /* Thread creation failed. */ result = 0; else { /* Thread creation works. */ void *retval; if (pthread_join (thread, &retval) != 0) abort (); result = 1; } tested = 1; } return result; } # endif /* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */ /* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */ # if HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK # if !defined PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER void glthread_rwlock_init (gl_rwlock_t *lock) { if (pthread_rwlock_init (&lock->rwlock, NULL) != 0) abort (); lock->initialized = 1; } void glthread_rwlock_rdlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock) { if (!lock->initialized) { if (pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->guard) != 0) abort (); if (!lock->initialized) glthread_rwlock_init (lock); if (pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->guard) != 0) abort (); } if (pthread_rwlock_rdlock (&lock->rwlock) != 0) abort (); } void glthread_rwlock_wrlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock) { if (!lock->initialized) { if (pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->guard) != 0) abort (); if (!lock->initialized) glthread_rwlock_init (lock); if (pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->guard) != 0) abort (); } if (pthread_rwlock_wrlock (&lock->rwlock) != 0) abort (); } void glthread_rwlock_unlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock) { if (!lock->initialized) abort (); if (pthread_rwlock_unlock (&lock->rwlock) != 0) abort (); } void glthread_rwlock_destroy (gl_rwlock_t *lock) { if (!lock->initialized) abort (); if (pthread_rwlock_destroy (&lock->rwlock) != 0) abort (); lock->initialized = 0; } # endif # else void glthread_rwlock_init (gl_rwlock_t *lock) { if (pthread_mutex_init (&lock->lock, NULL) != 0) abort (); if (pthread_cond_init (&lock->waiting_readers, NULL) != 0) abort (); if (pthread_cond_init (&lock->waiting_writers, NULL) != 0) abort (); lock->waiting_writers_count = 0; lock->runcount = 0; } void glthread_rwlock_rdlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock) { if (pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->lock) != 0) abort (); /* Test whether only readers are currently running, and whether the runcount field will not overflow. */ /* POSIX says: "It is implementation-defined whether the calling thread acquires the lock when a writer does not hold the lock and there are writers blocked on the lock." Let's say, no: give the writers a higher priority. */ while (!(lock->runcount + 1 > 0 && lock->waiting_writers_count == 0)) { /* This thread has to wait for a while. Enqueue it among the waiting_readers. */ if (pthread_cond_wait (&lock->waiting_readers, &lock->lock) != 0) abort (); } lock->runcount++; if (pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->lock) != 0) abort (); } void glthread_rwlock_wrlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock) { if (pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->lock) != 0) abort (); /* Test whether no readers or writers are currently running. */ while (!(lock->runcount == 0)) { /* This thread has to wait for a while. Enqueue it among the waiting_writers. */ lock->waiting_writers_count++; if (pthread_cond_wait (&lock->waiting_writers, &lock->lock) != 0) abort (); lock->waiting_writers_count--; } lock->runcount--; /* runcount becomes -1 */ if (pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->lock) != 0) abort (); } void glthread_rwlock_unlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock) { if (pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->lock) != 0) abort (); if (lock->runcount < 0) { /* Drop a writer lock. */ if (!(lock->runcount == -1)) abort (); lock->runcount = 0; } else { /* Drop a reader lock. */ if (!(lock->runcount > 0)) abort (); lock->runcount--; } if (lock->runcount == 0) { /* POSIX recommends that "write locks shall take precedence over read locks", to avoid "writer starvation". */ if (lock->waiting_writers_count > 0) { /* Wake up one of the waiting writers. */ if (pthread_cond_signal (&lock->waiting_writers) != 0) abort (); } else { /* Wake up all waiting readers. */ if (pthread_cond_broadcast (&lock->waiting_readers) != 0) abort (); } } if (pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->lock) != 0) abort (); } void glthread_rwlock_destroy (gl_rwlock_t *lock) { if (pthread_mutex_destroy (&lock->lock) != 0) abort (); if (pthread_cond_destroy (&lock->waiting_readers) != 0) abort (); if (pthread_cond_destroy (&lock->waiting_writers) != 0) abort (); } # endif /* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */ # if HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE # if !(defined PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER || defined PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP) void glthread_recursive_lock_init (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock) { pthread_mutexattr_t attributes; if (pthread_mutexattr_init (&attributes) != 0) abort (); if (pthread_mutexattr_settype (&attributes, PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) != 0) abort (); if (pthread_mutex_init (&lock->recmutex, &attributes) != 0) abort (); if (pthread_mutexattr_destroy (&attributes) != 0) abort (); lock->initialized = 1; } void glthread_recursive_lock_lock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock) { if (!lock->initialized) { if (pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->guard) != 0) abort (); if (!lock->initialized) glthread_recursive_lock_init (lock); if (pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->guard) != 0) abort (); } if (pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->recmutex) != 0) abort (); } void glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock) { if (!lock->initialized) abort (); if (pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->recmutex) != 0) abort (); } void glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock) { if (!lock->initialized) abort (); if (pthread_mutex_destroy (&lock->recmutex) != 0) abort (); lock->initialized = 0; } # endif # else void glthread_recursive_lock_init (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock) { if (pthread_mutex_init (&lock->mutex, NULL) != 0) abort (); lock->owner = (pthread_t) 0; lock->depth = 0; } void glthread_recursive_lock_lock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock) { pthread_t self = pthread_self (); if (lock->owner != self) { if (pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->mutex) != 0) abort (); lock->owner = self; } if (++(lock->depth) == 0) /* wraparound? */ abort (); } void glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock) { if (lock->owner != pthread_self ()) abort (); if (lock->depth == 0) abort (); if (--(lock->depth) == 0) { lock->owner = (pthread_t) 0; if (pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->mutex) != 0) abort (); } } void glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock) { if (lock->owner != (pthread_t) 0) abort (); if (pthread_mutex_destroy (&lock->mutex) != 0) abort (); } # endif /* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */ static const pthread_once_t fresh_once = PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT; int glthread_once_singlethreaded (pthread_once_t *once_control) { /* We don't know whether pthread_once_t is an integer type, a floating-point type, a pointer type, or a structure type. */ char *firstbyte = (char *)once_control; if (*firstbyte == *(const char *)&fresh_once) { /* First time use of once_control. Invert the first byte. */ *firstbyte = ~ *(const char *)&fresh_once; return 1; } else return 0; } #endif /* ========================================================================= */ #if USE_PTH_THREADS /* Use the GNU Pth threads library. */ /* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */ /* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */ /* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */ /* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */ void glthread_once_call (void *arg) { void (**gl_once_temp_addr) (void) = (void (**) (void)) arg; void (*initfunction) (void) = *gl_once_temp_addr; initfunction (); } int glthread_once_singlethreaded (pth_once_t *once_control) { /* We know that pth_once_t is an integer type. */ if (*once_control == PTH_ONCE_INIT) { /* First time use of once_control. Invert the marker. */ *once_control = ~ PTH_ONCE_INIT; return 1; } else return 0; } #endif /* ========================================================================= */ #if USE_SOLARIS_THREADS /* Use the old Solaris threads library. */ /* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */ /* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */ /* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */ void glthread_recursive_lock_init (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock) { if (mutex_init (&lock->mutex, USYNC_THREAD, NULL) != 0) abort (); lock->owner = (thread_t) 0; lock->depth = 0; } void glthread_recursive_lock_lock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock) { thread_t self = thr_self (); if (lock->owner != self) { if (mutex_lock (&lock->mutex) != 0) abort (); lock->owner = self; } if (++(lock->depth) == 0) /* wraparound? */ abort (); } void glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock) { if (lock->owner != thr_self ()) abort (); if (lock->depth == 0) abort (); if (--(lock->depth) == 0) { lock->owner = (thread_t) 0; if (mutex_unlock (&lock->mutex) != 0) abort (); } } void glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock) { if (lock->owner != (thread_t) 0) abort (); if (mutex_destroy (&lock->mutex) != 0) abort (); } /* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */ void glthread_once (gl_once_t *once_control, void (*initfunction) (void)) { if (!once_control->inited) { /* Use the mutex to guarantee that if another thread is already calling the initfunction, this thread waits until it's finished. */ if (mutex_lock (&once_control->mutex) != 0) abort (); if (!once_control->inited) { once_control->inited = 1; initfunction (); } if (mutex_unlock (&once_control->mutex) != 0) abort (); } } int glthread_once_singlethreaded (gl_once_t *once_control) { /* We know that gl_once_t contains an integer type. */ if (!once_control->inited) { /* First time use of once_control. Invert the marker. */ once_control->inited = ~ 0; return 1; } else return 0; } #endif /* ========================================================================= */ #if USE_WIN32_THREADS /* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */ void glthread_lock_init (gl_lock_t *lock) { InitializeCriticalSection (&lock->lock); lock->guard.done = 1; } void glthread_lock_lock (gl_lock_t *lock) { if (!lock->guard.done) { if (InterlockedIncrement (&lock->guard.started) == 0) /* This thread is the first one to need this lock. Initialize it. */ glthread_lock_init (lock); else /* Yield the CPU while waiting for another thread to finish initializing this lock. */ while (!lock->guard.done) Sleep (0); } EnterCriticalSection (&lock->lock); } void glthread_lock_unlock (gl_lock_t *lock) { if (!lock->guard.done) abort (); LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock); } void glthread_lock_destroy (gl_lock_t *lock) { if (!lock->guard.done) abort (); DeleteCriticalSection (&lock->lock); lock->guard.done = 0; } /* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */ static inline void gl_waitqueue_init (gl_waitqueue_t *wq) { wq->array = NULL; wq->count = 0; wq->alloc = 0; wq->offset = 0; } /* Enqueues the current thread, represented by an event, in a wait queue. Returns INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE if an allocation failure occurs. */ static HANDLE gl_waitqueue_add (gl_waitqueue_t *wq) { HANDLE event; unsigned int index; if (wq->count == wq->alloc) { unsigned int new_alloc = 2 * wq->alloc + 1; HANDLE *new_array = (HANDLE *) realloc (wq->array, new_alloc * sizeof (HANDLE)); if (new_array == NULL) /* No more memory. */ return INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE; /* Now is a good opportunity to rotate the array so that its contents starts at offset 0. */ if (wq->offset > 0) { unsigned int old_count = wq->count; unsigned int old_alloc = wq->alloc; unsigned int old_offset = wq->offset; unsigned int i; if (old_offset + old_count > old_alloc) { unsigned int limit = old_offset + old_count - old_alloc; for (i = 0; i < limit; i++) new_array[old_alloc + i] = new_array[i]; } for (i = 0; i < old_count; i++) new_array[i] = new_array[old_offset + i]; wq->offset = 0; } wq->array = new_array; wq->alloc = new_alloc; } event = CreateEvent (NULL, TRUE, FALSE, NULL); if (event == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) /* No way to allocate an event. */ return INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE; index = wq->offset + wq->count; if (index >= wq->alloc) index -= wq->alloc; wq->array[index] = event; wq->count++; return event; } /* Notifies the first thread from a wait queue and dequeues it. */ static inline void gl_waitqueue_notify_first (gl_waitqueue_t *wq) { SetEvent (wq->array[wq->offset + 0]); wq->offset++; wq->count--; if (wq->count == 0 || wq->offset == wq->alloc) wq->offset = 0; } /* Notifies all threads from a wait queue and dequeues them all. */ static inline void gl_waitqueue_notify_all (gl_waitqueue_t *wq) { unsigned int i; for (i = 0; i < wq->count; i++) { unsigned int index = wq->offset + i; if (index >= wq->alloc) index -= wq->alloc; SetEvent (wq->array[index]); } wq->count = 0; wq->offset = 0; } void glthread_rwlock_init (gl_rwlock_t *lock) { InitializeCriticalSection (&lock->lock); gl_waitqueue_init (&lock->waiting_readers); gl_waitqueue_init (&lock->waiting_writers); lock->runcount = 0; lock->guard.done = 1; } void glthread_rwlock_rdlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock) { if (!lock->guard.done) { if (InterlockedIncrement (&lock->guard.started) == 0) /* This thread is the first one to need this lock. Initialize it. */ glthread_rwlock_init (lock); else /* Yield the CPU while waiting for another thread to finish initializing this lock. */ while (!lock->guard.done) Sleep (0); } EnterCriticalSection (&lock->lock); /* Test whether only readers are currently running, and whether the runcount field will not overflow. */ if (!(lock->runcount + 1 > 0)) { /* This thread has to wait for a while. Enqueue it among the waiting_readers. */ HANDLE event = gl_waitqueue_add (&lock->waiting_readers); if (event != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) { DWORD result; LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock); /* Wait until another thread signals this event. */ result = WaitForSingleObject (event, INFINITE); if (result == WAIT_FAILED || result == WAIT_TIMEOUT) abort (); CloseHandle (event); /* The thread which signalled the event already did the bookkeeping: removed us from the waiting_readers, incremented lock->runcount. */ if (!(lock->runcount > 0)) abort (); return; } else { /* Allocation failure. Weird. */ do { LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock); Sleep (1); EnterCriticalSection (&lock->lock); } while (!(lock->runcount + 1 > 0)); } } lock->runcount++; LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock); } void glthread_rwlock_wrlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock) { if (!lock->guard.done) { if (InterlockedIncrement (&lock->guard.started) == 0) /* This thread is the first one to need this lock. Initialize it. */ glthread_rwlock_init (lock); else /* Yield the CPU while waiting for another thread to finish initializing this lock. */ while (!lock->guard.done) Sleep (0); } EnterCriticalSection (&lock->lock); /* Test whether no readers or writers are currently running. */ if (!(lock->runcount == 0)) { /* This thread has to wait for a while. Enqueue it among the waiting_writers. */ HANDLE event = gl_waitqueue_add (&lock->waiting_writers); if (event != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) { DWORD result; LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock); /* Wait until another thread signals this event. */ result = WaitForSingleObject (event, INFINITE); if (result == WAIT_FAILED || result == WAIT_TIMEOUT) abort (); CloseHandle (event); /* The thread which signalled the event already did the bookkeeping: removed us from the waiting_writers, set lock->runcount = -1. */ if (!(lock->runcount == -1)) abort (); return; } else { /* Allocation failure. Weird. */ do { LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock); Sleep (1); EnterCriticalSection (&lock->lock); } while (!(lock->runcount == 0)); } } lock->runcount--; /* runcount becomes -1 */ LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock); } void glthread_rwlock_unlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock) { if (!lock->guard.done) abort (); EnterCriticalSection (&lock->lock); if (lock->runcount < 0) { /* Drop a writer lock. */ if (!(lock->runcount == -1)) abort (); lock->runcount = 0; } else { /* Drop a reader lock. */ if (!(lock->runcount > 0)) abort (); lock->runcount--; } if (lock->runcount == 0) { /* POSIX recommends that "write locks shall take precedence over read locks", to avoid "writer starvation". */ if (lock->waiting_writers.count > 0) { /* Wake up one of the waiting writers. */ lock->runcount--; gl_waitqueue_notify_first (&lock->waiting_writers); } else { /* Wake up all waiting readers. */ lock->runcount += lock->waiting_readers.count; gl_waitqueue_notify_all (&lock->waiting_readers); } } LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock); } void glthread_rwlock_destroy (gl_rwlock_t *lock) { if (!lock->guard.done) abort (); if (lock->runcount != 0) abort (); DeleteCriticalSection (&lock->lock); if (lock->waiting_readers.array != NULL) free (lock->waiting_readers.array); if (lock->waiting_writers.array != NULL) free (lock->waiting_writers.array); lock->guard.done = 0; } /* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */ void glthread_recursive_lock_init (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock) { lock->owner = 0; lock->depth = 0; InitializeCriticalSection (&lock->lock); lock->guard.done = 1; } void glthread_recursive_lock_lock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock) { if (!lock->guard.done) { if (InterlockedIncrement (&lock->guard.started) == 0) /* This thread is the first one to need this lock. Initialize it. */ glthread_recursive_lock_init (lock); else /* Yield the CPU while waiting for another thread to finish initializing this lock. */ while (!lock->guard.done) Sleep (0); } { DWORD self = GetCurrentThreadId (); if (lock->owner != self) { EnterCriticalSection (&lock->lock); lock->owner = self; } if (++(lock->depth) == 0) /* wraparound? */ abort (); } } void glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock) { if (lock->owner != GetCurrentThreadId ()) abort (); if (lock->depth == 0) abort (); if (--(lock->depth) == 0) { lock->owner = 0; LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock); } } void glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock) { if (lock->owner != 0) abort (); DeleteCriticalSection (&lock->lock); lock->guard.done = 0; } /* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */ void glthread_once (gl_once_t *once_control, void (*initfunction) (void)) { if (once_control->inited <= 0) { if (InterlockedIncrement (&once_control->started) == 0) { /* This thread is the first one to come to this once_control. */ InitializeCriticalSection (&once_control->lock); EnterCriticalSection (&once_control->lock); once_control->inited = 0; initfunction (); once_control->inited = 1; LeaveCriticalSection (&once_control->lock); } else { /* Undo last operation. */ InterlockedDecrement (&once_control->started); /* Some other thread has already started the initialization. Yield the CPU while waiting for the other thread to finish initializing and taking the lock. */ while (once_control->inited < 0) Sleep (0); if (once_control->inited <= 0) { /* Take the lock. This blocks until the other thread has finished calling the initfunction. */ EnterCriticalSection (&once_control->lock); LeaveCriticalSection (&once_control->lock); if (!(once_control->inited > 0)) abort (); } } } } #endif /* ========================================================================= */ tablix2-0.3.5/intl/relocatable.c0000644000175000017500000003353410641726201013403 00000000000000/* Provide relocatable packages. Copyright (C) 2003-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Written by Bruno Haible , 2003. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ /* Tell glibc's to provide a prototype for getline(). This must come before because may include , and once has been included, it's too late. */ #ifndef _GNU_SOURCE # define _GNU_SOURCE 1 #endif #include /* Specification. */ #include "relocatable.h" #if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE #include #include #include #include #ifdef NO_XMALLOC # define xmalloc malloc #else # include "xalloc.h" #endif #if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ # define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN # include #endif #if DEPENDS_ON_LIBCHARSET # include #endif #if DEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV && HAVE_ICONV # include #endif #if DEPENDS_ON_LIBINTL && ENABLE_NLS # include #endif /* Faked cheap 'bool'. */ #undef bool #undef false #undef true #define bool int #define false 0 #define true 1 /* Pathname support. ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character. IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) tests whether P contains a directory specification. */ #if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ /* Win32, Cygwin, OS/2, DOS */ # define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\') # define HAS_DEVICE(P) \ ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \ && (P)[1] == ':') # define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) \ (strchr (P, '/') != NULL || strchr (P, '\\') != NULL || HAS_DEVICE (P)) # define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(P) (HAS_DEVICE (P) ? 2 : 0) #else /* Unix */ # define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/') # define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) (strchr (P, '/') != NULL) # define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(P) 0 #endif /* Original installation prefix. */ static char *orig_prefix; static size_t orig_prefix_len; /* Current installation prefix. */ static char *curr_prefix; static size_t curr_prefix_len; /* These prefixes do not end in a slash. Anything that will be concatenated to them must start with a slash. */ /* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of this module. Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use "" instead of "/"). */ static void set_this_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix_arg, const char *curr_prefix_arg) { if (orig_prefix_arg != NULL && curr_prefix_arg != NULL /* Optimization: if orig_prefix and curr_prefix are equal, the relocation is a nop. */ && strcmp (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg) != 0) { /* Duplicate the argument strings. */ char *memory; orig_prefix_len = strlen (orig_prefix_arg); curr_prefix_len = strlen (curr_prefix_arg); memory = (char *) xmalloc (orig_prefix_len + 1 + curr_prefix_len + 1); #ifdef NO_XMALLOC if (memory != NULL) #endif { memcpy (memory, orig_prefix_arg, orig_prefix_len + 1); orig_prefix = memory; memory += orig_prefix_len + 1; memcpy (memory, curr_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_len + 1); curr_prefix = memory; return; } } orig_prefix = NULL; curr_prefix = NULL; /* Don't worry about wasted memory here - this function is usually only called once. */ } /* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package. Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use "" instead of "/"). */ void set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix_arg, const char *curr_prefix_arg) { set_this_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg); /* Now notify all dependent libraries. */ #if DEPENDS_ON_LIBCHARSET libcharset_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg); #endif #if DEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV && HAVE_ICONV && _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0109 libiconv_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg); #endif #if DEPENDS_ON_LIBINTL && ENABLE_NLS && defined libintl_set_relocation_prefix libintl_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg); #endif } #if !defined IN_LIBRARY || (defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR) /* Convenience function: Computes the current installation prefix, based on the original installation prefix, the original installation directory of a particular file, and the current pathname of this file. Returns NULL upon failure. */ #ifdef IN_LIBRARY #define compute_curr_prefix local_compute_curr_prefix static #endif const char * compute_curr_prefix (const char *orig_installprefix, const char *orig_installdir, const char *curr_pathname) { const char *curr_installdir; const char *rel_installdir; if (curr_pathname == NULL) return NULL; /* Determine the relative installation directory, relative to the prefix. This is simply the difference between orig_installprefix and orig_installdir. */ if (strncmp (orig_installprefix, orig_installdir, strlen (orig_installprefix)) != 0) /* Shouldn't happen - nothing should be installed outside $(prefix). */ return NULL; rel_installdir = orig_installdir + strlen (orig_installprefix); /* Determine the current installation directory. */ { const char *p_base = curr_pathname + FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (curr_pathname); const char *p = curr_pathname + strlen (curr_pathname); char *q; while (p > p_base) { p--; if (ISSLASH (*p)) break; } q = (char *) xmalloc (p - curr_pathname + 1); #ifdef NO_XMALLOC if (q == NULL) return NULL; #endif memcpy (q, curr_pathname, p - curr_pathname); q[p - curr_pathname] = '\0'; curr_installdir = q; } /* Compute the current installation prefix by removing the trailing rel_installdir from it. */ { const char *rp = rel_installdir + strlen (rel_installdir); const char *cp = curr_installdir + strlen (curr_installdir); const char *cp_base = curr_installdir + FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (curr_installdir); while (rp > rel_installdir && cp > cp_base) { bool same = false; const char *rpi = rp; const char *cpi = cp; while (rpi > rel_installdir && cpi > cp_base) { rpi--; cpi--; if (ISSLASH (*rpi) || ISSLASH (*cpi)) { if (ISSLASH (*rpi) && ISSLASH (*cpi)) same = true; break; } /* Do case-insensitive comparison if the filesystem is always or often case-insensitive. It's better to accept the comparison if the difference is only in case, rather than to fail. */ #if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ /* Win32, Cygwin, OS/2, DOS - case insignificant filesystem */ if ((*rpi >= 'a' && *rpi <= 'z' ? *rpi - 'a' + 'A' : *rpi) != (*cpi >= 'a' && *cpi <= 'z' ? *cpi - 'a' + 'A' : *cpi)) break; #else if (*rpi != *cpi) break; #endif } if (!same) break; /* The last pathname component was the same. opi and cpi now point to the slash before it. */ rp = rpi; cp = cpi; } if (rp > rel_installdir) /* Unexpected: The curr_installdir does not end with rel_installdir. */ return NULL; { size_t curr_prefix_len = cp - curr_installdir; char *curr_prefix; curr_prefix = (char *) xmalloc (curr_prefix_len + 1); #ifdef NO_XMALLOC if (curr_prefix == NULL) return NULL; #endif memcpy (curr_prefix, curr_installdir, curr_prefix_len); curr_prefix[curr_prefix_len] = '\0'; return curr_prefix; } } } #endif /* !IN_LIBRARY || PIC */ #if defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR /* Full pathname of shared library, or NULL. */ static char *shared_library_fullname; #if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ /* Determine the full pathname of the shared library when it is loaded. */ BOOL WINAPI DllMain (HINSTANCE module_handle, DWORD event, LPVOID reserved) { (void) reserved; if (event == DLL_PROCESS_ATTACH) { /* The DLL is being loaded into an application's address range. */ static char location[MAX_PATH]; if (!GetModuleFileName (module_handle, location, sizeof (location))) /* Shouldn't happen. */ return FALSE; if (!IS_PATH_WITH_DIR (location)) /* Shouldn't happen. */ return FALSE; { #if defined __CYGWIN__ /* On Cygwin, we need to convert paths coming from Win32 system calls to the Unix-like slashified notation. */ static char location_as_posix_path[2 * MAX_PATH]; /* There's no error return defined for cygwin_conv_to_posix_path. See cygwin-api/func-cygwin-conv-to-posix-path.html. Does it overflow the buffer of expected size MAX_PATH or does it truncate the path? I don't know. Let's catch both. */ cygwin_conv_to_posix_path (location, location_as_posix_path); location_as_posix_path[MAX_PATH - 1] = '\0'; if (strlen (location_as_posix_path) >= MAX_PATH - 1) /* A sign of buffer overflow or path truncation. */ return FALSE; shared_library_fullname = strdup (location_as_posix_path); #else shared_library_fullname = strdup (location); #endif } } return TRUE; } #else /* Unix except Cygwin */ static void find_shared_library_fullname () { #if defined __linux__ && __GLIBC__ >= 2 /* Linux has /proc/self/maps. glibc 2 has the getline() function. */ FILE *fp; /* Open the current process' maps file. It describes one VMA per line. */ fp = fopen ("/proc/self/maps", "r"); if (fp) { unsigned long address = (unsigned long) &find_shared_library_fullname; for (;;) { unsigned long start, end; int c; if (fscanf (fp, "%lx-%lx", &start, &end) != 2) break; if (address >= start && address <= end - 1) { /* Found it. Now see if this line contains a filename. */ while (c = getc (fp), c != EOF && c != '\n' && c != '/') continue; if (c == '/') { size_t size; int len; ungetc (c, fp); shared_library_fullname = NULL; size = 0; len = getline (&shared_library_fullname, &size, fp); if (len >= 0) { /* Success: filled shared_library_fullname. */ if (len > 0 && shared_library_fullname[len - 1] == '\n') shared_library_fullname[len - 1] = '\0'; } } break; } while (c = getc (fp), c != EOF && c != '\n') continue; } fclose (fp); } #endif } #endif /* (WIN32 or Cygwin) / (Unix except Cygwin) */ /* Return the full pathname of the current shared library. Return NULL if unknown. Guaranteed to work only on Linux, Cygwin and Woe32. */ static char * get_shared_library_fullname () { #if !(defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__) static bool tried_find_shared_library_fullname; if (!tried_find_shared_library_fullname) { find_shared_library_fullname (); tried_find_shared_library_fullname = true; } #endif return shared_library_fullname; } #endif /* PIC */ /* Returns the pathname, relocated according to the current installation directory. */ const char * relocate (const char *pathname) { #if defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR static int initialized; /* Initialization code for a shared library. */ if (!initialized) { /* At this point, orig_prefix and curr_prefix likely have already been set through the main program's set_program_name_and_installdir function. This is sufficient in the case that the library has initially been installed in the same orig_prefix. But we can do better, to also cover the cases that 1. it has been installed in a different prefix before being moved to orig_prefix and (later) to curr_prefix, 2. unlike the program, it has not moved away from orig_prefix. */ const char *orig_installprefix = INSTALLPREFIX; const char *orig_installdir = INSTALLDIR; const char *curr_prefix_better; curr_prefix_better = compute_curr_prefix (orig_installprefix, orig_installdir, get_shared_library_fullname ()); if (curr_prefix_better == NULL) curr_prefix_better = curr_prefix; set_relocation_prefix (orig_installprefix, curr_prefix_better); initialized = 1; } #endif /* Note: It is not necessary to perform case insensitive comparison here, even for DOS-like filesystems, because the pathname argument was typically created from the same Makefile variable as orig_prefix came from. */ if (orig_prefix != NULL && curr_prefix != NULL && strncmp (pathname, orig_prefix, orig_prefix_len) == 0) { if (pathname[orig_prefix_len] == '\0') /* pathname equals orig_prefix. */ return curr_prefix; if (ISSLASH (pathname[orig_prefix_len])) { /* pathname starts with orig_prefix. */ const char *pathname_tail = &pathname[orig_prefix_len]; char *result = (char *) xmalloc (curr_prefix_len + strlen (pathname_tail) + 1); #ifdef NO_XMALLOC if (result != NULL) #endif { memcpy (result, curr_prefix, curr_prefix_len); strcpy (result + curr_prefix_len, pathname_tail); return result; } } } /* Nothing to relocate. */ return pathname; } #endif tablix2-0.3.5/intl/langprefs.c0000644000175000017500000000737510641726200013112 00000000000000/* Determine the user's language preferences. Copyright (C) 2004-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ /* Written by Bruno Haible . */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include #if HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE # include # include # include # include # include extern void _nl_locale_name_canonicalize (char *name); #endif /* Determine the user's language preferences, as a colon separated list of locale names in XPG syntax language[_territory][.codeset][@modifier] The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated. The LANGUAGE environment variable does not need to be considered; it is already taken into account by the caller. */ const char * _nl_language_preferences_default (void) { #if HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE /* MacOS X 10.2 or newer */ { /* Cache the preferences list, since CoreFoundation calls are expensive. */ static const char *cached_languages; static int cache_initialized; if (!cache_initialized) { CFTypeRef preferences = CFPreferencesCopyAppValue (CFSTR ("AppleLanguages"), kCFPreferencesCurrentApplication); if (preferences != NULL && CFGetTypeID (preferences) == CFArrayGetTypeID ()) { CFArrayRef prefArray = (CFArrayRef)preferences; int n = CFArrayGetCount (prefArray); char buf[256]; size_t size = 0; int i; for (i = 0; i < n; i++) { CFTypeRef element = CFArrayGetValueAtIndex (prefArray, i); if (element != NULL && CFGetTypeID (element) == CFStringGetTypeID () && CFStringGetCString ((CFStringRef)element, buf, sizeof (buf), kCFStringEncodingASCII)) { _nl_locale_name_canonicalize (buf); size += strlen (buf) + 1; /* Most GNU programs use msgids in English and don't ship an en.mo message catalog. Therefore when we see "en" in the preferences list, arrange for gettext() to return the msgid, and ignore all further elements of the preferences list. */ if (strcmp (buf, "en") == 0) break; } else break; } if (size > 0) { char *languages = (char *) malloc (size); if (languages != NULL) { char *p = languages; for (i = 0; i < n; i++) { CFTypeRef element = CFArrayGetValueAtIndex (prefArray, i); if (element != NULL && CFGetTypeID (element) == CFStringGetTypeID () && CFStringGetCString ((CFStringRef)element, buf, sizeof (buf), kCFStringEncodingASCII)) { _nl_locale_name_canonicalize (buf); strcpy (p, buf); p += strlen (buf); *p++ = ':'; if (strcmp (buf, "en") == 0) break; } else break; } *--p = '\0'; cached_languages = languages; } } } cache_initialized = 1; } if (cached_languages != NULL) return cached_languages; } #endif return NULL; } tablix2-0.3.5/intl/localename.c0000644000175000017500000012433210641726200013222 00000000000000/* Determine the current selected locale. Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ /* Written by Ulrich Drepper , 1995. */ /* Win32 code written by Tor Lillqvist . */ /* MacOS X code written by Bruno Haible . */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include #include #if HAVE_CFLOCALECOPYCURRENT || HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE # include # include # if HAVE_CFLOCALECOPYCURRENT # include # elif HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE # include # endif #endif #if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ # define WIN32_NATIVE #endif #ifdef WIN32_NATIVE # define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN # include /* List of language codes, sorted by value: 0x01 LANG_ARABIC 0x02 LANG_BULGARIAN 0x03 LANG_CATALAN 0x04 LANG_CHINESE 0x05 LANG_CZECH 0x06 LANG_DANISH 0x07 LANG_GERMAN 0x08 LANG_GREEK 0x09 LANG_ENGLISH 0x0a LANG_SPANISH 0x0b LANG_FINNISH 0x0c LANG_FRENCH 0x0d LANG_HEBREW 0x0e LANG_HUNGARIAN 0x0f LANG_ICELANDIC 0x10 LANG_ITALIAN 0x11 LANG_JAPANESE 0x12 LANG_KOREAN 0x13 LANG_DUTCH 0x14 LANG_NORWEGIAN 0x15 LANG_POLISH 0x16 LANG_PORTUGUESE 0x17 LANG_RHAETO_ROMANCE 0x18 LANG_ROMANIAN 0x19 LANG_RUSSIAN 0x1a LANG_CROATIAN == LANG_SERBIAN 0x1b LANG_SLOVAK 0x1c LANG_ALBANIAN 0x1d LANG_SWEDISH 0x1e LANG_THAI 0x1f LANG_TURKISH 0x20 LANG_URDU 0x21 LANG_INDONESIAN 0x22 LANG_UKRAINIAN 0x23 LANG_BELARUSIAN 0x24 LANG_SLOVENIAN 0x25 LANG_ESTONIAN 0x26 LANG_LATVIAN 0x27 LANG_LITHUANIAN 0x28 LANG_TAJIK 0x29 LANG_FARSI 0x2a LANG_VIETNAMESE 0x2b LANG_ARMENIAN 0x2c LANG_AZERI 0x2d LANG_BASQUE 0x2e LANG_SORBIAN 0x2f LANG_MACEDONIAN 0x30 LANG_SUTU 0x31 LANG_TSONGA 0x32 LANG_TSWANA 0x33 LANG_VENDA 0x34 LANG_XHOSA 0x35 LANG_ZULU 0x36 LANG_AFRIKAANS 0x37 LANG_GEORGIAN 0x38 LANG_FAEROESE 0x39 LANG_HINDI 0x3a LANG_MALTESE 0x3b LANG_SAAMI 0x3c LANG_GAELIC 0x3d LANG_YIDDISH 0x3e LANG_MALAY 0x3f LANG_KAZAK 0x40 LANG_KYRGYZ 0x41 LANG_SWAHILI 0x42 LANG_TURKMEN 0x43 LANG_UZBEK 0x44 LANG_TATAR 0x45 LANG_BENGALI 0x46 LANG_PUNJABI 0x47 LANG_GUJARATI 0x48 LANG_ORIYA 0x49 LANG_TAMIL 0x4a LANG_TELUGU 0x4b LANG_KANNADA 0x4c LANG_MALAYALAM 0x4d LANG_ASSAMESE 0x4e LANG_MARATHI 0x4f LANG_SANSKRIT 0x50 LANG_MONGOLIAN 0x51 LANG_TIBETAN 0x52 LANG_WELSH 0x53 LANG_CAMBODIAN 0x54 LANG_LAO 0x55 LANG_BURMESE 0x56 LANG_GALICIAN 0x57 LANG_KONKANI 0x58 LANG_MANIPURI 0x59 LANG_SINDHI 0x5a LANG_SYRIAC 0x5b LANG_SINHALESE 0x5c LANG_CHEROKEE 0x5d LANG_INUKTITUT 0x5e LANG_AMHARIC 0x5f LANG_TAMAZIGHT 0x60 LANG_KASHMIRI 0x61 LANG_NEPALI 0x62 LANG_FRISIAN 0x63 LANG_PASHTO 0x64 LANG_TAGALOG 0x65 LANG_DIVEHI 0x66 LANG_EDO 0x67 LANG_FULFULDE 0x68 LANG_HAUSA 0x69 LANG_IBIBIO 0x6a LANG_YORUBA 0x70 LANG_IGBO 0x71 LANG_KANURI 0x72 LANG_OROMO 0x73 LANG_TIGRINYA 0x74 LANG_GUARANI 0x75 LANG_HAWAIIAN 0x76 LANG_LATIN 0x77 LANG_SOMALI 0x78 LANG_YI 0x79 LANG_PAPIAMENTU */ /* Mingw headers don't have latest language and sublanguage codes. */ # ifndef LANG_AFRIKAANS # define LANG_AFRIKAANS 0x36 # endif # ifndef LANG_ALBANIAN # define LANG_ALBANIAN 0x1c # endif # ifndef LANG_AMHARIC # define LANG_AMHARIC 0x5e # endif # ifndef LANG_ARABIC # define LANG_ARABIC 0x01 # endif # ifndef LANG_ARMENIAN # define LANG_ARMENIAN 0x2b # endif # ifndef LANG_ASSAMESE # define LANG_ASSAMESE 0x4d # endif # ifndef LANG_AZERI # define LANG_AZERI 0x2c # endif # ifndef LANG_BASQUE # define LANG_BASQUE 0x2d # endif # ifndef LANG_BELARUSIAN # define LANG_BELARUSIAN 0x23 # endif # ifndef LANG_BENGALI # define LANG_BENGALI 0x45 # endif # ifndef LANG_BURMESE # define LANG_BURMESE 0x55 # endif # ifndef LANG_CAMBODIAN # define LANG_CAMBODIAN 0x53 # endif # ifndef LANG_CATALAN # define LANG_CATALAN 0x03 # endif # ifndef LANG_CHEROKEE # define LANG_CHEROKEE 0x5c # endif # ifndef LANG_DIVEHI # define LANG_DIVEHI 0x65 # endif # ifndef LANG_EDO # define LANG_EDO 0x66 # endif # ifndef LANG_ESTONIAN # define LANG_ESTONIAN 0x25 # endif # ifndef LANG_FAEROESE # define LANG_FAEROESE 0x38 # endif # ifndef LANG_FARSI # define LANG_FARSI 0x29 # endif # ifndef LANG_FRISIAN # define LANG_FRISIAN 0x62 # endif # ifndef LANG_FULFULDE # define LANG_FULFULDE 0x67 # endif # ifndef LANG_GAELIC # define LANG_GAELIC 0x3c # endif # ifndef LANG_GALICIAN # define LANG_GALICIAN 0x56 # endif # ifndef LANG_GEORGIAN # define LANG_GEORGIAN 0x37 # endif # ifndef LANG_GUARANI # define LANG_GUARANI 0x74 # endif # ifndef LANG_GUJARATI # define LANG_GUJARATI 0x47 # endif # ifndef LANG_HAUSA # define LANG_HAUSA 0x68 # endif # ifndef LANG_HAWAIIAN # define LANG_HAWAIIAN 0x75 # endif # ifndef LANG_HEBREW # define LANG_HEBREW 0x0d # endif # ifndef LANG_HINDI # define LANG_HINDI 0x39 # endif # ifndef LANG_IBIBIO # define LANG_IBIBIO 0x69 # endif # ifndef LANG_IGBO # define LANG_IGBO 0x70 # endif # ifndef LANG_INDONESIAN # define LANG_INDONESIAN 0x21 # endif # ifndef LANG_INUKTITUT # define LANG_INUKTITUT 0x5d # endif # ifndef LANG_KANNADA # define LANG_KANNADA 0x4b # endif # ifndef LANG_KANURI # define LANG_KANURI 0x71 # endif # ifndef LANG_KASHMIRI # define LANG_KASHMIRI 0x60 # endif # ifndef LANG_KAZAK # define LANG_KAZAK 0x3f # endif # ifndef LANG_KONKANI # define LANG_KONKANI 0x57 # endif # ifndef LANG_KYRGYZ # define LANG_KYRGYZ 0x40 # endif # ifndef LANG_LAO # define LANG_LAO 0x54 # endif # ifndef LANG_LATIN # define LANG_LATIN 0x76 # endif # ifndef LANG_LATVIAN # define LANG_LATVIAN 0x26 # endif # ifndef LANG_LITHUANIAN # define LANG_LITHUANIAN 0x27 # endif # ifndef LANG_MACEDONIAN # define LANG_MACEDONIAN 0x2f # endif # ifndef LANG_MALAY # define LANG_MALAY 0x3e # endif # ifndef LANG_MALAYALAM # define LANG_MALAYALAM 0x4c # endif # ifndef LANG_MALTESE # define LANG_MALTESE 0x3a # endif # ifndef LANG_MANIPURI # define LANG_MANIPURI 0x58 # endif # ifndef LANG_MARATHI # define LANG_MARATHI 0x4e # endif # ifndef LANG_MONGOLIAN # define LANG_MONGOLIAN 0x50 # endif # ifndef LANG_NEPALI # define LANG_NEPALI 0x61 # endif # ifndef LANG_ORIYA # define LANG_ORIYA 0x48 # endif # ifndef LANG_OROMO # define LANG_OROMO 0x72 # endif # ifndef LANG_PAPIAMENTU # define LANG_PAPIAMENTU 0x79 # endif # ifndef LANG_PASHTO # define LANG_PASHTO 0x63 # endif # ifndef LANG_PUNJABI # define LANG_PUNJABI 0x46 # endif # ifndef LANG_RHAETO_ROMANCE # define LANG_RHAETO_ROMANCE 0x17 # endif # ifndef LANG_SAAMI # define LANG_SAAMI 0x3b # endif # ifndef LANG_SANSKRIT # define LANG_SANSKRIT 0x4f # endif # ifndef LANG_SERBIAN # define LANG_SERBIAN 0x1a # endif # ifndef LANG_SINDHI # define LANG_SINDHI 0x59 # endif # ifndef LANG_SINHALESE # define LANG_SINHALESE 0x5b # endif # ifndef LANG_SLOVAK # define LANG_SLOVAK 0x1b # endif # ifndef LANG_SOMALI # define LANG_SOMALI 0x77 # endif # ifndef LANG_SORBIAN # define LANG_SORBIAN 0x2e # endif # ifndef LANG_SUTU # define LANG_SUTU 0x30 # endif # ifndef LANG_SWAHILI # define LANG_SWAHILI 0x41 # endif # ifndef LANG_SYRIAC # define LANG_SYRIAC 0x5a # endif # ifndef LANG_TAGALOG # define LANG_TAGALOG 0x64 # endif # ifndef LANG_TAJIK # define LANG_TAJIK 0x28 # endif # ifndef LANG_TAMAZIGHT # define LANG_TAMAZIGHT 0x5f # endif # ifndef LANG_TAMIL # define LANG_TAMIL 0x49 # endif # ifndef LANG_TATAR # define LANG_TATAR 0x44 # endif # ifndef LANG_TELUGU # define LANG_TELUGU 0x4a # endif # ifndef LANG_THAI # define LANG_THAI 0x1e # endif # ifndef LANG_TIBETAN # define LANG_TIBETAN 0x51 # endif # ifndef LANG_TIGRINYA # define LANG_TIGRINYA 0x73 # endif # ifndef LANG_TSONGA # define LANG_TSONGA 0x31 # endif # ifndef LANG_TSWANA # define LANG_TSWANA 0x32 # endif # ifndef LANG_TURKMEN # define LANG_TURKMEN 0x42 # endif # ifndef LANG_UKRAINIAN # define LANG_UKRAINIAN 0x22 # endif # ifndef LANG_URDU # define LANG_URDU 0x20 # endif # ifndef LANG_UZBEK # define LANG_UZBEK 0x43 # endif # ifndef LANG_VENDA # define LANG_VENDA 0x33 # endif # ifndef LANG_VIETNAMESE # define LANG_VIETNAMESE 0x2a # endif # ifndef LANG_WELSH # define LANG_WELSH 0x52 # endif # ifndef LANG_XHOSA # define LANG_XHOSA 0x34 # endif # ifndef LANG_YI # define LANG_YI 0x78 # endif # ifndef LANG_YIDDISH # define LANG_YIDDISH 0x3d # endif # ifndef LANG_YORUBA # define LANG_YORUBA 0x6a # endif # ifndef LANG_ZULU # define LANG_ZULU 0x35 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA # define SUBLANG_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA 0x01 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_IRAQ # define SUBLANG_ARABIC_IRAQ 0x02 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_EGYPT # define SUBLANG_ARABIC_EGYPT 0x03 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_LIBYA # define SUBLANG_ARABIC_LIBYA 0x04 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_ALGERIA # define SUBLANG_ARABIC_ALGERIA 0x05 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_MOROCCO # define SUBLANG_ARABIC_MOROCCO 0x06 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_TUNISIA # define SUBLANG_ARABIC_TUNISIA 0x07 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_OMAN # define SUBLANG_ARABIC_OMAN 0x08 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_YEMEN # define SUBLANG_ARABIC_YEMEN 0x09 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_SYRIA # define SUBLANG_ARABIC_SYRIA 0x0a # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_JORDAN # define SUBLANG_ARABIC_JORDAN 0x0b # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_LEBANON # define SUBLANG_ARABIC_LEBANON 0x0c # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_KUWAIT # define SUBLANG_ARABIC_KUWAIT 0x0d # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_UAE # define SUBLANG_ARABIC_UAE 0x0e # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_BAHRAIN # define SUBLANG_ARABIC_BAHRAIN 0x0f # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_QATAR # define SUBLANG_ARABIC_QATAR 0x10 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_AZERI_LATIN # define SUBLANG_AZERI_LATIN 0x01 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_AZERI_CYRILLIC # define SUBLANG_AZERI_CYRILLIC 0x02 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_BENGALI_INDIA # define SUBLANG_BENGALI_INDIA 0x00 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_BENGALI_BANGLADESH # define SUBLANG_BENGALI_BANGLADESH 0x01 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_CHINESE_MACAU # define SUBLANG_CHINESE_MACAU 0x05 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA # define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x07 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_JAMAICA # define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_JAMAICA 0x08 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN # define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN 0x09 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_BELIZE # define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_BELIZE 0x0a # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD # define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD 0x0b # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE # define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE 0x0c # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES # define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES 0x0d # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_INDONESIA # define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_INDONESIA 0x0e # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_HONGKONG # define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_HONGKONG 0x0f # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_INDIA # define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_INDIA 0x10 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_MALAYSIA # define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_MALAYSIA 0x11 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SINGAPORE # define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SINGAPORE 0x12 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG # define SUBLANG_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG 0x05 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_MONACO # define SUBLANG_FRENCH_MONACO 0x06 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_WESTINDIES # define SUBLANG_FRENCH_WESTINDIES 0x07 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_REUNION # define SUBLANG_FRENCH_REUNION 0x08 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_CONGO # define SUBLANG_FRENCH_CONGO 0x09 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_SENEGAL # define SUBLANG_FRENCH_SENEGAL 0x0a # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_CAMEROON # define SUBLANG_FRENCH_CAMEROON 0x0b # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_COTEDIVOIRE # define SUBLANG_FRENCH_COTEDIVOIRE 0x0c # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_MALI # define SUBLANG_FRENCH_MALI 0x0d # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_MOROCCO # define SUBLANG_FRENCH_MOROCCO 0x0e # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_HAITI # define SUBLANG_FRENCH_HAITI 0x0f # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG # define SUBLANG_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG 0x04 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN # define SUBLANG_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN 0x05 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_KASHMIRI_INDIA # define SUBLANG_KASHMIRI_INDIA 0x02 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_MALAY_MALAYSIA # define SUBLANG_MALAY_MALAYSIA 0x01 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM # define SUBLANG_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM 0x02 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_NEPALI_INDIA # define SUBLANG_NEPALI_INDIA 0x02 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_PUNJABI_INDIA # define SUBLANG_PUNJABI_INDIA 0x00 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_PUNJABI_PAKISTAN # define SUBLANG_PUNJABI_PAKISTAN 0x01 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_ROMANIAN_ROMANIA # define SUBLANG_ROMANIAN_ROMANIA 0x00 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_ROMANIAN_MOLDOVA # define SUBLANG_ROMANIAN_MOLDOVA 0x01 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_SERBIAN_LATIN # define SUBLANG_SERBIAN_LATIN 0x02 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC # define SUBLANG_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC 0x03 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_SINDHI_INDIA # define SUBLANG_SINDHI_INDIA 0x00 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_SINDHI_PAKISTAN # define SUBLANG_SINDHI_PAKISTAN 0x01 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_GUATEMALA # define SUBLANG_SPANISH_GUATEMALA 0x04 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA # define SUBLANG_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA 0x05 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PANAMA # define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PANAMA 0x06 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC # define SUBLANG_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC 0x07 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_VENEZUELA # define SUBLANG_SPANISH_VENEZUELA 0x08 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_COLOMBIA # define SUBLANG_SPANISH_COLOMBIA 0x09 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PERU # define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PERU 0x0a # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_ARGENTINA # define SUBLANG_SPANISH_ARGENTINA 0x0b # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_ECUADOR # define SUBLANG_SPANISH_ECUADOR 0x0c # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_CHILE # define SUBLANG_SPANISH_CHILE 0x0d # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_URUGUAY # define SUBLANG_SPANISH_URUGUAY 0x0e # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PARAGUAY # define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PARAGUAY 0x0f # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_BOLIVIA # define SUBLANG_SPANISH_BOLIVIA 0x10 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR # define SUBLANG_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR 0x11 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_HONDURAS # define SUBLANG_SPANISH_HONDURAS 0x12 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_NICARAGUA # define SUBLANG_SPANISH_NICARAGUA 0x13 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO # define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO 0x14 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_SWEDISH_FINLAND # define SUBLANG_SWEDISH_FINLAND 0x02 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_TAMAZIGHT_ARABIC # define SUBLANG_TAMAZIGHT_ARABIC 0x01 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_TAMAZIGHT_LATIN # define SUBLANG_TAMAZIGHT_LATIN 0x02 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_TIGRINYA_ETHIOPIA # define SUBLANG_TIGRINYA_ETHIOPIA 0x00 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_TIGRINYA_ERITREA # define SUBLANG_TIGRINYA_ERITREA 0x01 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_URDU_PAKISTAN # define SUBLANG_URDU_PAKISTAN 0x01 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_URDU_INDIA # define SUBLANG_URDU_INDIA 0x02 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_UZBEK_LATIN # define SUBLANG_UZBEK_LATIN 0x01 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_UZBEK_CYRILLIC # define SUBLANG_UZBEK_CYRILLIC 0x02 # endif #endif # if HAVE_CFLOCALECOPYCURRENT || HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE /* MacOS X 10.2 or newer */ /* Canonicalize a MacOS X locale name to a Unix locale name. NAME is a sufficiently large buffer. On input, it contains the MacOS X locale name. On output, it contains the Unix locale name. */ void _nl_locale_name_canonicalize (char *name) { /* This conversion is based on a posting by Deborah GoldSmith on 2005-03-08, http://lists.apple.com/archives/carbon-dev/2005/Mar/msg00293.html */ /* Convert legacy (NeXTstep inherited) English names to Unix (ISO 639 and ISO 3166) names. Prior to MacOS X 10.3, there is no API for doing this. Therefore we do it ourselves, using a table based on the results of the MacOS X 10.3.8 function CFLocaleCreateCanonicalLocaleIdentifierFromString(). */ typedef struct { const char legacy[21+1]; const char unixy[5+1]; } legacy_entry; static const legacy_entry legacy_table[] = { { "Afrikaans", "af" }, { "Albanian", "sq" }, { "Amharic", "am" }, { "Arabic", "ar" }, { "Armenian", "hy" }, { "Assamese", "as" }, { "Aymara", "ay" }, { "Azerbaijani", "az" }, { "Basque", "eu" }, { "Belarusian", "be" }, { "Belorussian", "be" }, { "Bengali", "bn" }, { "Brazilian Portugese", "pt_BR" }, { "Brazilian Portuguese", "pt_BR" }, { "Breton", "br" }, { "Bulgarian", "bg" }, { "Burmese", "my" }, { "Byelorussian", "be" }, { "Catalan", "ca" }, { "Chewa", "ny" }, { "Chichewa", "ny" }, { "Chinese", "zh" }, { "Chinese, Simplified", "zh_CN" }, { "Chinese, Traditional", "zh_TW" }, { "Chinese, Tradtional", "zh_TW" }, { "Croatian", "hr" }, { "Czech", "cs" }, { "Danish", "da" }, { "Dutch", "nl" }, { "Dzongkha", "dz" }, { "English", "en" }, { "Esperanto", "eo" }, { "Estonian", "et" }, { "Faroese", "fo" }, { "Farsi", "fa" }, { "Finnish", "fi" }, { "Flemish", "nl_BE" }, { "French", "fr" }, { "Galician", "gl" }, { "Gallegan", "gl" }, { "Georgian", "ka" }, { "German", "de" }, { "Greek", "el" }, { "Greenlandic", "kl" }, { "Guarani", "gn" }, { "Gujarati", "gu" }, { "Hawaiian", "haw" }, /* Yes, "haw", not "cpe". */ { "Hebrew", "he" }, { "Hindi", "hi" }, { "Hungarian", "hu" }, { "Icelandic", "is" }, { "Indonesian", "id" }, { "Inuktitut", "iu" }, { "Irish", "ga" }, { "Italian", "it" }, { "Japanese", "ja" }, { "Javanese", "jv" }, { "Kalaallisut", "kl" }, { "Kannada", "kn" }, { "Kashmiri", "ks" }, { "Kazakh", "kk" }, { "Khmer", "km" }, { "Kinyarwanda", "rw" }, { "Kirghiz", "ky" }, { "Korean", "ko" }, { "Kurdish", "ku" }, { "Latin", "la" }, { "Latvian", "lv" }, { "Lithuanian", "lt" }, { "Macedonian", "mk" }, { "Malagasy", "mg" }, { "Malay", "ms" }, { "Malayalam", "ml" }, { "Maltese", "mt" }, { "Manx", "gv" }, { "Marathi", "mr" }, { "Moldavian", "mo" }, { "Mongolian", "mn" }, { "Nepali", "ne" }, { "Norwegian", "nb" }, /* Yes, "nb", not the obsolete "no". */ { "Nyanja", "ny" }, { "Nynorsk", "nn" }, { "Oriya", "or" }, { "Oromo", "om" }, { "Panjabi", "pa" }, { "Pashto", "ps" }, { "Persian", "fa" }, { "Polish", "pl" }, { "Portuguese", "pt" }, { "Portuguese, Brazilian", "pt_BR" }, { "Punjabi", "pa" }, { "Pushto", "ps" }, { "Quechua", "qu" }, { "Romanian", "ro" }, { "Ruanda", "rw" }, { "Rundi", "rn" }, { "Russian", "ru" }, { "Sami", "se_NO" }, /* Not just "se". */ { "Sanskrit", "sa" }, { "Scottish", "gd" }, { "Serbian", "sr" }, { "Simplified Chinese", "zh_CN" }, { "Sindhi", "sd" }, { "Sinhalese", "si" }, { "Slovak", "sk" }, { "Slovenian", "sl" }, { "Somali", "so" }, { "Spanish", "es" }, { "Sundanese", "su" }, { "Swahili", "sw" }, { "Swedish", "sv" }, { "Tagalog", "tl" }, { "Tajik", "tg" }, { "Tajiki", "tg" }, { "Tamil", "ta" }, { "Tatar", "tt" }, { "Telugu", "te" }, { "Thai", "th" }, { "Tibetan", "bo" }, { "Tigrinya", "ti" }, { "Tongan", "to" }, { "Traditional Chinese", "zh_TW" }, { "Turkish", "tr" }, { "Turkmen", "tk" }, { "Uighur", "ug" }, { "Ukrainian", "uk" }, { "Urdu", "ur" }, { "Uzbek", "uz" }, { "Vietnamese", "vi" }, { "Welsh", "cy" }, { "Yiddish", "yi" } }; /* Convert new-style locale names with language tags (ISO 639 and ISO 15924) to Unix (ISO 639 and ISO 3166) names. */ typedef struct { const char langtag[7+1]; const char unixy[12+1]; } langtag_entry; static const langtag_entry langtag_table[] = { /* MacOS X has "az-Arab", "az-Cyrl", "az-Latn". The default script for az on Unix is Latin. */ { "az-Latn", "az" }, /* MacOS X has "ga-dots". Does not yet exist on Unix. */ { "ga-dots", "ga" }, /* MacOS X has "kk-Cyrl". Does not yet exist on Unix. */ /* MacOS X has "mn-Cyrl", "mn-Mong". The default script for mn on Unix is Cyrillic. */ { "mn-Cyrl", "mn" }, /* MacOS X has "ms-Arab", "ms-Latn". The default script for ms on Unix is Latin. */ { "ms-Latn", "ms" }, /* MacOS X has "tg-Cyrl". The default script for tg on Unix is Cyrillic. */ { "tg-Cyrl", "tg" }, /* MacOS X has "tk-Cyrl". Does not yet exist on Unix. */ /* MacOS X has "tt-Cyrl". The default script for tt on Unix is Cyrillic. */ { "tt-Cyrl", "tt" }, /* MacOS X has "zh-Hans", "zh-Hant". Country codes are used to distinguish these on Unix. */ { "zh-Hans", "zh_CN" }, { "zh-Hant", "zh_TW" } }; /* Convert script names (ISO 15924) to Unix conventions. See http://www.unicode.org/iso15924/iso15924-codes.html */ typedef struct { const char script[4+1]; const char unixy[9+1]; } script_entry; static const script_entry script_table[] = { { "Arab", "arabic" }, { "Cyrl", "cyrillic" }, { "Mong", "mongolian" } }; /* Step 1: Convert using legacy_table. */ if (name[0] >= 'A' && name[0] <= 'Z') { unsigned int i1, i2; i1 = 0; i2 = sizeof (legacy_table) / sizeof (legacy_entry); while (i2 - i1 > 1) { /* At this point we know that if name occurs in legacy_table, its index must be >= i1 and < i2. */ unsigned int i = (i1 + i2) >> 1; const legacy_entry *p = &legacy_table[i]; if (strcmp (name, p->legacy) < 0) i2 = i; else i1 = i; } if (strcmp (name, legacy_table[i1].legacy) == 0) { strcpy (name, legacy_table[i1].unixy); return; } } /* Step 2: Convert using langtag_table and script_table. */ if (strlen (name) == 7 && name[2] == '-') { unsigned int i1, i2; i1 = 0; i2 = sizeof (langtag_table) / sizeof (langtag_entry); while (i2 - i1 > 1) { /* At this point we know that if name occurs in langtag_table, its index must be >= i1 and < i2. */ unsigned int i = (i1 + i2) >> 1; const langtag_entry *p = &langtag_table[i]; if (strcmp (name, p->langtag) < 0) i2 = i; else i1 = i; } if (strcmp (name, langtag_table[i1].langtag) == 0) { strcpy (name, langtag_table[i1].unixy); return; } i1 = 0; i2 = sizeof (script_table) / sizeof (script_entry); while (i2 - i1 > 1) { /* At this point we know that if (name + 3) occurs in script_table, its index must be >= i1 and < i2. */ unsigned int i = (i1 + i2) >> 1; const script_entry *p = &script_table[i]; if (strcmp (name + 3, p->script) < 0) i2 = i; else i1 = i; } if (strcmp (name + 3, script_table[i1].script) == 0) { name[2] = '@'; strcpy (name + 3, script_table[i1].unixy); return; } } /* Step 3: Convert new-style dash to Unix underscore. */ { char *p; for (p = name; *p != '\0'; p++) if (*p == '-') *p = '_'; } } #endif /* XPG3 defines the result of 'setlocale (category, NULL)' as: "Directs 'setlocale()' to query 'category' and return the current setting of 'local'." However it does not specify the exact format. Neither do SUSV2 and ISO C 99. So we can use this feature only on selected systems (e.g. those using GNU C Library). */ #if defined _LIBC || (defined __GLIBC__ && __GLIBC__ >= 2) # define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL #endif /* Determine the current locale's name, and canonicalize it into XPG syntax language[_territory][.codeset][@modifier] The codeset part in the result is not reliable; the locale_charset() should be used for codeset information instead. The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated. */ const char * _nl_locale_name_posix (int category, const char *categoryname) { /* Use the POSIX methods of looking to 'LC_ALL', 'LC_xxx', and 'LANG'. On some systems this can be done by the 'setlocale' function itself. */ #if defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES && defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL return setlocale (category, NULL); #else const char *retval; /* Setting of LC_ALL overrides all other. */ retval = getenv ("LC_ALL"); if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0') return retval; /* Next comes the name of the desired category. */ retval = getenv (categoryname); if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0') return retval; /* Last possibility is the LANG environment variable. */ retval = getenv ("LANG"); if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0') return retval; return NULL; #endif } const char * _nl_locale_name_default (void) { /* POSIX:2001 says: "All implementations shall define a locale as the default locale, to be invoked when no environment variables are set, or set to the empty string. This default locale can be the POSIX locale or any other implementation-defined locale. Some implementations may provide facilities for local installation administrators to set the default locale, customizing it for each location. POSIX:2001 does not require such a facility. */ #if !(HAVE_CFLOCALECOPYCURRENT || HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE || defined(WIN32_NATIVE)) /* The system does not have a way of setting the locale, other than the POSIX specified environment variables. We use C as default locale. */ return "C"; #else /* Return an XPG style locale name language[_territory][@modifier]. Don't even bother determining the codeset; it's not useful in this context, because message catalogs are not specific to a single codeset. */ # if HAVE_CFLOCALECOPYCURRENT || HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE /* MacOS X 10.2 or newer */ { /* Cache the locale name, since CoreFoundation calls are expensive. */ static const char *cached_localename; if (cached_localename == NULL) { char namebuf[256]; # if HAVE_CFLOCALECOPYCURRENT /* MacOS X 10.3 or newer */ CFLocaleRef locale = CFLocaleCopyCurrent (); CFStringRef name = CFLocaleGetIdentifier (locale); if (CFStringGetCString (name, namebuf, sizeof(namebuf), kCFStringEncodingASCII)) { _nl_locale_name_canonicalize (namebuf); cached_localename = strdup (namebuf); } CFRelease (locale); # elif HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE /* MacOS X 10.2 or newer */ CFTypeRef value = CFPreferencesCopyAppValue (CFSTR ("AppleLocale"), kCFPreferencesCurrentApplication); if (value != NULL && CFGetTypeID (value) == CFStringGetTypeID () && CFStringGetCString ((CFStringRef)value, namebuf, sizeof(namebuf), kCFStringEncodingASCII)) { _nl_locale_name_canonicalize (namebuf); cached_localename = strdup (namebuf); } # endif if (cached_localename == NULL) cached_localename = "C"; } return cached_localename; } # endif # if defined(WIN32_NATIVE) /* WIN32, not Cygwin */ { LCID lcid; LANGID langid; int primary, sub; /* Use native Win32 API locale ID. */ lcid = GetThreadLocale (); /* Strip off the sorting rules, keep only the language part. */ langid = LANGIDFROMLCID (lcid); /* Split into language and territory part. */ primary = PRIMARYLANGID (langid); sub = SUBLANGID (langid); /* Dispatch on language. See also http://www.unicode.org/unicode/onlinedat/languages.html . For details about languages, see http://www.ethnologue.com/ . */ switch (primary) { case LANG_AFRIKAANS: return "af_ZA"; case LANG_ALBANIAN: return "sq_AL"; case LANG_AMHARIC: return "am_ET"; case LANG_ARABIC: switch (sub) { case SUBLANG_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA: return "ar_SA"; case SUBLANG_ARABIC_IRAQ: return "ar_IQ"; case SUBLANG_ARABIC_EGYPT: return "ar_EG"; case SUBLANG_ARABIC_LIBYA: return "ar_LY"; case SUBLANG_ARABIC_ALGERIA: return "ar_DZ"; case SUBLANG_ARABIC_MOROCCO: return "ar_MA"; case SUBLANG_ARABIC_TUNISIA: return "ar_TN"; case SUBLANG_ARABIC_OMAN: return "ar_OM"; case SUBLANG_ARABIC_YEMEN: return "ar_YE"; case SUBLANG_ARABIC_SYRIA: return "ar_SY"; case SUBLANG_ARABIC_JORDAN: return "ar_JO"; case SUBLANG_ARABIC_LEBANON: return "ar_LB"; case SUBLANG_ARABIC_KUWAIT: return "ar_KW"; case SUBLANG_ARABIC_UAE: return "ar_AE"; case SUBLANG_ARABIC_BAHRAIN: return "ar_BH"; case SUBLANG_ARABIC_QATAR: return "ar_QA"; } return "ar"; case LANG_ARMENIAN: return "hy_AM"; case LANG_ASSAMESE: return "as_IN"; case LANG_AZERI: switch (sub) { /* FIXME: Adjust this when Azerbaijani locales appear on Unix. */ case SUBLANG_AZERI_LATIN: return "az_AZ@latin"; case SUBLANG_AZERI_CYRILLIC: return "az_AZ@cyrillic"; } return "az"; case LANG_BASQUE: switch (sub) { case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "eu_ES"; } return "eu"; /* Ambiguous: could be "eu_ES" or "eu_FR". */ case LANG_BELARUSIAN: return "be_BY"; case LANG_BENGALI: switch (sub) { case SUBLANG_BENGALI_INDIA: return "bn_IN"; case SUBLANG_BENGALI_BANGLADESH: return "bn_BD"; } return "bn"; case LANG_BULGARIAN: return "bg_BG"; case LANG_BURMESE: return "my_MM"; case LANG_CAMBODIAN: return "km_KH"; case LANG_CATALAN: return "ca_ES"; case LANG_CHEROKEE: return "chr_US"; case LANG_CHINESE: switch (sub) { case SUBLANG_CHINESE_TRADITIONAL: return "zh_TW"; case SUBLANG_CHINESE_SIMPLIFIED: return "zh_CN"; case SUBLANG_CHINESE_HONGKONG: return "zh_HK"; case SUBLANG_CHINESE_SINGAPORE: return "zh_SG"; case SUBLANG_CHINESE_MACAU: return "zh_MO"; } return "zh"; case LANG_CROATIAN: /* LANG_CROATIAN == LANG_SERBIAN * What used to be called Serbo-Croatian * should really now be two separate * languages because of political reasons. * (Says tml, who knows nothing about Serbian * or Croatian.) * (I can feel those flames coming already.) */ switch (sub) { case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "hr_HR"; case SUBLANG_SERBIAN_LATIN: return "sr_CS"; case SUBLANG_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC: return "sr_CS@cyrillic"; } return "hr"; case LANG_CZECH: return "cs_CZ"; case LANG_DANISH: return "da_DK"; case LANG_DIVEHI: return "dv_MV"; case LANG_DUTCH: switch (sub) { case SUBLANG_DUTCH: return "nl_NL"; case SUBLANG_DUTCH_BELGIAN: /* FLEMISH, VLAAMS */ return "nl_BE"; } return "nl"; case LANG_EDO: return "bin_NG"; case LANG_ENGLISH: switch (sub) { /* SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US == SUBLANG_DEFAULT. Heh. I thought * English was the language spoken in England. * Oh well. */ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US: return "en_US"; case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_UK: return "en_GB"; case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_AUS: return "en_AU"; case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CAN: return "en_CA"; case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_NZ: return "en_NZ"; case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_EIRE: return "en_IE"; case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA: return "en_ZA"; case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_JAMAICA: return "en_JM"; case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN: return "en_GD"; /* Grenada? */ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_BELIZE: return "en_BZ"; case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD: return "en_TT"; case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE: return "en_ZW"; case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES: return "en_PH"; case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_INDONESIA: return "en_ID"; case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_HONGKONG: return "en_HK"; case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_INDIA: return "en_IN"; case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_MALAYSIA: return "en_MY"; case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SINGAPORE: return "en_SG"; } return "en"; case LANG_ESTONIAN: return "et_EE"; case LANG_FAEROESE: return "fo_FO"; case LANG_FARSI: return "fa_IR"; case LANG_FINNISH: return "fi_FI"; case LANG_FRENCH: switch (sub) { case SUBLANG_FRENCH: return "fr_FR"; case SUBLANG_FRENCH_BELGIAN: /* WALLOON */ return "fr_BE"; case SUBLANG_FRENCH_CANADIAN: return "fr_CA"; case SUBLANG_FRENCH_SWISS: return "fr_CH"; case SUBLANG_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG: return "fr_LU"; case SUBLANG_FRENCH_MONACO: return "fr_MC"; case SUBLANG_FRENCH_WESTINDIES: return "fr"; /* Caribbean? */ case SUBLANG_FRENCH_REUNION: return "fr_RE"; case SUBLANG_FRENCH_CONGO: return "fr_CG"; case SUBLANG_FRENCH_SENEGAL: return "fr_SN"; case SUBLANG_FRENCH_CAMEROON: return "fr_CM"; case SUBLANG_FRENCH_COTEDIVOIRE: return "fr_CI"; case SUBLANG_FRENCH_MALI: return "fr_ML"; case SUBLANG_FRENCH_MOROCCO: return "fr_MA"; case SUBLANG_FRENCH_HAITI: return "fr_HT"; } return "fr"; case LANG_FRISIAN: return "fy_NL"; case LANG_FULFULDE: /* Spoken in Nigeria, Guinea, Senegal, Mali, Niger, Cameroon, Benin. */ return "ff_NG"; case LANG_GAELIC: switch (sub) { case 0x01: /* SCOTTISH */ return "gd_GB"; case 0x02: /* IRISH */ return "ga_IE"; } return "C"; case LANG_GALICIAN: return "gl_ES"; case LANG_GEORGIAN: return "ka_GE"; case LANG_GERMAN: switch (sub) { case SUBLANG_GERMAN: return "de_DE"; case SUBLANG_GERMAN_SWISS: return "de_CH"; case SUBLANG_GERMAN_AUSTRIAN: return "de_AT"; case SUBLANG_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG: return "de_LU"; case SUBLANG_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN: return "de_LI"; } return "de"; case LANG_GREEK: return "el_GR"; case LANG_GUARANI: return "gn_PY"; case LANG_GUJARATI: return "gu_IN"; case LANG_HAUSA: return "ha_NG"; case LANG_HAWAIIAN: /* FIXME: Do they mean Hawaiian ("haw_US", 1000 speakers) or Hawaii Creole English ("cpe_US", 600000 speakers)? */ return "cpe_US"; case LANG_HEBREW: return "he_IL"; case LANG_HINDI: return "hi_IN"; case LANG_HUNGARIAN: return "hu_HU"; case LANG_IBIBIO: return "nic_NG"; case LANG_ICELANDIC: return "is_IS"; case LANG_IGBO: return "ig_NG"; case LANG_INDONESIAN: return "id_ID"; case LANG_INUKTITUT: return "iu_CA"; case LANG_ITALIAN: switch (sub) { case SUBLANG_ITALIAN: return "it_IT"; case SUBLANG_ITALIAN_SWISS: return "it_CH"; } return "it"; case LANG_JAPANESE: return "ja_JP"; case LANG_KANNADA: return "kn_IN"; case LANG_KANURI: return "kr_NG"; case LANG_KASHMIRI: switch (sub) { case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "ks_PK"; case SUBLANG_KASHMIRI_INDIA: return "ks_IN"; } return "ks"; case LANG_KAZAK: return "kk_KZ"; case LANG_KONKANI: /* FIXME: Adjust this when such locales appear on Unix. */ return "kok_IN"; case LANG_KOREAN: return "ko_KR"; case LANG_KYRGYZ: return "ky_KG"; case LANG_LAO: return "lo_LA"; case LANG_LATIN: return "la_VA"; case LANG_LATVIAN: return "lv_LV"; case LANG_LITHUANIAN: return "lt_LT"; case LANG_MACEDONIAN: return "mk_MK"; case LANG_MALAY: switch (sub) { case SUBLANG_MALAY_MALAYSIA: return "ms_MY"; case SUBLANG_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM: return "ms_BN"; } return "ms"; case LANG_MALAYALAM: return "ml_IN"; case LANG_MALTESE: return "mt_MT"; case LANG_MANIPURI: /* FIXME: Adjust this when such locales appear on Unix. */ return "mni_IN"; case LANG_MARATHI: return "mr_IN"; case LANG_MONGOLIAN: switch (sub) { case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "mn_MN"; } return "mn"; /* Ambiguous: could be "mn_CN" or "mn_MN". */ case LANG_NEPALI: switch (sub) { case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "ne_NP"; case SUBLANG_NEPALI_INDIA: return "ne_IN"; } return "ne"; case LANG_NORWEGIAN: switch (sub) { case SUBLANG_NORWEGIAN_BOKMAL: return "nb_NO"; case SUBLANG_NORWEGIAN_NYNORSK: return "nn_NO"; } return "no"; case LANG_ORIYA: return "or_IN"; case LANG_OROMO: return "om_ET"; case LANG_PAPIAMENTU: return "pap_AN"; case LANG_PASHTO: return "ps"; /* Ambiguous: could be "ps_PK" or "ps_AF". */ case LANG_POLISH: return "pl_PL"; case LANG_PORTUGUESE: switch (sub) { case SUBLANG_PORTUGUESE: return "pt_PT"; /* Hmm. SUBLANG_PORTUGUESE_BRAZILIAN == SUBLANG_DEFAULT. Same phenomenon as SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US == SUBLANG_DEFAULT. */ case SUBLANG_PORTUGUESE_BRAZILIAN: return "pt_BR"; } return "pt"; case LANG_PUNJABI: switch (sub) { case SUBLANG_PUNJABI_INDIA: return "pa_IN"; /* Gurmukhi script */ case SUBLANG_PUNJABI_PAKISTAN: return "pa_PK"; /* Arabic script */ } return "pa"; case LANG_RHAETO_ROMANCE: return "rm_CH"; case LANG_ROMANIAN: switch (sub) { case SUBLANG_ROMANIAN_ROMANIA: return "ro_RO"; case SUBLANG_ROMANIAN_MOLDOVA: return "ro_MD"; } return "ro"; case LANG_RUSSIAN: switch (sub) { case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "ru_RU"; } return "ru"; /* Ambiguous: could be "ru_RU" or "ru_UA" or "ru_MD". */ case LANG_SAAMI: /* actually Northern Sami */ return "se_NO"; case LANG_SANSKRIT: return "sa_IN"; case LANG_SINDHI: switch (sub) { case SUBLANG_SINDHI_INDIA: return "sd_IN"; case SUBLANG_SINDHI_PAKISTAN: return "sd_PK"; } return "sd"; case LANG_SINHALESE: return "si_LK"; case LANG_SLOVAK: return "sk_SK"; case LANG_SLOVENIAN: return "sl_SI"; case LANG_SOMALI: return "so_SO"; case LANG_SORBIAN: /* FIXME: Adjust this when such locales appear on Unix. */ return "wen_DE"; case LANG_SPANISH: switch (sub) { case SUBLANG_SPANISH: return "es_ES"; case SUBLANG_SPANISH_MEXICAN: return "es_MX"; case SUBLANG_SPANISH_MODERN: return "es_ES@modern"; /* not seen on Unix */ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_GUATEMALA: return "es_GT"; case SUBLANG_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA: return "es_CR"; case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PANAMA: return "es_PA"; case SUBLANG_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC: return "es_DO"; case SUBLANG_SPANISH_VENEZUELA: return "es_VE"; case SUBLANG_SPANISH_COLOMBIA: return "es_CO"; case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PERU: return "es_PE"; case SUBLANG_SPANISH_ARGENTINA: return "es_AR"; case SUBLANG_SPANISH_ECUADOR: return "es_EC"; case SUBLANG_SPANISH_CHILE: return "es_CL"; case SUBLANG_SPANISH_URUGUAY: return "es_UY"; case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PARAGUAY: return "es_PY"; case SUBLANG_SPANISH_BOLIVIA: return "es_BO"; case SUBLANG_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR: return "es_SV"; case SUBLANG_SPANISH_HONDURAS: return "es_HN"; case SUBLANG_SPANISH_NICARAGUA: return "es_NI"; case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO: return "es_PR"; } return "es"; case LANG_SUTU: return "bnt_TZ"; /* or "st_LS" or "nso_ZA"? */ case LANG_SWAHILI: return "sw_KE"; case LANG_SWEDISH: switch (sub) { case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "sv_SE"; case SUBLANG_SWEDISH_FINLAND: return "sv_FI"; } return "sv"; case LANG_SYRIAC: return "syr_TR"; /* An extinct language. */ case LANG_TAGALOG: return "tl_PH"; case LANG_TAJIK: return "tg_TJ"; case LANG_TAMAZIGHT: switch (sub) { /* FIXME: Adjust this when Tamazight locales appear on Unix. */ case SUBLANG_TAMAZIGHT_ARABIC: return "ber_MA@arabic"; case SUBLANG_TAMAZIGHT_LATIN: return "ber_MA@latin"; } return "ber_MA"; case LANG_TAMIL: switch (sub) { case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "ta_IN"; } return "ta"; /* Ambiguous: could be "ta_IN" or "ta_LK" or "ta_SG". */ case LANG_TATAR: return "tt_RU"; case LANG_TELUGU: return "te_IN"; case LANG_THAI: return "th_TH"; case LANG_TIBETAN: return "bo_CN"; case LANG_TIGRINYA: switch (sub) { case SUBLANG_TIGRINYA_ETHIOPIA: return "ti_ET"; case SUBLANG_TIGRINYA_ERITREA: return "ti_ER"; } return "ti"; case LANG_TSONGA: return "ts_ZA"; case LANG_TSWANA: return "tn_BW"; case LANG_TURKISH: return "tr_TR"; case LANG_TURKMEN: return "tk_TM"; case LANG_UKRAINIAN: return "uk_UA"; case LANG_URDU: switch (sub) { case SUBLANG_URDU_PAKISTAN: return "ur_PK"; case SUBLANG_URDU_INDIA: return "ur_IN"; } return "ur"; case LANG_UZBEK: switch (sub) { case SUBLANG_UZBEK_LATIN: return "uz_UZ"; case SUBLANG_UZBEK_CYRILLIC: return "uz_UZ@cyrillic"; } return "uz"; case LANG_VENDA: return "ve_ZA"; case LANG_VIETNAMESE: return "vi_VN"; case LANG_WELSH: return "cy_GB"; case LANG_XHOSA: return "xh_ZA"; case LANG_YI: return "sit_CN"; case LANG_YIDDISH: return "yi_IL"; case LANG_YORUBA: return "yo_NG"; case LANG_ZULU: return "zu_ZA"; default: return "C"; } } # endif #endif } const char * _nl_locale_name (int category, const char *categoryname) { const char *retval; retval = _nl_locale_name_posix (category, categoryname); if (retval != NULL) return retval; return _nl_locale_name_default (); } tablix2-0.3.5/intl/log.c0000644000175000017500000000623110641726201011701 00000000000000/* Log file output. Copyright (C) 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ /* Written by Bruno Haible . */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include #include #include /* Handle multi-threaded applications. */ #ifdef _LIBC # include #else # include "lock.h" #endif /* Print an ASCII string with quotes and escape sequences where needed. */ static void print_escaped (FILE *stream, const char *str) { putc ('"', stream); for (; *str != '\0'; str++) if (*str == '\n') { fputs ("\\n\"", stream); if (str[1] == '\0') return; fputs ("\n\"", stream); } else { if (*str == '"' || *str == '\\') putc ('\\', stream); putc (*str, stream); } putc ('"', stream); } static char *last_logfilename = NULL; static FILE *last_logfile = NULL; __libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock) static inline void _nl_log_untranslated_locked (const char *logfilename, const char *domainname, const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, int plural) { FILE *logfile; /* Can we reuse the last opened logfile? */ if (last_logfilename == NULL || strcmp (logfilename, last_logfilename) != 0) { /* Close the last used logfile. */ if (last_logfilename != NULL) { if (last_logfile != NULL) { fclose (last_logfile); last_logfile = NULL; } free (last_logfilename); last_logfilename = NULL; } /* Open the logfile. */ last_logfilename = (char *) malloc (strlen (logfilename) + 1); if (last_logfilename == NULL) return; strcpy (last_logfilename, logfilename); last_logfile = fopen (logfilename, "a"); if (last_logfile == NULL) return; } logfile = last_logfile; fprintf (logfile, "domain "); print_escaped (logfile, domainname); fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgid "); print_escaped (logfile, msgid1); if (plural) { fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgid_plural "); print_escaped (logfile, msgid2); fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgstr[0] \"\"\n"); } else fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgstr \"\"\n"); putc ('\n', logfile); } /* Add to the log file an entry denoting a failed translation. */ void _nl_log_untranslated (const char *logfilename, const char *domainname, const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, int plural) { __libc_lock_lock (lock); _nl_log_untranslated_locked (logfilename, domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural); __libc_lock_unlock (lock); } tablix2-0.3.5/intl/printf.c0000644000175000017500000002170310641726201012423 00000000000000/* Formatted output to strings, using POSIX/XSI format strings with positions. Copyright (C) 2003, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Written by Bruno Haible , 2003. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #ifdef __GNUC__ # define alloca __builtin_alloca # define HAVE_ALLOCA 1 #else # ifdef _MSC_VER # include # define alloca _alloca # else # if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC # include # else # ifdef _AIX #pragma alloca # else # ifndef alloca char *alloca (); # endif # endif # endif # endif #endif #include #if !HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF #include #include #include #include /* Some systems, like OSF/1 4.0 and Woe32, don't have EOVERFLOW. */ #ifndef EOVERFLOW # define EOVERFLOW E2BIG #endif /* When building a DLL, we must export some functions. Note that because the functions are only defined for binary backward compatibility, we don't need to use __declspec(dllimport) in any case. */ #if defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL # define DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport) #else # define DLL_EXPORTED #endif #define STATIC static /* This needs to be consistent with libgnuintl.h.in. */ #if defined __NetBSD__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __MINGW32__ /* Don't break __attribute__((format(printf,M,N))). This redefinition is only possible because the libc in NetBSD, Cygwin, mingw does not have a function __printf__. */ # define libintl_printf __printf__ #endif /* Define auxiliary functions declared in "printf-args.h". */ #include "printf-args.c" /* Define auxiliary functions declared in "printf-parse.h". */ #include "printf-parse.c" /* Define functions declared in "vasnprintf.h". */ #define vasnprintf libintl_vasnprintf #include "vasnprintf.c" #if 0 /* not needed */ #define asnprintf libintl_asnprintf #include "asnprintf.c" #endif DLL_EXPORTED int libintl_vfprintf (FILE *stream, const char *format, va_list args) { if (strchr (format, '$') == NULL) return vfprintf (stream, format, args); else { size_t length; char *result = libintl_vasnprintf (NULL, &length, format, args); int retval = -1; if (result != NULL) { size_t written = fwrite (result, 1, length, stream); free (result); if (written == length) { if (length > INT_MAX) errno = EOVERFLOW; else retval = length; } } return retval; } } DLL_EXPORTED int libintl_fprintf (FILE *stream, const char *format, ...) { va_list args; int retval; va_start (args, format); retval = libintl_vfprintf (stream, format, args); va_end (args); return retval; } DLL_EXPORTED int libintl_vprintf (const char *format, va_list args) { return libintl_vfprintf (stdout, format, args); } DLL_EXPORTED int libintl_printf (const char *format, ...) { va_list args; int retval; va_start (args, format); retval = libintl_vprintf (format, args); va_end (args); return retval; } DLL_EXPORTED int libintl_vsprintf (char *resultbuf, const char *format, va_list args) { if (strchr (format, '$') == NULL) return vsprintf (resultbuf, format, args); else { size_t length = (size_t) ~0 / (4 * sizeof (char)); char *result = libintl_vasnprintf (resultbuf, &length, format, args); if (result != resultbuf) { free (result); return -1; } if (length > INT_MAX) { errno = EOVERFLOW; return -1; } else return length; } } DLL_EXPORTED int libintl_sprintf (char *resultbuf, const char *format, ...) { va_list args; int retval; va_start (args, format); retval = libintl_vsprintf (resultbuf, format, args); va_end (args); return retval; } #if HAVE_SNPRINTF # if HAVE_DECL__SNPRINTF /* Windows. */ # define system_vsnprintf _vsnprintf # else /* Unix. */ # define system_vsnprintf vsnprintf # endif DLL_EXPORTED int libintl_vsnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t length, const char *format, va_list args) { if (strchr (format, '$') == NULL) return system_vsnprintf (resultbuf, length, format, args); else { size_t maxlength = length; char *result = libintl_vasnprintf (resultbuf, &length, format, args); if (result != resultbuf) { if (maxlength > 0) { size_t pruned_length = (length < maxlength ? length : maxlength - 1); memcpy (resultbuf, result, pruned_length); resultbuf[pruned_length] = '\0'; } free (result); } if (length > INT_MAX) { errno = EOVERFLOW; return -1; } else return length; } } DLL_EXPORTED int libintl_snprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t length, const char *format, ...) { va_list args; int retval; va_start (args, format); retval = libintl_vsnprintf (resultbuf, length, format, args); va_end (args); return retval; } #endif #if HAVE_ASPRINTF DLL_EXPORTED int libintl_vasprintf (char **resultp, const char *format, va_list args) { size_t length; char *result = libintl_vasnprintf (NULL, &length, format, args); if (result == NULL) return -1; if (length > INT_MAX) { free (result); errno = EOVERFLOW; return -1; } *resultp = result; return length; } DLL_EXPORTED int libintl_asprintf (char **resultp, const char *format, ...) { va_list args; int retval; va_start (args, format); retval = libintl_vasprintf (resultp, format, args); va_end (args); return retval; } #endif #if HAVE_FWPRINTF #include #define WIDE_CHAR_VERSION 1 /* Define auxiliary functions declared in "wprintf-parse.h". */ #include "printf-parse.c" /* Define functions declared in "vasnprintf.h". */ #define vasnwprintf libintl_vasnwprintf #include "vasnprintf.c" #if 0 /* not needed */ #define asnwprintf libintl_asnwprintf #include "asnprintf.c" #endif # if HAVE_DECL__SNWPRINTF /* Windows. */ # define system_vswprintf _vsnwprintf # else /* Unix. */ # define system_vswprintf vswprintf # endif DLL_EXPORTED int libintl_vfwprintf (FILE *stream, const wchar_t *format, va_list args) { if (wcschr (format, '$') == NULL) return vfwprintf (stream, format, args); else { size_t length; wchar_t *result = libintl_vasnwprintf (NULL, &length, format, args); int retval = -1; if (result != NULL) { size_t i; for (i = 0; i < length; i++) if (fputwc (result[i], stream) == WEOF) break; free (result); if (i == length) { if (length > INT_MAX) errno = EOVERFLOW; else retval = length; } } return retval; } } DLL_EXPORTED int libintl_fwprintf (FILE *stream, const wchar_t *format, ...) { va_list args; int retval; va_start (args, format); retval = libintl_vfwprintf (stream, format, args); va_end (args); return retval; } DLL_EXPORTED int libintl_vwprintf (const wchar_t *format, va_list args) { return libintl_vfwprintf (stdout, format, args); } DLL_EXPORTED int libintl_wprintf (const wchar_t *format, ...) { va_list args; int retval; va_start (args, format); retval = libintl_vwprintf (format, args); va_end (args); return retval; } DLL_EXPORTED int libintl_vswprintf (wchar_t *resultbuf, size_t length, const wchar_t *format, va_list args) { if (wcschr (format, '$') == NULL) return system_vswprintf (resultbuf, length, format, args); else { size_t maxlength = length; wchar_t *result = libintl_vasnwprintf (resultbuf, &length, format, args); if (result != resultbuf) { if (maxlength > 0) { size_t pruned_length = (length < maxlength ? length : maxlength - 1); memcpy (resultbuf, result, pruned_length * sizeof (wchar_t)); resultbuf[pruned_length] = 0; } free (result); /* Unlike vsnprintf, which has to return the number of character that would have been produced if the resultbuf had been sufficiently large, the vswprintf function has to return a negative value if the resultbuf was not sufficiently large. */ if (length >= maxlength) return -1; } if (length > INT_MAX) { errno = EOVERFLOW; return -1; } else return length; } } DLL_EXPORTED int libintl_swprintf (wchar_t *resultbuf, size_t length, const wchar_t *format, ...) { va_list args; int retval; va_start (args, format); retval = libintl_vswprintf (resultbuf, length, format, args); va_end (args); return retval; } #endif #endif tablix2-0.3.5/intl/version.c0000644000175000017500000000173110641726201012605 00000000000000/* libintl library version. Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include "libgnuintl.h" /* Version number: (major<<16) + (minor<<8) + subminor */ int libintl_version = LIBINTL_VERSION; tablix2-0.3.5/intl/osdep.c0000644000175000017500000000174110641726201012233 00000000000000/* OS dependent parts of libintl. Copyright (C) 2001-2002, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ #if defined __CYGWIN__ # include "intl-exports.c" #elif defined __EMX__ # include "os2compat.c" #else /* Avoid AIX compiler warning. */ typedef int dummy; #endif tablix2-0.3.5/intl/os2compat.c0000644000175000017500000000550710641726201013034 00000000000000/* OS/2 compatibility functions. Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ #define OS2_AWARE #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include #endif #include #include #include /* A version of getenv() that works from DLLs */ extern unsigned long DosScanEnv (const unsigned char *pszName, unsigned char **ppszValue); char * _nl_getenv (const char *name) { unsigned char *value; if (DosScanEnv (name, &value)) return NULL; else return value; } /* A fixed size buffer. */ char libintl_nl_default_dirname[MAXPATHLEN+1]; char *_nlos2_libdir = NULL; char *_nlos2_localealiaspath = NULL; char *_nlos2_localedir = NULL; static __attribute__((constructor)) void nlos2_initialize () { char *root = getenv ("UNIXROOT"); char *gnulocaledir = getenv ("GNULOCALEDIR"); _nlos2_libdir = gnulocaledir; if (!_nlos2_libdir) { if (root) { size_t sl = strlen (root); _nlos2_libdir = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LIBDIR) + 1); memcpy (_nlos2_libdir, root, sl); memcpy (_nlos2_libdir + sl, LIBDIR, strlen (LIBDIR) + 1); } else _nlos2_libdir = LIBDIR; } _nlos2_localealiaspath = gnulocaledir; if (!_nlos2_localealiaspath) { if (root) { size_t sl = strlen (root); _nlos2_localealiaspath = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH) + 1); memcpy (_nlos2_localealiaspath, root, sl); memcpy (_nlos2_localealiaspath + sl, LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH, strlen (LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH) + 1); } else _nlos2_localealiaspath = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH; } _nlos2_localedir = gnulocaledir; if (!_nlos2_localedir) { if (root) { size_t sl = strlen (root); _nlos2_localedir = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LOCALEDIR) + 1); memcpy (_nlos2_localedir, root, sl); memcpy (_nlos2_localedir + sl, LOCALEDIR, strlen (LOCALEDIR) + 1); } else _nlos2_localedir = LOCALEDIR; } if (strlen (_nlos2_localedir) <= MAXPATHLEN) strcpy (libintl_nl_default_dirname, _nlos2_localedir); } tablix2-0.3.5/intl/intl-exports.c0000644000175000017500000000273310641726200013572 00000000000000/* List of exported symbols of libintl on Cygwin. Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Written by Bruno Haible , 2006. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ /* IMP(x) is a symbol that contains the address of x. */ #define IMP(x) _imp__##x /* Ensure that the variable x is exported from the library, and that a pseudo-variable IMP(x) is available. */ #define VARIABLE(x) \ /* Export x without redefining x. This code was found by compiling a \ snippet: \ extern __declspec(dllexport) int x; int x = 42; */ \ asm (".section .drectve\n"); \ asm (".ascii \" -export:" #x ",data\"\n"); \ asm (".data\n"); \ /* Allocate a pseudo-variable IMP(x). */ \ extern int x; \ void * IMP(x) = &x; VARIABLE(libintl_version) tablix2-0.3.5/intl/intl-compat.c0000644000175000017500000000662410641726200013354 00000000000000/* intl-compat.c - Stub functions to call gettext functions from GNU gettext Library. Copyright (C) 1995, 2000-2003, 2005 Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include "gettextP.h" /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ /* This file redirects the gettext functions (without prefix) to those defined in the included GNU libintl library (with "libintl_" prefix). It is compiled into libintl in order to make the AM_GNU_GETTEXT test of gettext <= 0.11.2 work with the libintl library >= 0.11.3 which has the redirections primarily in the include file. It is also compiled into libgnuintl so that libgnuintl.so can be used as LD_PRELOADable library on glibc systems, to provide the extra features that the functions in the libc don't have (namely, logging). */ #undef gettext #undef dgettext #undef dcgettext #undef ngettext #undef dngettext #undef dcngettext #undef textdomain #undef bindtextdomain #undef bind_textdomain_codeset /* When building a DLL, we must export some functions. Note that because the functions are only defined for binary backward compatibility, we don't need to use __declspec(dllimport) in any case. */ #if HAVE_VISIBILITY && BUILDING_DLL # define DLL_EXPORTED __attribute__((__visibility__("default"))) #elif defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL # define DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport) #else # define DLL_EXPORTED #endif DLL_EXPORTED char * gettext (const char *msgid) { return libintl_gettext (msgid); } DLL_EXPORTED char * dgettext (const char *domainname, const char *msgid) { return libintl_dgettext (domainname, msgid); } DLL_EXPORTED char * dcgettext (const char *domainname, const char *msgid, int category) { return libintl_dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category); } DLL_EXPORTED char * ngettext (const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n) { return libintl_ngettext (msgid1, msgid2, n); } DLL_EXPORTED char * dngettext (const char *domainname, const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n) { return libintl_dngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n); } DLL_EXPORTED char * dcngettext (const char *domainname, const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n, int category) { return libintl_dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category); } DLL_EXPORTED char * textdomain (const char *domainname) { return libintl_textdomain (domainname); } DLL_EXPORTED char * bindtextdomain (const char *domainname, const char *dirname) { return libintl_bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname); } DLL_EXPORTED char * bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *domainname, const char *codeset) { return libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (domainname, codeset); } tablix2-0.3.5/intl/plural.c0000644000175000017500000011073410641726201012423 00000000000000/* A Bison parser, made from plural.y by GNU bison 1.35. */ #define YYBISON 1 /* Identify Bison output. */ #define yyparse __gettextparse #define yylex __gettextlex #define yyerror __gettexterror #define yylval __gettextlval #define yychar __gettextchar #define yydebug __gettextdebug #define yynerrs __gettextnerrs # define EQUOP2 257 # define CMPOP2 258 # define ADDOP2 259 # define MULOP2 260 # define NUMBER 261 #line 1 "plural.y" /* Expression parsing for plural form selection. Copyright (C) 2000-2001, 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Written by Ulrich Drepper , 2000. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ /* For bison < 2.0, the bison generated parser uses alloca. AIX 3 forces us to put this declaration at the beginning of the file. The declaration in bison's skeleton file comes too late. This must come before because may include arbitrary system headers. This can go away once the AM_INTL_SUBDIR macro requires bison >= 2.0. */ #if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__ #pragma alloca #endif #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include #include #include #include "plural-exp.h" /* The main function generated by the parser is called __gettextparse, but we want it to be called PLURAL_PARSE. */ #ifndef _LIBC # define __gettextparse PLURAL_PARSE #endif #define YYLEX_PARAM &((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp #define YYPARSE_PARAM arg #line 51 "plural.y" #ifndef YYSTYPE typedef union { unsigned long int num; enum operator op; struct expression *exp; } yystype; # define YYSTYPE yystype # define YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL 1 #endif #line 57 "plural.y" /* Prototypes for local functions. */ static int yylex (YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp); static void yyerror (const char *str); /* Allocation of expressions. */ static struct expression * new_exp (int nargs, enum operator op, struct expression * const *args) { int i; struct expression *newp; /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL. */ for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) if (args[i] == NULL) goto fail; /* Allocate a new expression. */ newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); if (newp != NULL) { newp->nargs = nargs; newp->operation = op; for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) newp->val.args[i] = args[i]; return newp; } fail: for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]); return NULL; } static inline struct expression * new_exp_0 (enum operator op) { return new_exp (0, op, NULL); } static inline struct expression * new_exp_1 (enum operator op, struct expression *right) { struct expression *args[1]; args[0] = right; return new_exp (1, op, args); } static struct expression * new_exp_2 (enum operator op, struct expression *left, struct expression *right) { struct expression *args[2]; args[0] = left; args[1] = right; return new_exp (2, op, args); } static inline struct expression * new_exp_3 (enum operator op, struct expression *bexp, struct expression *tbranch, struct expression *fbranch) { struct expression *args[3]; args[0] = bexp; args[1] = tbranch; args[2] = fbranch; return new_exp (3, op, args); } #ifndef YYDEBUG # define YYDEBUG 0 #endif #define YYFINAL 27 #define YYFLAG -32768 #define YYNTBASE 16 /* YYTRANSLATE(YYLEX) -- Bison token number corresponding to YYLEX. */ #define YYTRANSLATE(x) ((unsigned)(x) <= 261 ? yytranslate[x] : 18) /* YYTRANSLATE[YYLEX] -- Bison token number corresponding to YYLEX. */ static const char yytranslate[] = { 0, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 10, 2, 2, 2, 2, 5, 2, 14, 15, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 12, 2, 2, 2, 2, 3, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 13, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 4, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 1, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11 }; #if YYDEBUG static const short yyprhs[] = { 0, 0, 2, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 35, 37, 39 }; static const short yyrhs[] = { 17, 0, 17, 3, 17, 12, 17, 0, 17, 4, 17, 0, 17, 5, 17, 0, 17, 6, 17, 0, 17, 7, 17, 0, 17, 8, 17, 0, 17, 9, 17, 0, 10, 17, 0, 13, 0, 11, 0, 14, 17, 15, 0 }; #endif #if YYDEBUG /* YYRLINE[YYN] -- source line where rule number YYN was defined. */ static const short yyrline[] = { 0, 152, 160, 164, 168, 172, 176, 180, 184, 188, 192, 196, 201 }; #endif #if (YYDEBUG) || defined YYERROR_VERBOSE /* YYTNAME[TOKEN_NUM] -- String name of the token TOKEN_NUM. */ static const char *const yytname[] = { "$", "error", "$undefined.", "'?'", "'|'", "'&'", "EQUOP2", "CMPOP2", "ADDOP2", "MULOP2", "'!'", "NUMBER", "':'", "'n'", "'('", "')'", "start", "exp", 0 }; #endif /* YYR1[YYN] -- Symbol number of symbol that rule YYN derives. */ static const short yyr1[] = { 0, 16, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17 }; /* YYR2[YYN] -- Number of symbols composing right hand side of rule YYN. */ static const short yyr2[] = { 0, 1, 5, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 2, 1, 1, 3 }; /* YYDEFACT[S] -- default rule to reduce with in state S when YYTABLE doesn't specify something else to do. Zero means the default is an error. */ static const short yydefact[] = { 0, 0, 11, 10, 0, 1, 9, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 12, 0, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0 }; static const short yydefgoto[] = { 25, 5 }; static const short yypact[] = { -9, -9,-32768,-32768, -9, 34,-32768, 11, -9, -9, -9, -9, -9, -9, -9,-32768, 24, 39, 43, 16, 26, -3,-32768, -9, 34, 21, 53,-32768 }; static const short yypgoto[] = { -32768, -1 }; #define YYLAST 53 static const short yytable[] = { 6, 1, 2, 7, 3, 4, 14, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 26, 24, 12, 13, 14, 15, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 13, 14, 23, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 11, 12, 13, 14, 27 }; static const short yycheck[] = { 1, 10, 11, 4, 13, 14, 9, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0, 23, 7, 8, 9, 15, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 8, 9, 12, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0 }; #define YYPURE 1 /* -*-C-*- Note some compilers choke on comments on `#line' lines. */ #line 3 "bison.simple" /* Skeleton output parser for bison, Copyright (C) 1984, 1989, 1990, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ /* As a special exception, when this file is copied by Bison into a Bison output file, you may use that output file without restriction. This special exception was added by the Free Software Foundation in version 1.24 of Bison. */ /* This is the parser code that is written into each bison parser when the %semantic_parser declaration is not specified in the grammar. It was written by Richard Stallman by simplifying the hairy parser used when %semantic_parser is specified. */ /* All symbols defined below should begin with yy or YY, to avoid infringing on user name space. This should be done even for local variables, as they might otherwise be expanded by user macros. There are some unavoidable exceptions within include files to define necessary library symbols; they are noted "INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE" below. */ #if ! defined (yyoverflow) || defined (YYERROR_VERBOSE) /* The parser invokes alloca or malloc; define the necessary symbols. */ # if YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA # define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca # else # ifndef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA # if defined (alloca) || defined (_ALLOCA_H) # define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca # else # ifdef __GNUC__ # define YYSTACK_ALLOC __builtin_alloca # endif # endif # endif # endif # ifdef YYSTACK_ALLOC /* Pacify GCC's `empty if-body' warning. */ # define YYSTACK_FREE(Ptr) do { /* empty */; } while (0) # else # if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus) # include /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */ # define YYSIZE_T size_t # endif # define YYSTACK_ALLOC malloc # define YYSTACK_FREE free # endif #endif /* ! defined (yyoverflow) || defined (YYERROR_VERBOSE) */ #if (! defined (yyoverflow) \ && (! defined (__cplusplus) \ || (YYLTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL && YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL))) /* A type that is properly aligned for any stack member. */ union yyalloc { short yyss; YYSTYPE yyvs; # if YYLSP_NEEDED YYLTYPE yyls; # endif }; /* The size of the maximum gap between one aligned stack and the next. */ # define YYSTACK_GAP_MAX (sizeof (union yyalloc) - 1) /* The size of an array large to enough to hold all stacks, each with N elements. */ # if YYLSP_NEEDED # define YYSTACK_BYTES(N) \ ((N) * (sizeof (short) + sizeof (YYSTYPE) + sizeof (YYLTYPE)) \ + 2 * YYSTACK_GAP_MAX) # else # define YYSTACK_BYTES(N) \ ((N) * (sizeof (short) + sizeof (YYSTYPE)) \ + YYSTACK_GAP_MAX) # endif /* Copy COUNT objects from FROM to TO. The source and destination do not overlap. */ # ifndef YYCOPY # if 1 < __GNUC__ # define YYCOPY(To, From, Count) \ __builtin_memcpy (To, From, (Count) * sizeof (*(From))) # else # define YYCOPY(To, From, Count) \ do \ { \ register YYSIZE_T yyi; \ for (yyi = 0; yyi < (Count); yyi++) \ (To)[yyi] = (From)[yyi]; \ } \ while (0) # endif # endif /* Relocate STACK from its old location to the new one. The local variables YYSIZE and YYSTACKSIZE give the old and new number of elements in the stack, and YYPTR gives the new location of the stack. Advance YYPTR to a properly aligned location for the next stack. */ # define YYSTACK_RELOCATE(Stack) \ do \ { \ YYSIZE_T yynewbytes; \ YYCOPY (&yyptr->Stack, Stack, yysize); \ Stack = &yyptr->Stack; \ yynewbytes = yystacksize * sizeof (*Stack) + YYSTACK_GAP_MAX; \ yyptr += yynewbytes / sizeof (*yyptr); \ } \ while (0) #endif #if ! defined (YYSIZE_T) && defined (__SIZE_TYPE__) # define YYSIZE_T __SIZE_TYPE__ #endif #if ! defined (YYSIZE_T) && defined (size_t) # define YYSIZE_T size_t #endif #if ! defined (YYSIZE_T) # if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus) # include /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */ # define YYSIZE_T size_t # endif #endif #if ! defined (YYSIZE_T) # define YYSIZE_T unsigned int #endif #define yyerrok (yyerrstatus = 0) #define yyclearin (yychar = YYEMPTY) #define YYEMPTY -2 #define YYEOF 0 #define YYACCEPT goto yyacceptlab #define YYABORT goto yyabortlab #define YYERROR goto yyerrlab1 /* Like YYERROR except do call yyerror. This remains here temporarily to ease the transition to the new meaning of YYERROR, for GCC. Once GCC version 2 has supplanted version 1, this can go. */ #define YYFAIL goto yyerrlab #define YYRECOVERING() (!!yyerrstatus) #define YYBACKUP(Token, Value) \ do \ if (yychar == YYEMPTY && yylen == 1) \ { \ yychar = (Token); \ yylval = (Value); \ yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE (yychar); \ YYPOPSTACK; \ goto yybackup; \ } \ else \ { \ yyerror ("syntax error: cannot back up"); \ YYERROR; \ } \ while (0) #define YYTERROR 1 #define YYERRCODE 256 /* YYLLOC_DEFAULT -- Compute the default location (before the actions are run). When YYLLOC_DEFAULT is run, CURRENT is set the location of the first token. By default, to implement support for ranges, extend its range to the last symbol. */ #ifndef YYLLOC_DEFAULT # define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \ Current.last_line = Rhs[N].last_line; \ Current.last_column = Rhs[N].last_column; #endif /* YYLEX -- calling `yylex' with the right arguments. */ #if YYPURE # if YYLSP_NEEDED # ifdef YYLEX_PARAM # define YYLEX yylex (&yylval, &yylloc, YYLEX_PARAM) # else # define YYLEX yylex (&yylval, &yylloc) # endif # else /* !YYLSP_NEEDED */ # ifdef YYLEX_PARAM # define YYLEX yylex (&yylval, YYLEX_PARAM) # else # define YYLEX yylex (&yylval) # endif # endif /* !YYLSP_NEEDED */ #else /* !YYPURE */ # define YYLEX yylex () #endif /* !YYPURE */ /* Enable debugging if requested. */ #if YYDEBUG # ifndef YYFPRINTF # include /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */ # define YYFPRINTF fprintf # endif # define YYDPRINTF(Args) \ do { \ if (yydebug) \ YYFPRINTF Args; \ } while (0) /* Nonzero means print parse trace. It is left uninitialized so that multiple parsers can coexist. */ int yydebug; #else /* !YYDEBUG */ # define YYDPRINTF(Args) #endif /* !YYDEBUG */ /* YYINITDEPTH -- initial size of the parser's stacks. */ #ifndef YYINITDEPTH # define YYINITDEPTH 200 #endif /* YYMAXDEPTH -- maximum size the stacks can grow to (effective only if the built-in stack extension method is used). Do not make this value too large; the results are undefined if SIZE_MAX < YYSTACK_BYTES (YYMAXDEPTH) evaluated with infinite-precision integer arithmetic. */ #if YYMAXDEPTH == 0 # undef YYMAXDEPTH #endif #ifndef YYMAXDEPTH # define YYMAXDEPTH 10000 #endif #ifdef YYERROR_VERBOSE # ifndef yystrlen # if defined (__GLIBC__) && defined (_STRING_H) # define yystrlen strlen # else /* Return the length of YYSTR. */ static YYSIZE_T # if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus) yystrlen (const char *yystr) # else yystrlen (yystr) const char *yystr; # endif { register const char *yys = yystr; while (*yys++ != '\0') continue; return yys - yystr - 1; } # endif # endif # ifndef yystpcpy # if defined (__GLIBC__) && defined (_STRING_H) && defined (_GNU_SOURCE) # define yystpcpy stpcpy # else /* Copy YYSRC to YYDEST, returning the address of the terminating '\0' in YYDEST. */ static char * # if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus) yystpcpy (char *yydest, const char *yysrc) # else yystpcpy (yydest, yysrc) char *yydest; const char *yysrc; # endif { register char *yyd = yydest; register const char *yys = yysrc; while ((*yyd++ = *yys++) != '\0') continue; return yyd - 1; } # endif # endif #endif #line 315 "bison.simple" /* The user can define YYPARSE_PARAM as the name of an argument to be passed into yyparse. The argument should have type void *. It should actually point to an object. Grammar actions can access the variable by casting it to the proper pointer type. */ #ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM # if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus) # define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG void *YYPARSE_PARAM # define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL # else # define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG YYPARSE_PARAM # define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL void *YYPARSE_PARAM; # endif #else /* !YYPARSE_PARAM */ # define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG # define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL #endif /* !YYPARSE_PARAM */ /* Prevent warning if -Wstrict-prototypes. */ #ifdef __GNUC__ # ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM int yyparse (void *); # else int yyparse (void); # endif #endif /* YY_DECL_VARIABLES -- depending whether we use a pure parser, variables are global, or local to YYPARSE. */ #define YY_DECL_NON_LSP_VARIABLES \ /* The lookahead symbol. */ \ int yychar; \ \ /* The semantic value of the lookahead symbol. */ \ YYSTYPE yylval; \ \ /* Number of parse errors so far. */ \ int yynerrs; #if YYLSP_NEEDED # define YY_DECL_VARIABLES \ YY_DECL_NON_LSP_VARIABLES \ \ /* Location data for the lookahead symbol. */ \ YYLTYPE yylloc; #else # define YY_DECL_VARIABLES \ YY_DECL_NON_LSP_VARIABLES #endif /* If nonreentrant, generate the variables here. */ #if !YYPURE YY_DECL_VARIABLES #endif /* !YYPURE */ int yyparse (YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG) YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL { /* If reentrant, generate the variables here. */ #if YYPURE YY_DECL_VARIABLES #endif /* !YYPURE */ register int yystate; register int yyn; int yyresult; /* Number of tokens to shift before error messages enabled. */ int yyerrstatus; /* Lookahead token as an internal (translated) token number. */ int yychar1 = 0; /* Three stacks and their tools: `yyss': related to states, `yyvs': related to semantic values, `yyls': related to locations. Refer to the stacks thru separate pointers, to allow yyoverflow to reallocate them elsewhere. */ /* The state stack. */ short yyssa[YYINITDEPTH]; short *yyss = yyssa; register short *yyssp; /* The semantic value stack. */ YYSTYPE yyvsa[YYINITDEPTH]; YYSTYPE *yyvs = yyvsa; register YYSTYPE *yyvsp; #if YYLSP_NEEDED /* The location stack. */ YYLTYPE yylsa[YYINITDEPTH]; YYLTYPE *yyls = yylsa; YYLTYPE *yylsp; #endif #if YYLSP_NEEDED # define YYPOPSTACK (yyvsp--, yyssp--, yylsp--) #else # define YYPOPSTACK (yyvsp--, yyssp--) #endif YYSIZE_T yystacksize = YYINITDEPTH; /* The variables used to return semantic value and location from the action routines. */ YYSTYPE yyval; #if YYLSP_NEEDED YYLTYPE yyloc; #endif /* When reducing, the number of symbols on the RHS of the reduced rule. */ int yylen; YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Starting parse\n")); yystate = 0; yyerrstatus = 0; yynerrs = 0; yychar = YYEMPTY; /* Cause a token to be read. */ /* Initialize stack pointers. Waste one element of value and location stack so that they stay on the same level as the state stack. The wasted elements are never initialized. */ yyssp = yyss; yyvsp = yyvs; #if YYLSP_NEEDED yylsp = yyls; #endif goto yysetstate; /*------------------------------------------------------------. | yynewstate -- Push a new state, which is found in yystate. | `------------------------------------------------------------*/ yynewstate: /* In all cases, when you get here, the value and location stacks have just been pushed. so pushing a state here evens the stacks. */ yyssp++; yysetstate: *yyssp = yystate; if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1) { /* Get the current used size of the three stacks, in elements. */ YYSIZE_T yysize = yyssp - yyss + 1; #ifdef yyoverflow { /* Give user a chance to reallocate the stack. Use copies of these so that the &'s don't force the real ones into memory. */ YYSTYPE *yyvs1 = yyvs; short *yyss1 = yyss; /* Each stack pointer address is followed by the size of the data in use in that stack, in bytes. */ # if YYLSP_NEEDED YYLTYPE *yyls1 = yyls; /* This used to be a conditional around just the two extra args, but that might be undefined if yyoverflow is a macro. */ yyoverflow ("parser stack overflow", &yyss1, yysize * sizeof (*yyssp), &yyvs1, yysize * sizeof (*yyvsp), &yyls1, yysize * sizeof (*yylsp), &yystacksize); yyls = yyls1; # else yyoverflow ("parser stack overflow", &yyss1, yysize * sizeof (*yyssp), &yyvs1, yysize * sizeof (*yyvsp), &yystacksize); # endif yyss = yyss1; yyvs = yyvs1; } #else /* no yyoverflow */ # ifndef YYSTACK_RELOCATE goto yyoverflowlab; # else /* Extend the stack our own way. */ if (yystacksize >= YYMAXDEPTH) goto yyoverflowlab; yystacksize *= 2; if (yystacksize > YYMAXDEPTH) yystacksize = YYMAXDEPTH; { short *yyss1 = yyss; union yyalloc *yyptr = (union yyalloc *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (YYSTACK_BYTES (yystacksize)); if (! yyptr) goto yyoverflowlab; YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyss); YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyvs); # if YYLSP_NEEDED YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyls); # endif # undef YYSTACK_RELOCATE if (yyss1 != yyssa) YYSTACK_FREE (yyss1); } # endif #endif /* no yyoverflow */ yyssp = yyss + yysize - 1; yyvsp = yyvs + yysize - 1; #if YYLSP_NEEDED yylsp = yyls + yysize - 1; #endif YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Stack size increased to %lu\n", (unsigned long int) yystacksize)); if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1) YYABORT; } YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Entering state %d\n", yystate)); goto yybackup; /*-----------. | yybackup. | `-----------*/ yybackup: /* Do appropriate processing given the current state. */ /* Read a lookahead token if we need one and don't already have one. */ /* yyresume: */ /* First try to decide what to do without reference to lookahead token. */ yyn = yypact[yystate]; if (yyn == YYFLAG) goto yydefault; /* Not known => get a lookahead token if don't already have one. */ /* yychar is either YYEMPTY or YYEOF or a valid token in external form. */ if (yychar == YYEMPTY) { YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Reading a token: ")); yychar = YYLEX; } /* Convert token to internal form (in yychar1) for indexing tables with */ if (yychar <= 0) /* This means end of input. */ { yychar1 = 0; yychar = YYEOF; /* Don't call YYLEX any more */ YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Now at end of input.\n")); } else { yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE (yychar); #if YYDEBUG /* We have to keep this `#if YYDEBUG', since we use variables which are defined only if `YYDEBUG' is set. */ if (yydebug) { YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Next token is %d (%s", yychar, yytname[yychar1]); /* Give the individual parser a way to print the precise meaning of a token, for further debugging info. */ # ifdef YYPRINT YYPRINT (stderr, yychar, yylval); # endif YYFPRINTF (stderr, ")\n"); } #endif } yyn += yychar1; if (yyn < 0 || yyn > YYLAST || yycheck[yyn] != yychar1) goto yydefault; yyn = yytable[yyn]; /* yyn is what to do for this token type in this state. Negative => reduce, -yyn is rule number. Positive => shift, yyn is new state. New state is final state => don't bother to shift, just return success. 0, or most negative number => error. */ if (yyn < 0) { if (yyn == YYFLAG) goto yyerrlab; yyn = -yyn; goto yyreduce; } else if (yyn == 0) goto yyerrlab; if (yyn == YYFINAL) YYACCEPT; /* Shift the lookahead token. */ YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Shifting token %d (%s), ", yychar, yytname[yychar1])); /* Discard the token being shifted unless it is eof. */ if (yychar != YYEOF) yychar = YYEMPTY; *++yyvsp = yylval; #if YYLSP_NEEDED *++yylsp = yylloc; #endif /* Count tokens shifted since error; after three, turn off error status. */ if (yyerrstatus) yyerrstatus--; yystate = yyn; goto yynewstate; /*-----------------------------------------------------------. | yydefault -- do the default action for the current state. | `-----------------------------------------------------------*/ yydefault: yyn = yydefact[yystate]; if (yyn == 0) goto yyerrlab; goto yyreduce; /*-----------------------------. | yyreduce -- Do a reduction. | `-----------------------------*/ yyreduce: /* yyn is the number of a rule to reduce with. */ yylen = yyr2[yyn]; /* If YYLEN is nonzero, implement the default value of the action: `$$ = $1'. Otherwise, the following line sets YYVAL to the semantic value of the lookahead token. This behavior is undocumented and Bison users should not rely upon it. Assigning to YYVAL unconditionally makes the parser a bit smaller, and it avoids a GCC warning that YYVAL may be used uninitialized. */ yyval = yyvsp[1-yylen]; #if YYLSP_NEEDED /* Similarly for the default location. Let the user run additional commands if for instance locations are ranges. */ yyloc = yylsp[1-yylen]; YYLLOC_DEFAULT (yyloc, (yylsp - yylen), yylen); #endif #if YYDEBUG /* We have to keep this `#if YYDEBUG', since we use variables which are defined only if `YYDEBUG' is set. */ if (yydebug) { int yyi; YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Reducing via rule %d (line %d), ", yyn, yyrline[yyn]); /* Print the symbols being reduced, and their result. */ for (yyi = yyprhs[yyn]; yyrhs[yyi] > 0; yyi++) YYFPRINTF (stderr, "%s ", yytname[yyrhs[yyi]]); YYFPRINTF (stderr, " -> %s\n", yytname[yyr1[yyn]]); } #endif switch (yyn) { case 1: #line 153 "plural.y" { if (yyvsp[0].exp == NULL) YYABORT; ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = yyvsp[0].exp; } break; case 2: #line 161 "plural.y" { yyval.exp = new_exp_3 (qmop, yyvsp[-4].exp, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); } break; case 3: #line 165 "plural.y" { yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (lor, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); } break; case 4: #line 169 "plural.y" { yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (land, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); } break; case 5: #line 173 "plural.y" { yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); } break; case 6: #line 177 "plural.y" { yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); } break; case 7: #line 181 "plural.y" { yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); } break; case 8: #line 185 "plural.y" { yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); } break; case 9: #line 189 "plural.y" { yyval.exp = new_exp_1 (lnot, yyvsp[0].exp); } break; case 10: #line 193 "plural.y" { yyval.exp = new_exp_0 (var); } break; case 11: #line 197 "plural.y" { if ((yyval.exp = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL) yyval.exp->val.num = yyvsp[0].num; } break; case 12: #line 202 "plural.y" { yyval.exp = yyvsp[-1].exp; } break; } #line 705 "bison.simple" yyvsp -= yylen; yyssp -= yylen; #if YYLSP_NEEDED yylsp -= yylen; #endif #if YYDEBUG if (yydebug) { short *yyssp1 = yyss - 1; YYFPRINTF (stderr, "state stack now"); while (yyssp1 != yyssp) YYFPRINTF (stderr, " %d", *++yyssp1); YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n"); } #endif *++yyvsp = yyval; #if YYLSP_NEEDED *++yylsp = yyloc; #endif /* Now `shift' the result of the reduction. Determine what state that goes to, based on the state we popped back to and the rule number reduced by. */ yyn = yyr1[yyn]; yystate = yypgoto[yyn - YYNTBASE] + *yyssp; if (yystate >= 0 && yystate <= YYLAST && yycheck[yystate] == *yyssp) yystate = yytable[yystate]; else yystate = yydefgoto[yyn - YYNTBASE]; goto yynewstate; /*------------------------------------. | yyerrlab -- here on detecting error | `------------------------------------*/ yyerrlab: /* If not already recovering from an error, report this error. */ if (!yyerrstatus) { ++yynerrs; #ifdef YYERROR_VERBOSE yyn = yypact[yystate]; if (yyn > YYFLAG && yyn < YYLAST) { YYSIZE_T yysize = 0; char *yymsg; int yyx, yycount; yycount = 0; /* Start YYX at -YYN if negative to avoid negative indexes in YYCHECK. */ for (yyx = yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0; yyx < (int) (sizeof (yytname) / sizeof (char *)); yyx++) if (yycheck[yyx + yyn] == yyx) yysize += yystrlen (yytname[yyx]) + 15, yycount++; yysize += yystrlen ("parse error, unexpected ") + 1; yysize += yystrlen (yytname[YYTRANSLATE (yychar)]); yymsg = (char *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yysize); if (yymsg != 0) { char *yyp = yystpcpy (yymsg, "parse error, unexpected "); yyp = yystpcpy (yyp, yytname[YYTRANSLATE (yychar)]); if (yycount < 5) { yycount = 0; for (yyx = yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0; yyx < (int) (sizeof (yytname) / sizeof (char *)); yyx++) if (yycheck[yyx + yyn] == yyx) { const char *yyq = ! yycount ? ", expecting " : " or "; yyp = yystpcpy (yyp, yyq); yyp = yystpcpy (yyp, yytname[yyx]); yycount++; } } yyerror (yymsg); YYSTACK_FREE (yymsg); } else yyerror ("parse error; also virtual memory exhausted"); } else #endif /* defined (YYERROR_VERBOSE) */ yyerror ("parse error"); } goto yyerrlab1; /*--------------------------------------------------. | yyerrlab1 -- error raised explicitly by an action | `--------------------------------------------------*/ yyerrlab1: if (yyerrstatus == 3) { /* If just tried and failed to reuse lookahead token after an error, discard it. */ /* return failure if at end of input */ if (yychar == YYEOF) YYABORT; YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Discarding token %d (%s).\n", yychar, yytname[yychar1])); yychar = YYEMPTY; } /* Else will try to reuse lookahead token after shifting the error token. */ yyerrstatus = 3; /* Each real token shifted decrements this */ goto yyerrhandle; /*-------------------------------------------------------------------. | yyerrdefault -- current state does not do anything special for the | | error token. | `-------------------------------------------------------------------*/ yyerrdefault: #if 0 /* This is wrong; only states that explicitly want error tokens should shift them. */ /* If its default is to accept any token, ok. Otherwise pop it. */ yyn = yydefact[yystate]; if (yyn) goto yydefault; #endif /*---------------------------------------------------------------. | yyerrpop -- pop the current state because it cannot handle the | | error token | `---------------------------------------------------------------*/ yyerrpop: if (yyssp == yyss) YYABORT; yyvsp--; yystate = *--yyssp; #if YYLSP_NEEDED yylsp--; #endif #if YYDEBUG if (yydebug) { short *yyssp1 = yyss - 1; YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Error: state stack now"); while (yyssp1 != yyssp) YYFPRINTF (stderr, " %d", *++yyssp1); YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n"); } #endif /*--------------. | yyerrhandle. | `--------------*/ yyerrhandle: yyn = yypact[yystate]; if (yyn == YYFLAG) goto yyerrdefault; yyn += YYTERROR; if (yyn < 0 || yyn > YYLAST || yycheck[yyn] != YYTERROR) goto yyerrdefault; yyn = yytable[yyn]; if (yyn < 0) { if (yyn == YYFLAG) goto yyerrpop; yyn = -yyn; goto yyreduce; } else if (yyn == 0) goto yyerrpop; if (yyn == YYFINAL) YYACCEPT; YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Shifting error token, ")); *++yyvsp = yylval; #if YYLSP_NEEDED *++yylsp = yylloc; #endif yystate = yyn; goto yynewstate; /*-------------------------------------. | yyacceptlab -- YYACCEPT comes here. | `-------------------------------------*/ yyacceptlab: yyresult = 0; goto yyreturn; /*-----------------------------------. | yyabortlab -- YYABORT comes here. | `-----------------------------------*/ yyabortlab: yyresult = 1; goto yyreturn; /*---------------------------------------------. | yyoverflowab -- parser overflow comes here. | `---------------------------------------------*/ yyoverflowlab: yyerror ("parser stack overflow"); yyresult = 2; /* Fall through. */ yyreturn: #ifndef yyoverflow if (yyss != yyssa) YYSTACK_FREE (yyss); #endif return yyresult; } #line 207 "plural.y" void internal_function FREE_EXPRESSION (struct expression *exp) { if (exp == NULL) return; /* Handle the recursive case. */ switch (exp->nargs) { case 3: FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]); /* FALLTHROUGH */ case 2: FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]); /* FALLTHROUGH */ case 1: FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]); /* FALLTHROUGH */ default: break; } free (exp); } static int yylex (YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp) { const char *exp = *pexp; int result; while (1) { if (exp[0] == '\0') { *pexp = exp; return YYEOF; } if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t') break; ++exp; } result = *exp++; switch (result) { case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': { unsigned long int n = result - '0'; while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9') { n *= 10; n += exp[0] - '0'; ++exp; } lval->num = n; result = NUMBER; } break; case '=': if (exp[0] == '=') { ++exp; lval->op = equal; result = EQUOP2; } else result = YYERRCODE; break; case '!': if (exp[0] == '=') { ++exp; lval->op = not_equal; result = EQUOP2; } break; case '&': case '|': if (exp[0] == result) ++exp; else result = YYERRCODE; break; case '<': if (exp[0] == '=') { ++exp; lval->op = less_or_equal; } else lval->op = less_than; result = CMPOP2; break; case '>': if (exp[0] == '=') { ++exp; lval->op = greater_or_equal; } else lval->op = greater_than; result = CMPOP2; break; case '*': lval->op = mult; result = MULOP2; break; case '/': lval->op = divide; result = MULOP2; break; case '%': lval->op = module; result = MULOP2; break; case '+': lval->op = plus; result = ADDOP2; break; case '-': lval->op = minus; result = ADDOP2; break; case 'n': case '?': case ':': case '(': case ')': /* Nothing, just return the character. */ break; case ';': case '\n': case '\0': /* Be safe and let the user call this function again. */ --exp; result = YYEOF; break; default: result = YYERRCODE; #if YYDEBUG != 0 --exp; #endif break; } *pexp = exp; return result; } static void yyerror (const char *str) { /* Do nothing. We don't print error messages here. */ } tablix2-0.3.5/intl/VERSION0000644000175000017500000000005010641726200012014 00000000000000GNU gettext library from gettext-0.16.1 tablix2-0.3.5/po/0002777000175000017500000000000010642431032010504 500000000000000tablix2-0.3.5/po/Makefile.in.in0000644000175000017500000003322110564602061013076 00000000000000# Makefile for PO directory in any package using GNU gettext. # Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2006 by Ulrich Drepper # # This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can # be used in projects which are not available under the GNU General Public # License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext # functionality. # Please note that the actual code of GNU gettext is covered by the GNU # General Public License and is *not* in the public domain. # # Origin: gettext-0.16 PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ VERSION = @VERSION@ PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ SHELL = /bin/sh @SET_MAKE@ srcdir = @srcdir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ VPATH = @srcdir@ prefix = @prefix@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ datarootdir = @datarootdir@ datadir = @datadir@ localedir = @localedir@ gettextsrcdir = $(datadir)/gettext/po INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ # We use $(mkdir_p). # In automake <= 1.9.x, $(mkdir_p) is defined either as "mkdir -p --" or as # "$(mkinstalldirs)" or as "$(install_sh) -d". For these automake versions, # @install_sh@ does not start with $(SHELL), so we add it. # In automake >= 1.10, @mkdir_p@ is derived from ${MKDIR_P}, which is defined # either as "/path/to/mkdir -p" or ".../install-sh -c -d". For these automake # versions, $(mkinstalldirs) and $(install_sh) are unused. mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) @install_sh@ -d install_sh = $(SHELL) @install_sh@ MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ GMSGFMT_ = @GMSGFMT@ GMSGFMT_no = @GMSGFMT@ GMSGFMT_yes = @GMSGFMT_015@ GMSGFMT = $(GMSGFMT_$(USE_MSGCTXT)) MSGFMT_ = @MSGFMT@ MSGFMT_no = @MSGFMT@ MSGFMT_yes = @MSGFMT_015@ MSGFMT = $(MSGFMT_$(USE_MSGCTXT)) XGETTEXT_ = @XGETTEXT@ XGETTEXT_no = @XGETTEXT@ XGETTEXT_yes = @XGETTEXT_015@ XGETTEXT = $(XGETTEXT_$(USE_MSGCTXT)) MSGMERGE = msgmerge MSGMERGE_UPDATE = @MSGMERGE@ --update MSGINIT = msginit MSGCONV = msgconv MSGFILTER = msgfilter POFILES = @POFILES@ GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@ UPDATEPOFILES = @UPDATEPOFILES@ DUMMYPOFILES = @DUMMYPOFILES@ DISTFILES.common = Makefile.in.in remove-potcdate.sin \ $(DISTFILES.common.extra1) $(DISTFILES.common.extra2) $(DISTFILES.common.extra3) DISTFILES = $(DISTFILES.common) Makevars POTFILES.in \ $(POFILES) $(GMOFILES) \ $(DISTFILES.extra1) $(DISTFILES.extra2) $(DISTFILES.extra3) POTFILES = \ CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@ # Makevars gets inserted here. (Don't remove this line!) .SUFFIXES: .SUFFIXES: .po .gmo .mo .sed .sin .nop .po-create .po-update .po.mo: @echo "$(MSGFMT) -c -o $@ $<"; \ $(MSGFMT) -c -o t-$@ $< && mv t-$@ $@ .po.gmo: @lang=`echo $* | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`; \ test "$(srcdir)" = . && cdcmd="" || cdcmd="cd $(srcdir) && "; \ echo "$${cdcmd}rm -f $${lang}.gmo && $(GMSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $${lang}.gmo $${lang}.po"; \ cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $${lang}.gmo && $(GMSGFMT) -c --statistics -o t-$${lang}.gmo $${lang}.po && mv t-$${lang}.gmo $${lang}.gmo .sin.sed: sed -e '/^#/d' $< > t-$@ mv t-$@ $@ all: all-@USE_NLS@ all-yes: stamp-po all-no: # $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot is only created when needed. When xgettext finds no # internationalized messages, no $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot is created (because # we don't want to bother translators with empty POT files). We assume that # LINGUAS is empty in this case, i.e. $(POFILES) and $(GMOFILES) are empty. # In this case, stamp-po is a nop (i.e. a phony target). # stamp-po is a timestamp denoting the last time at which the CATALOGS have # been loosely updated. Its purpose is that when a developer or translator # checks out the package via CVS, and the $(DOMAIN).pot file is not in CVS, # "make" will update the $(DOMAIN).pot and the $(CATALOGS), but subsequent # invocations of "make" will do nothing. This timestamp would not be necessary # if updating the $(CATALOGS) would always touch them; however, the rule for # $(POFILES) has been designed to not touch files that don't need to be # changed. stamp-po: $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot test ! -f $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot || \ test -z "$(GMOFILES)" || $(MAKE) $(GMOFILES) @test ! -f $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot || { \ echo "touch stamp-po" && \ echo timestamp > stamp-poT && \ mv stamp-poT stamp-po; \ } # Note: Target 'all' must not depend on target '$(DOMAIN).pot-update', # otherwise packages like GCC can not be built if only parts of the source # have been downloaded. # This target rebuilds $(DOMAIN).pot; it is an expensive operation. # Note that $(DOMAIN).pot is not touched if it doesn't need to be changed. $(DOMAIN).pot-update: $(POTFILES) $(srcdir)/POTFILES.in remove-potcdate.sed if test -n '$(MSGID_BUGS_ADDRESS)' || test '$(PACKAGE_BUGREPORT)' = '@'PACKAGE_BUGREPORT'@'; then \ msgid_bugs_address='$(MSGID_BUGS_ADDRESS)'; \ else \ msgid_bugs_address='$(PACKAGE_BUGREPORT)'; \ fi; \ $(XGETTEXT) --default-domain=$(DOMAIN) --directory=$(top_srcdir) \ --add-comments=TRANSLATORS: $(XGETTEXT_OPTIONS) \ --files-from=$(srcdir)/POTFILES.in \ --copyright-holder='$(COPYRIGHT_HOLDER)' \ --msgid-bugs-address="$$msgid_bugs_address" test ! -f $(DOMAIN).po || { \ if test -f $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot; then \ sed -f remove-potcdate.sed < $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot > $(DOMAIN).1po && \ sed -f remove-potcdate.sed < $(DOMAIN).po > $(DOMAIN).2po && \ if cmp $(DOMAIN).1po $(DOMAIN).2po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ rm -f $(DOMAIN).1po $(DOMAIN).2po $(DOMAIN).po; \ else \ rm -f $(DOMAIN).1po $(DOMAIN).2po $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot && \ mv $(DOMAIN).po $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot; \ fi; \ else \ mv $(DOMAIN).po $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot; \ fi; \ } # This rule has no dependencies: we don't need to update $(DOMAIN).pot at # every "make" invocation, only create it when it is missing. # Only "make $(DOMAIN).pot-update" or "make dist" will force an update. $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot: $(MAKE) $(DOMAIN).pot-update # This target rebuilds a PO file if $(DOMAIN).pot has changed. # Note that a PO file is not touched if it doesn't need to be changed. $(POFILES): $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot @lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's,.*/,,' -e 's/\.po$$//'`; \ if test -f "$(srcdir)/$${lang}.po"; then \ test "$(srcdir)" = . && cdcmd="" || cdcmd="cd $(srcdir) && "; \ echo "$${cdcmd}$(MSGMERGE_UPDATE) $${lang}.po $(DOMAIN).pot"; \ cd $(srcdir) && $(MSGMERGE_UPDATE) $${lang}.po $(DOMAIN).pot; \ else \ $(MAKE) $${lang}.po-create; \ fi install: install-exec install-data install-exec: install-data: install-data-@USE_NLS@ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \ $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \ for file in $(DISTFILES.common) Makevars.template; do \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file \ $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ done; \ for file in Makevars; do \ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ done; \ else \ : ; \ fi install-data-no: all install-data-yes: all $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(datadir) @catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \ for cat in $$catalogs; do \ cat=`basename $$cat`; \ lang=`echo $$cat | sed -e 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \ dir=$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES; \ $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$$dir; \ if test -r $$cat; then realcat=$$cat; else realcat=$(srcdir)/$$cat; fi; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$realcat $(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(DOMAIN).mo; \ echo "installing $$realcat as $(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(DOMAIN).mo"; \ for lc in '' $(EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES); do \ if test -n "$$lc"; then \ if (cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc 2>/dev/null) | grep ' -> ' >/dev/null; then \ link=`cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc | sed -e 's/^.* -> //'`; \ mv $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old; \ mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \ (cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old && \ for file in *; do \ if test -f $$file; then \ ln -s ../$$link/$$file $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$$file; \ fi; \ done); \ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old; \ else \ if test -d $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; then \ :; \ else \ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \ mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \ fi; \ fi; \ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo; \ ln -s ../LC_MESSAGES/$(DOMAIN).mo $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo 2>/dev/null || \ ln $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(DOMAIN).mo $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo 2>/dev/null || \ cp -p $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(DOMAIN).mo $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo; \ echo "installing $$realcat link as $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo"; \ fi; \ done; \ done install-strip: install installdirs: installdirs-exec installdirs-data installdirs-exec: installdirs-data: installdirs-data-@USE_NLS@ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \ $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \ else \ : ; \ fi installdirs-data-no: installdirs-data-yes: $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(datadir) @catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \ for cat in $$catalogs; do \ cat=`basename $$cat`; \ lang=`echo $$cat | sed -e 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \ dir=$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES; \ $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$$dir; \ for lc in '' $(EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES); do \ if test -n "$$lc"; then \ if (cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc 2>/dev/null) | grep ' -> ' >/dev/null; then \ link=`cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc | sed -e 's/^.* -> //'`; \ mv $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old; \ mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \ (cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old && \ for file in *; do \ if test -f $$file; then \ ln -s ../$$link/$$file $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$$file; \ fi; \ done); \ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old; \ else \ if test -d $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; then \ :; \ else \ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \ mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \ fi; \ fi; \ fi; \ done; \ done # Define this as empty until I found a useful application. installcheck: uninstall: uninstall-exec uninstall-data uninstall-exec: uninstall-data: uninstall-data-@USE_NLS@ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \ for file in $(DISTFILES.common) Makevars.template; do \ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ done; \ else \ : ; \ fi uninstall-data-no: uninstall-data-yes: catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \ for cat in $$catalogs; do \ cat=`basename $$cat`; \ lang=`echo $$cat | sed -e 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \ for lc in LC_MESSAGES $(EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES); do \ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo; \ done; \ done check: all info dvi ps pdf html tags TAGS ctags CTAGS ID: mostlyclean: rm -f remove-potcdate.sed rm -f stamp-poT rm -f core core.* $(DOMAIN).po $(DOMAIN).1po $(DOMAIN).2po *.new.po rm -fr *.o clean: mostlyclean distclean: clean rm -f Makefile Makefile.in POTFILES *.mo maintainer-clean: distclean @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;" @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." rm -f stamp-po $(GMOFILES) distdir = $(top_builddir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir) dist distdir: $(MAKE) update-po @$(MAKE) dist2 # This is a separate target because 'update-po' must be executed before. dist2: stamp-po $(DISTFILES) dists="$(DISTFILES)"; \ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \ dists="$$dists Makevars.template"; \ fi; \ if test -f $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot; then \ dists="$$dists $(DOMAIN).pot stamp-po"; \ fi; \ if test -f $(srcdir)/ChangeLog; then \ dists="$$dists ChangeLog"; \ fi; \ for i in 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9; do \ if test -f $(srcdir)/ChangeLog.$$i; then \ dists="$$dists ChangeLog.$$i"; \ fi; \ done; \ if test -f $(srcdir)/LINGUAS; then dists="$$dists LINGUAS"; fi; \ for file in $$dists; do \ if test -f $$file; then \ cp -p $$file $(distdir) || exit 1; \ else \ cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir) || exit 1; \ fi; \ done update-po: Makefile $(MAKE) $(DOMAIN).pot-update test -z "$(UPDATEPOFILES)" || $(MAKE) $(UPDATEPOFILES) $(MAKE) update-gmo # General rule for creating PO files. .nop.po-create: @lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/\.po-create$$//'`; \ echo "File $$lang.po does not exist. If you are a translator, you can create it through 'msginit'." 1>&2; \ exit 1 # General rule for updating PO files. .nop.po-update: @lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/\.po-update$$//'`; \ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then PATH=`pwd`/../src:$$PATH; fi; \ tmpdir=`pwd`; \ echo "$$lang:"; \ test "$(srcdir)" = . && cdcmd="" || cdcmd="cd $(srcdir) && "; \ echo "$${cdcmd}$(MSGMERGE) $$lang.po $(DOMAIN).pot -o $$lang.new.po"; \ cd $(srcdir); \ if $(MSGMERGE) $$lang.po $(DOMAIN).pot -o $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; then \ if cmp $$lang.po $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \ else \ if mv -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po $$lang.po; then \ :; \ else \ echo "msgmerge for $$lang.po failed: cannot move $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po to $$lang.po" 1>&2; \ exit 1; \ fi; \ fi; \ else \ echo "msgmerge for $$lang.po failed!" 1>&2; \ rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \ fi $(DUMMYPOFILES): update-gmo: Makefile $(GMOFILES) @: Makefile: Makefile.in.in Makevars $(top_builddir)/config.status @POMAKEFILEDEPS@ cd $(top_builddir) \ && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@.in po-directories force: # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables. # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. .NOEXPORT: tablix2-0.3.5/po/remove-potcdate.sin0000644000175000017500000000066007747552171014255 00000000000000# Sed script that remove the POT-Creation-Date line in the header entry # from a POT file. # # The distinction between the first and the following occurrences of the # pattern is achieved by looking at the hold space. /^"POT-Creation-Date: .*"$/{ x # Test if the hold space is empty. s/P/P/ ta # Yes it was empty. First occurrence. Remove the line. g d bb :a # The hold space was nonempty. Following occurrences. Do nothing. x :b } tablix2-0.3.5/po/quot.sed0000644000175000017500000000023110564602061012104 00000000000000s/"\([^"]*\)"/“\1”/g s/`\([^`']*\)'/‘\1’/g s/ '\([^`']*\)' / ‘\1’ /g s/ '\([^`']*\)'$/ ‘\1’/g s/^'\([^`']*\)' /‘\1’ /g s/“”/""/g tablix2-0.3.5/po/boldquot.sed0000644000175000017500000000033110564602061012746 00000000000000s/"\([^"]*\)"/“\1”/g s/`\([^`']*\)'/‘\1’/g s/ '\([^`']*\)' / ‘\1’ /g s/ '\([^`']*\)'$/ ‘\1’/g s/^'\([^`']*\)' /‘\1’ /g s/“”/""/g s/“/“/g s/”/”/g s/‘/‘/g s/’/’/g tablix2-0.3.5/po/en@quot.header0000644000175000017500000000226310564602061013213 00000000000000# All this catalog "translates" are quotation characters. # The msgids must be ASCII and therefore cannot contain real quotation # characters, only substitutes like grave accent (0x60), apostrophe (0x27) # and double quote (0x22). These substitutes look strange; see # http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/ucs/quotes.html # # This catalog translates grave accent (0x60) and apostrophe (0x27) to # left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019). # It also translates pairs of apostrophe (0x27) to # left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019) # and pairs of quotation mark (0x22) to # left double quotation mark (U+201C) and right double quotation mark (U+201D). # # When output to an UTF-8 terminal, the quotation characters appear perfectly. # When output to an ISO-8859-1 terminal, the single quotation marks are # transliterated to apostrophes (by iconv in glibc 2.2 or newer) or to # grave/acute accent (by libiconv), and the double quotation marks are # transliterated to 0x22. # When output to an ASCII terminal, the single quotation marks are # transliterated to apostrophes, and the double quotation marks are # transliterated to 0x22. # tablix2-0.3.5/po/en@boldquot.header0000644000175000017500000000247110564602061014055 00000000000000# All this catalog "translates" are quotation characters. # The msgids must be ASCII and therefore cannot contain real quotation # characters, only substitutes like grave accent (0x60), apostrophe (0x27) # and double quote (0x22). These substitutes look strange; see # http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/ucs/quotes.html # # This catalog translates grave accent (0x60) and apostrophe (0x27) to # left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019). # It also translates pairs of apostrophe (0x27) to # left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019) # and pairs of quotation mark (0x22) to # left double quotation mark (U+201C) and right double quotation mark (U+201D). # # When output to an UTF-8 terminal, the quotation characters appear perfectly. # When output to an ISO-8859-1 terminal, the single quotation marks are # transliterated to apostrophes (by iconv in glibc 2.2 or newer) or to # grave/acute accent (by libiconv), and the double quotation marks are # transliterated to 0x22. # When output to an ASCII terminal, the single quotation marks are # transliterated to apostrophes, and the double quotation marks are # transliterated to 0x22. # # This catalog furthermore displays the text between the quotation marks in # bold face, assuming the VT100/XTerm escape sequences. # tablix2-0.3.5/po/insert-header.sin0000644000175000017500000000124010564602061013665 00000000000000# Sed script that inserts the file called HEADER before the header entry. # # At each occurrence of a line starting with "msgid ", we execute the following # commands. At the first occurrence, insert the file. At the following # occurrences, do nothing. The distinction between the first and the following # occurrences is achieved by looking at the hold space. /^msgid /{ x # Test if the hold space is empty. s/m/m/ ta # Yes it was empty. First occurrence. Read the file. r HEADER # Output the file's contents by reading the next line. But don't lose the # current line while doing this. g N bb :a # The hold space was nonempty. Following occurrences. Do nothing. x :b } tablix2-0.3.5/po/Rules-quot0000644000175000017500000000337610564602061012437 00000000000000# Special Makefile rules for English message catalogs with quotation marks. DISTFILES.common.extra1 = quot.sed boldquot.sed en@quot.header en@boldquot.header insert-header.sin Rules-quot .SUFFIXES: .insert-header .po-update-en en@quot.po-create: $(MAKE) en@quot.po-update en@boldquot.po-create: $(MAKE) en@boldquot.po-update en@quot.po-update: en@quot.po-update-en en@boldquot.po-update: en@boldquot.po-update-en .insert-header.po-update-en: @lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/\.po-update-en$$//'`; \ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then PATH=`pwd`/../src:$$PATH; GETTEXTLIBDIR=`cd $(top_srcdir)/src && pwd`; export GETTEXTLIBDIR; fi; \ tmpdir=`pwd`; \ echo "$$lang:"; \ ll=`echo $$lang | sed -e 's/@.*//'`; \ LC_ALL=C; export LC_ALL; \ cd $(srcdir); \ if $(MSGINIT) -i $(DOMAIN).pot --no-translator -l $$ll -o - 2>/dev/null | sed -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.insert-header | $(MSGCONV) -t UTF-8 | $(MSGFILTER) sed -f `echo $$lang | sed -e 's/.*@//'`.sed 2>/dev/null > $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; then \ if cmp $$lang.po $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \ else \ if mv -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po $$lang.po; then \ :; \ else \ echo "creation of $$lang.po failed: cannot move $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po to $$lang.po" 1>&2; \ exit 1; \ fi; \ fi; \ else \ echo "creation of $$lang.po failed!" 1>&2; \ rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \ fi en@quot.insert-header: insert-header.sin sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/HEADER/en@quot.header/g' $(srcdir)/insert-header.sin > en@quot.insert-header en@boldquot.insert-header: insert-header.sin sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/HEADER/en@boldquot.header/g' $(srcdir)/insert-header.sin > en@boldquot.insert-header mostlyclean: mostlyclean-quot mostlyclean-quot: rm -f *.insert-header tablix2-0.3.5/po/Makevars0000644000175000017500000000342010564601307012120 00000000000000# Makefile variables for PO directory in any package using GNU gettext. # Usually the message domain is the same as the package name. DOMAIN = $(PACKAGE) # These two variables depend on the location of this directory. subdir = po top_builddir = .. # These options get passed to xgettext. XGETTEXT_OPTIONS = --keyword=_ --keyword=N_ # This is the copyright holder that gets inserted into the header of the # $(DOMAIN).pot file. Set this to the copyright holder of the surrounding # package. (Note that the msgstr strings, extracted from the package's # sources, belong to the copyright holder of the package.) Translators are # expected to transfer the copyright for their translations to this person # or entity, or to disclaim their copyright. The empty string stands for # the public domain; in this case the translators are expected to disclaim # their copyright. COPYRIGHT_HOLDER = Tomaz Solc # This is the email address or URL to which the translators shall report # bugs in the untranslated strings: # - Strings which are not entire sentences, see the maintainer guidelines # in the GNU gettext documentation, section 'Preparing Strings'. # - Strings which use unclear terms or require additional context to be # understood. # - Strings which make invalid assumptions about notation of date, time or # money. # - Pluralisation problems. # - Incorrect English spelling. # - Incorrect formatting. # It can be your email address, or a mailing list address where translators # can write to without being subscribed, or the URL of a web page through # which the translators can contact you. MSGID_BUGS_ADDRESS = tomaz.solc@tablix.org # This is the list of locale categories, beyond LC_MESSAGES, for which the # message catalogs shall be used. It is usually empty. EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES = tablix2-0.3.5/po/POTFILES.in0000644000175000017500000000142310432156525012203 00000000000000src/cache.c src/chromo.c src/counter.c src/data.c src/depend.c src/error-local.c src/error-pvm.c src/error.c src/genetic.c src/main.c src/master.c src/modsup.c src/nodes.c src/output.c src/params.c src/transfer.c src/xmlsup.c modules/available.c modules/consecutive.c modules/events_sameday.c modules/fixedtime.c modules/freemorning.c modules/freeperiod.c modules/holes.c modules/perday.c modules/placecapability.c modules/preferredroom.c modules/preferredtime.c modules/recurrence.c modules/sameday.c modules/sametime.c modules/sametimeas.c modules/timeblocks.c modules/timeblocks_sameday.c modules/timeplace.c modules/walk.c export/export_csv.c export/export_html.c export/export_htmlcss.c export/export_htmlcss2.c export/export_vcal.c export/stripe.c export/style2.c ttf/export_ttf.c tablix2-0.3.5/po/sl.po0000644000175000017500000013305010642425062011404 00000000000000# Slovenian translations for tablix package # Slovenski prevodi paketa Tablix. # Copyright (C) 2003-2004 TomaĊ Ċ olc # This file is distributed under the same license as the tablix package. # TomaĊ Ċ olc , 2004. # # "resource" = "vir" # "resource type" = "vrsta virov" # "solver" = "reĊĦevalec" # "conflict" = "nasprotovanje" # "hint" = "namig" # "handler" = "upravljalnik" msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tablix 0.3.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: tomaz.solc@tablix.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-07-03 12:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-11-04 14:42+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Tomaz Solc \n" "Language-Team: Slovenian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n" "%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" #: src/counter.c:192 #, c-format msgid "[%x] reports %d (%d) at %d" msgstr "[%x] sporoča %d (%d) na %d" #: src/counter.c:193 #, c-format msgid ", %.1f GPM" msgstr ", %.1f GPM" #: src/counter.c:194 #, c-format msgid ", %02d:%02d:%02d elapsed" msgstr ", preteklo %02d:%02d:%02d" #: src/counter.c:195 #, c-format msgid ", %d/%d running " msgstr ", %d/%d v teku " #: src/data.c:276 #, c-format msgid "Domain '%d' for resource type '%s' is empty" msgstr "Domena '%d' za vrsto virov '%s' je prazna" #: src/data.c:282 #, c-format msgid "Domain '%d' is used by event '%s'" msgstr "Domeno '%d' uporablja dogodek '%s'" #: src/data.c:348 #, c-format msgid "Duplicate resource type definition: %s" msgstr "Dvojna definicija vrste virov: %s" #: src/data.c:492 #, c-format msgid "compact_conflicts: %s has %d conflicting resources" msgstr "compact_conflicts: %s ima %d nasprotujočih si virov" #: src/data.c:518 #, c-format msgid "Duplicate resource definition (type %s): %s" msgstr "Dvojna definicija vira (vrsta %s): %s" #: src/data.c:1351 src/data.c:1372 src/main.c:560 src/master.c:385 #: src/modsup.c:85 src/modsup.c:745 src/output.c:142 src/xmlsup.c:140 #: src/xmlsup.c:485 src/xmlsup.c:635 src/xmlsup.c:660 src/xmlsup.c:669 #: src/xmlsup.c:695 src/xmlsup.c:721 modules/available.c:105 #: modules/consecutive.c:229 modules/consecutive.c:278 #: modules/events_sameday.c:139 modules/fixedtime.c:101 #: modules/fixedtime.c:129 modules/perday.c:151 modules/perday.c:176 #: modules/placecapability.c:153 modules/preferredtime.c:194 #: modules/recurrence.c:215 modules/recurrence.c:279 modules/sameday.c:527 #: modules/sameday.c:541 modules/sametimeas.c:161 export/export_htmlcss2.c:188 #: export/export_vcal.c:127 msgid "Can't allocate memory" msgstr "Ne morem pridobiti pomnilnika" #: src/data.c:1359 msgid "Size of the saved population does not match the configuration" msgstr "Velikost shranjene populacije ne ustreza konfiguraciji" #: src/data.c:1381 msgid "Saved population and configuration do not match" msgstr "Shranjena populacija in konfiguracija se ne skladata" #: src/data.c:1435 #, c-format msgid "" "Hint for event '%s', resource type '%s' conflicts with domain for that " "event. Ignored." msgstr "" "Namig za dogodek '%s', vrsta vira '%s' naprotuje domeni za ta dogodek " "Prezrto." #: src/depend.c:275 #, c-format msgid "Event '%s' depends on event '%s'" msgstr "Dogodek '%s' je odvisen od dogodka '%s'" #: src/error-local.c:51 #, c-format msgid "[%s] fatal: %s\n" msgstr "[%s] usodno: %s\n" #: src/genetic.c:185 #, c-format msgid "sending migration to %x" msgstr "poĊĦiljam migracijo na %x" #: src/main.c:367 #, c-format msgid "New sibling %x" msgstr "Imam novega soseda %x" #: src/main.c:455 msgid "Parameter syntax error" msgstr "Napaka v skladnji parametra" #: src/main.c:464 msgid "Wrong arguments" msgstr "Napačni argumenti" #: src/main.c:488 src/master.c:253 msgid "Locale not supported by C library. Using the fallback 'C' locale." msgstr "" "C knjiĊnica ne podpira lokalizacije. Uporabljena bo privzeta 'C' " "lokalizacija." #: src/main.c:511 msgid "Can't open temporary file" msgstr "Ne morem odpreti začasne datoteke" #: src/main.c:522 msgid "No tuples defined" msgstr "Ni definiranih terk" #: src/main.c:550 #, c-format msgid "Loaded %d modules" msgstr "NaloĊil %d modulov" #: src/main.c:556 msgid "Circular event dependency detected" msgstr "Zaznana je bila kroĊna odvisnost dogodkov" #: src/main.c:566 msgid "Failed to initialize data structures" msgstr "NeuspeĊĦna inicializacija podatkovnih struktur" #: src/main.c:584 msgid "Error receiving population from master" msgstr "Napaka pri sprejemu populacije od glavnega vozliĊĦča" #: src/main.c:591 src/master.c:335 src/output.c:237 #, c-format msgid "Failed to load %s" msgstr "NeuspeĊĦno nalaganje %s" #: src/main.c:601 src/output.c:245 msgid "Error initializing population" msgstr "Napaka pri inicializaciji populacije" #: src/main.c:612 #, c-format msgid "I have restored %d tuples" msgstr "Obnovil sem %d terk" #: src/main.c:614 #, c-format msgid "I have %d tuples" msgstr "Imam %d terk" #: src/main.c:649 msgid "I have solution" msgstr "Imam reĊĦitev" #: src/main.c:676 msgid "Can't send temporary file" msgstr "Ne morem poslati začasne datoteke" #: src/master.c:68 src/output.c:53 #, c-format msgid "" "This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify\n" "it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by\n" "the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or\n" "(at your option) any later version.\n" msgstr "" "Ta program spada med prosto programje; lahko ga razĊĦirjate in/ali\n" "spreminjate pod pogoji SploĊĦnega dovoljenja GNU (GNU General Public\n" "License), kot ga je objavila ustanova Free Software Foundation; bodisi\n" "različice 2 ali (po vaĊĦi izbiri) katerekoli poznejĊĦe različice.\n" #: src/master.c:74 src/output.c:59 #, c-format msgid "" "This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,\n" "but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of\n" "MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the\n" "GNU General Public License for more details.\n" msgstr "" "Ta program se razĊĦirja v upanju, da bo uporaben, vendar BREZ VSAKRĊ NEGA\n" "JAMSTVA; tudi brez posredne zagotovitve CENOVNE VREDNOSTI ali PRIMERNOSTI\n" "ZA DOLOČEN NAMEN. Za podrobnosti glejte besedilo GNU General Public\n" "License.\n" #: src/master.c:80 src/output.c:65 #, c-format msgid "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License\n" "along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software\n" "Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA\n" msgstr "" "Skupaj s tem programom bi morali prejeti izvod SploĊĦnega\n" "dovoljenja GNU (GNU General Public License); če ga niste,\n" "piĊĦite na Free Software Foundation, Inc., Temple Place -\n" "Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.\n" #: src/master.c:87 #, c-format msgid "Compile time options:\n" msgstr "Izbire pri prevajanju:\n" #: src/master.c:89 #, c-format msgid "\tParallel genetic algorithm (using PVM3)\n" msgstr "\tVzporedni genetski algoritem (uporablja PVM3)\n" #: src/master.c:91 #, c-format msgid "\tLinear genetic algorith (debug mode)\n" msgstr "\tLinearni genetski algoritem (način za razhroĊĦčevanje)\n" #: src/master.c:94 #, c-format msgid "\tSaving convergence info\n" msgstr "\tShranjujejo se podatki o konvergenci\n" #: src/master.c:96 #, c-format msgid "\tSearching for modules in %s\n" msgstr "\tModuli se iĊĦčejo v %s\n" #: src/master.c:97 #, c-format msgid "\tModule documentation available in %s\n" msgstr "\tDokumentacija o modulih se nahaja v %s\n" #: src/master.c:99 #, c-format msgid "\tAssertion checks enabled (debug mode)\n" msgstr "\tVključeno preverjanje trditev (način za razhroĊĦčevanje)\n" #: src/master.c:102 #, c-format msgid "\tNational language support enabled\n" msgstr "\tPodpora nacionalnim jezikom vključena\n" #: src/master.c:109 #, c-format msgid "Usage: %s [OPTION]... [FILE]\n" msgstr "Uporaba: %s [IZBIRA]... [DATOTEKA]\n" #: src/master.c:112 #, c-format msgid " -n NODES set number of computing nodes (default 4)\n" msgstr "" " -n VOZLIĊ ÄŒA nastavi ĊĦtevilo računskih vozliĊĦč (privzeto 4)\n" #: src/master.c:116 #, c-format msgid "" " -o PREFIX use PREFIX when naming output files\n" " -r restore saved populations\n" " -h display this help\n" " -v display version, compile time options and\n" " copyright information\n" msgstr "" #: src/master.c:124 #, c-format msgid "" " -l NODES set number of computing nodes that are allowed to\n" " simultaneously perform local search (set to -1 for \n" " no limit or 0 to disable local search. Default 1)\n" msgstr "" #: src/master.c:130 #, c-format msgid "" " -d LEVEL verbosity level (default 2)\n" " -t N stop if no solution is found after N minutes (set\n" " to 0 for no time limit. Default 0)\n" " -p PARAMETERS set algorithm parameters. PARAMETERS is a comma\n" " separated string of options.\n" msgstr "" #: src/master.c:136 #, c-format msgid "" " -i PATH\t\tset path to fitness modules\n" " (Default %s)\n" msgstr "" #: src/master.c:142 src/output.c:101 #, c-format msgid "Please report bugs to .\n" msgstr "Poročila o napakah prosim poĊĦljite na .\n" #: src/master.c:223 src/output.c:194 #, c-format msgid "TABLIX version %s, PGA general timetable solver\n" msgstr "TABLIX različica %s, PGA reĊĦevanje sploĊĦnih urnikov\n" #: src/master.c:259 src/output.c:223 #, c-format msgid "Missing file name. Try '%s -h' for more information." msgstr "Manjka ime datoteke. Poiskusite '%s -h' za več podatkov." #: src/master.c:276 msgid "all nodes failed." msgstr "nobeno vozliĊĦče se ni uspelo zagnati." #: src/master.c:280 #, c-format msgid "PGA using %d node" msgid_plural "PGA using %d nodes" msgstr[0] "PGA uporablja %d vozliĊĦče" msgstr[1] "PGA uporablja %d vozliĊĦči" msgstr[2] "PGA uporablja %d vozliĊĦča" msgstr[3] "PGA uporablja %d vozliĊĦč" #: src/master.c:281 #, c-format msgid "on %d host" msgid_plural "on %d hosts" msgstr[0] "na %d gostitelju" msgstr[1] "na %d gostiteljih" msgstr[2] "na %d gostiteljih" msgstr[3] "na %d gostiteljih" #: src/master.c:286 #, c-format msgid "maximum %d node will do local search" msgid_plural "maximum %d nodes will do local search" msgstr[0] "največ %d vozliĊĦče bo izvajalo lokalno iskanje" msgstr[1] "največ %d vozliĊĦči bo izvajalo lokalno iskanje" msgstr[2] "največ %d vozliĊĦča bo izvajalo lokalno iskanje" msgstr[3] "največ %d vozliĊĦč bo izvajalo lokalno iskanje" #: src/master.c:291 msgid "local search disabled" msgstr "lokalno iskanje izklopljeno" #: src/master.c:293 msgid "local search enabled on all nodes" msgstr "vsa vozliĊĦča bodo izvajala lokalno iskanje" #: src/master.c:295 msgid "multicasting XML data" msgstr "poĊĦiljam XML podatke" #: src/master.c:315 #, c-format msgid "Failed to send problem description '%s' to computing nodes" msgstr "PoĊĦiljanje opisa problema '%s' računskim vozliĊĦčem ni uspelo" #: src/master.c:326 msgid "Restoring saved populations" msgstr "Obnavljam shranjene populacije" #: src/master.c:355 #, c-format msgid "%d nodes randomized" msgstr "%d vozliĊĦč naključnih" #: src/master.c:364 msgid "Initializing nodes" msgstr "Zaganjam vozliĊĦča" #: src/master.c:378 #, c-format msgid "parent ( %x ) listening\n" msgstr "starĊĦ ( %x ) posluĊĦa\n" #: src/master.c:399 #, c-format msgid "Can't open file %s for writing" msgstr "Ne morem odpreti datoteke %s za pisanje" #: src/master.c:451 #, c-format msgid "received message from unknown node %x" msgstr "prejel sporočilo od neznanega vozliĊĦča %x" #: src/master.c:456 #, c-format msgid "%x has %d fitness functions" msgstr "%x ima %d cenilnih funkcij" #: src/master.c:462 #, c-format msgid "node %x has a different number of modules than others" msgstr "vozliĊĦče %x ima različno ĊĦtevilo modulov od ostalih" #: src/master.c:484 #, c-format msgid "%s: FATAL: %s" msgstr "%s: USODNO: %s" #: src/master.c:492 #, c-format msgid "received quit notification from unknown node %x" msgstr "prejel obvestilo o ustavitvi od neznanega vozliĊĦča %x" #: src/master.c:495 #, c-format msgid "node %x has unexpectedly quit" msgstr "vozliĊĦče %x se je nepričakovano ustavilo" #: src/master.c:506 #, c-format msgid "node %x is uploading the result" msgstr "vozliĊĦče %x nalaga rezultat" #: src/master.c:519 #, c-format msgid "node %x is reporting too soon" msgstr "vozliĊĦče %x sporoča prezgodaj" #: src/master.c:539 #, c-format msgid "receiving population from %x" msgstr "prejemam populacijo od vozliĊĦča %x" #: src/master.c:571 #, c-format msgid "unknown message received from %x. Perhaps a version mismatch?" msgstr "prejeto neznano sporočilo od %x. Mogoče neustrezna različica?" #: src/master.c:584 msgid "Time limit reached" msgstr "DoseĊena je bila časovna omejitev" #: src/master.c:586 msgid "Received interrupt" msgstr "Prejel prekinitev" #: src/master.c:591 msgid "No results were received" msgstr "Ni bilo sprejetih rezultatov" #: src/master.c:593 msgid "Some results were received" msgstr "Nekaj rezultatov je bilo sprejetih" #: src/master.c:595 msgid "All results were received" msgstr "Sprejeti so bili vsi rezultati" #: src/master.c:604 #, c-format msgid "node\tgenerations/minute\n" msgstr "vozliĊĦče\tgeneracije/minuto\n" #: src/master.c:612 #, c-format msgid "" "\n" "total generations per minute: %.1f\n" msgstr "" "\n" "skupno generacij na minuto: %.1f\n" #: src/master.c:613 #, c-format msgid "total time: %02d:%02d:%02d\n" msgstr "skupni čas: %02d:%02d:%02d\n" #: src/modsup.c:324 src/modsup.c:356 src/modsup.c:361 src/modsup.c:399 #, c-format msgid "Requested resource type '%s' not found" msgstr "Zahtevana vrsta virov '%s' ni bila najdena" #: src/modsup.c:366 #, c-format msgid "" "Requested extension has constant and variable resource types set to '%s'" msgstr "" "Zahtevana razĊĦiritev ima konstantno in spremenljivo vrsto virov nastavljeno " "na '%s'" #: src/modsup.c:519 modules/consecutive.c:343 modules/freemorning.c:120 #: modules/holes.c:113 modules/perday.c:139 modules/recurrence.c:319 #: modules/sametimeas.c:168 modules/walk.c:107 #, c-format msgid "Resource type '%s' not found" msgstr "Ne morem najti vrste virov '%s'" #: src/modsup.c:588 src/modsup.c:625 #, c-format msgid "Restriction handler for restriction type '%s' failed" msgstr "Upravljalnik omejitve za vrsto omejitve '%s' ni bil uspeĊĦen" #: src/modsup.c:590 #, c-format msgid "Processing resource '%s', resource type '%s'" msgstr "Procesiram vir '%s', vrsta vira '%s'" #: src/modsup.c:627 #, c-format msgid "Processing tuple '%s'" msgstr "Procesiram terko '%s'" #: src/modsup.c:679 #, c-format msgid "Stripping '.so' extension from '%s' module name." msgstr "" #: src/modsup.c:681 msgid "Please use module names without extensions in new problem descriptions." msgstr "" #: src/modsup.c:749 #, c-format msgid "Loading module %s" msgstr "Nalagam modul %s" #: src/modsup.c:752 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "Can't load module '%s'" msgstr "Ne morem najti vira '%s'." #: src/modsup.c:762 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "Can't find module_init() in module '%s'" msgstr "Ne morem najti vira '%s'." #: src/modsup.c:763 src/output.c:157 msgid "Are you trying to use modules from an incompatible version of Tablix?" msgstr "" #: src/modsup.c:772 #, c-format msgid "Initialization for module '%s' failed" msgstr "Inicializacija modula '%s' ni bila uspeĊĦna" #: src/nodes.c:186 #, c-format msgid "Host '%s' is too slow and will be ignored." msgstr "Gostitelj '%s' je prepočasen in ne bo uporabljen." #: src/nodes.c:197 #, c-format msgid "Some nodes on host '%s' failed to start." msgstr "Nekaterim vozliĊĦčem na gostitelju '%s' se ni uspelo zagnati." #: src/output.c:77 #, c-format msgid "Usage: %s [OPTION]... [FORMAT] [FILE]\n" msgstr "Uporaba: %s [IZBIRA]... [FORMAT] [DATOTEKA]\n" #: src/output.c:79 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" " -o FILE write output to file FILE instead of stdout\n" " -h display this help\n" " -v display version and copyright information\n" " -s OPTIONS pass OPTIONS to the export module\n" " -d LEVEL verbosity level (default 2)\n" " -r FILE FILE contains a saved population. Timetable with\n" " the lowest fitness value is exported instead\n" " of any result stored in the XML file. If this " "option\n" " is used, the XML file does not need to contain a\n" " solution.\n" " -i PATH\t\tset path to fitness modules\n" " (Default %s)\n" msgstr "" " -o DATOTEKA zapiĊĦi izhod v DATOTEKO namesto v standardni izhod\n" " -h pokaĊi to pomoč\n" " -v pokaĊi različico in podatke o avtorskih pravicah\n" " -s IZBIRE podaj IZBIRE izvoznemu modulu\n" " -d NIVO nivo zgovornosti (privzeto 2)\n" " -r DATOTEKA DATOTEKA vsebuje shranjeno populacijo. Namesto " "reĊĦitve\n" " problema, shranjene v XML datoteki, se bo izvozil\n" " urnik z najniĊjo vrednostjo cenilke. Če je " "uporabljena\n" " ta izbira, se lahko uporabi tudi XML datoteka, ki " "ne\n" " vsebuje reĊĦitve." #: src/output.c:149 #, c-format msgid "Can't load export module module '%s'" msgstr "" #: src/output.c:156 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "Can't find export_function() in module '%s'" msgstr "Ne morem najti vira '%s'." #: src/output.c:220 #, c-format msgid "Missing output format. Try '%s -h' for more information." msgstr "Manjka izhodni format. Poiskusite '%s -h' za izčrpnejĊĦa navodila." #: src/output.c:256 msgid "Error loading export module" msgstr "" #: src/output.c:261 msgid "Export function failed" msgstr "Funkcija za izvoz ni bila uspeĊĦna" #: src/params.c:177 msgid "Genetic algorithm parameters:" msgstr "Parametri genetskega algoritma:" #: src/params.c:180 #, c-format msgid "%s=%d" msgstr "%s=%d" #: src/xmlsup.c:52 src/xmlsup.c:56 #, c-format msgid "Tag <%s> without required property '%s'" msgstr "Oznaka <%s> je brez zahtevane lastnosti '%s'" #: src/xmlsup.c:53 src/xmlsup.c:57 #, c-format msgid "Invalid value of property '%s' in tag <%s>" msgstr "Neveljavna vrednost lastnosti '%s' oznake <%s>" #: src/xmlsup.c:114 #, c-format msgid "%s (line %d)" msgstr "%s (vrstica %d)" #: src/xmlsup.c:222 #, c-format msgid "" "Definition of event has multiple definitions for resource type '%s' (line %d)" msgstr "" "Definicija dogodka in večkratno definicijo za vrsto vira '%s' (vrstica %d)" #: src/xmlsup.c:335 #, c-format msgid "Module %s failed to load" msgstr "Modul %s se ni uspeĊĦno naloĊil" #: src/xmlsup.c:377 #, c-format msgid "Unknown event restriction '%s' (line %d)" msgstr "Neznana omejitev dogodka '%s' (vrstica %d)" #: src/xmlsup.c:418 msgid "" "Unknown event restrictions found. Increase verbosity level for more " "information." msgstr "" "Najdene so bile neznane omejitve dogodkov. Povečajte nivo zgovornosti za " "podrobnosti." #: src/xmlsup.c:456 #, c-format msgid "" "Definition of event '%s' is missing constant resource type '%s' (line %d)" msgstr "" "V definiciji dogodka '%s' manjka konstantna vrsta vira '%s' (vrstica %d)" #: src/xmlsup.c:523 #, c-format msgid "Unknown resource restriction '%s' (line %d)" msgstr "Neznana omejitev vira '%s' (vrstica %d)" #: src/xmlsup.c:578 msgid "" "Unknown resource restrictions found. Increase verbosity level for more " "information." msgstr "" "Najdene so bile neznane omejitve virov. Povečajte nivo zgovornosti za " "podrobnosti." #: src/xmlsup.c:1019 msgid "This file does not seem to contain a solution" msgstr "Izgleda, kot da ta datoteka ne vsebuje reĊĦitve" #: src/xmlsup.c:1039 src/xmlsup.c:1051 msgid "Configuration file does not contain a complete solution" msgstr "Konfiguracijska datoteka ne vsebuje celotne reĊĦitve" #: modules/available.c:80 #, c-format msgid "Restriction '%s' requires an argument" msgstr "Omejitev '%s' potrebuje argument" #: modules/available.c:86 #, c-format msgid "" "Sorry, you can currently only use restriction '%s' on constant resources" msgstr "" "Oprostite, trenutno lahko omejitev '%s' uporabite le na konstantnih virih" #: modules/available.c:98 #, c-format msgid "Can't find resource '%s', resource type '%s'" msgstr "Ne morem najti vira '%s', vrste vira '%s'" #: modules/consecutive.c:173 #, c-format msgid "restriction '%s' does not take an argument" msgstr "omejitev '%s' ne potrebuje argumenta" #: modules/consecutive.c:184 #, c-format msgid "Invalid number of periods for '%s' restriction" msgstr "Nepravilno ĊĦtevilo ur za omejitev '%s'" #: modules/consecutive.c:241 msgid "" "Number of consecutive events would exceed the number of periods in a day" msgstr "Ċ tevilo zaporednih dogodkov bi preseglo ĊĦtevilo ur v dnevu" #: modules/consecutive.c:271 modules/freemorning.c:132 #: modules/freeperiod.c:199 modules/holes.c:125 modules/perday.c:157 #: modules/preferredroom.c:177 modules/preferredtime.c:159 #: modules/recurrence.c:272 modules/timeblocks.c:211 #: modules/timeblocks_sameday.c:191 modules/walk.c:119 #, c-format msgid "module '%s' has been loaded, but not used" msgstr "modul '%s' se je naloĊil, vendar ni uporabljen" #: modules/consecutive.c:296 modules/sametimeas.c:147 #, c-format msgid "Event '%s' already depends on another event" msgstr "Dogodek '%s' je Ċe odvisen od drugega dogodka" #: modules/consecutive.c:349 modules/recurrence.c:325 #, c-format msgid "Resource type '%s' is not a matrix" msgstr "Vrsta virov '%s' ni matrika" #: modules/events_sameday.c:81 modules/sametimeas.c:92 #, c-format msgid "restriction '%s' requires an argument" msgstr "omejitev '%s' potrebuje argument" #: modules/events_sameday.c:99 #, c-format msgid "restriction '%s' specifies an unknown event '%s'" msgstr "omejitev '%s' omenja neznani dogodek '%s'" #: modules/events_sameday.c:133 modules/fixedtime.c:148 #: modules/freeperiod.c:242 modules/preferredtime.c:203 modules/sameday.c:520 #: modules/sametimeas.c:174 modules/timeblocks.c:243 #: modules/timeblocks_sameday.c:235 export/export_htmlcss.c:452 #: export/export_htmlcss2.c:767 msgid "Resource type 'time' is not a matrix" msgstr "Vrsta virov 'time' ni matrika" #: modules/fixedtime.c:95 msgid "Invalid fixed day" msgstr "Nepravilen nespremenljivi dan" #: modules/fixedtime.c:123 msgid "Invalid fixed period" msgstr "Nepravilna nespremenljiva ura" #: modules/freemorning.c:126 modules/holes.c:119 modules/perday.c:145 #: modules/walk.c:113 #, c-format msgid "Resource type %s is not a matrix" msgstr "Vrsta virov %s ni matrika" #: modules/freeperiod.c:164 msgid "invalid day or period in 'free-period' restriction" msgstr "nepravilen dan ali ura v omejitvi 'free-period'" #: modules/freeperiod.c:179 msgid "invalid day in 'free-day' restriction" msgstr "nepravilen dan v omejitvi 'free-day'" #: modules/freeperiod.c:253 msgid "invalid day or period in 'free-period' option" msgstr "nepravilen dan ali ura v izbiri 'free-period'" #: modules/placecapability.c:146 #, c-format msgid "Resource type %s not found" msgstr "Vrsta virov %s ni bila najdena" #: modules/preferredroom.c:77 modules/preferredroom.c:95 #: modules/preferredroom.c:113 msgid "invalid room in preferred-room restriction" msgstr "nepravilna soba v omejitvi preferred-room" #: modules/preferredroom.c:82 modules/preferredroom.c:100 #: modules/preferredroom.c:118 msgid "Only one restriction per resource allowed" msgstr "Dovoljena je le ena omejitev na vir" #: modules/preferredroom.c:200 #, c-format msgid "Required resource type '%s' not found" msgstr "Ne najdem potrebne vrste virov '%s'" #: modules/preferredtime.c:104 msgid "invalid preferred day" msgstr "nepravilen najljubĊĦi dan" #: modules/preferredtime.c:119 msgid "invalid preferred period" msgstr "nepravilna najljubĊĦa ura" #: modules/preferredtime.c:166 msgid "" "restriction 'preferred-period' and 'preferred-day' only set on first " "instance of an event where 'repeats' > 1" msgstr "" "omejitev 'preferred-period' in 'preferred-day' je uporabljena samo na prvem " "primeru dogodka z več kot eno ponovitvijo" #: modules/preferredtime.c:172 msgid "" "restriction 'preferred-day' only set on first instance of an event where " "'repeats' > 1" msgstr "" "omejitev 'preferred-day' je uporabljena samo na prvem primeru dogodka z več " "kot eno ponovitvijo" #: modules/preferredtime.c:178 msgid "" "using only restriction 'preferred-period' where 'repeats' > 1 will cause " "problems with 'consecutive' restrictions" msgstr "" "uporaba omejitve 'preferred-period' na dogodku z več kot eno ponovitvijo bo " "povzročila teĊave z omejitvami 'consecutive'" #: modules/recurrence.c:163 msgid "Invalid format of the 'recurrence' restriction" msgstr "Nepravilna oblika 'recurrence' omejitve" #: modules/recurrence.c:168 #, c-format msgid "Week number for the start of recurrence %d is not between 0 and %d" msgstr "Ċ tevilka tedna za začetek ponavljanja %d ni med 0 in %d" #: modules/recurrence.c:173 msgid "Number of recurrences per week must be greater than 0" msgstr "Ċ tevilo ponovitev na teden mora biti večje od 0" #: modules/recurrence.c:178 #, c-format msgid "" "Number of recurrences per week (%d) exceeds number of timeslots per week (%d)" msgstr "" "Ċ tevilo ponovitev na teden (%d) je večje od ĊĦtevila časovnih intervalov na " "teden (%d)" #: modules/recurrence.c:225 msgid "Too many defined events" msgstr "Preveč definiranih dogodkov" #: modules/recurrence.c:332 msgid "Number of days per week is greater than the number of defined days" msgstr "Ċ tevilo dni na teden je večje od ĊĦtevila definiranih dni" #: modules/sameday.c:206 modules/sameday.c:232 #, c-format msgid "'%s' restriction valid only for constant resource types" msgstr "Omejitev '%s' se lahko uporabi samo za konstantne vrste virov" #: modules/sameday.c:239 modules/sameday.c:274 modules/sameday.c:292 #: modules/timeblocks.c:126 modules/timeblocks_sameday.c:129 msgid "Invalid number of periods" msgstr "Nepravilno ĊĦtevilo ur" #: modules/sameday.c:485 #, c-format msgid "" "Constant resource '%s' (type '%s') has %.1f blocks of '%s' events defined " "and maximum %d blocks per day, however only %d days are defined" msgstr "" "Konstantni vir '%s' (tip '%s') ima definiranih %.1f blokov z '%s' dogodki in " "največ %d blokov na dan, vendar je definiranih samo %d dnevov" #: modules/sameday.c:560 #, c-format msgid "Module '%s' has been loaded, but not used" msgstr "Modul '%s' se je naloĊil, vendar ni uporabljen" #: modules/sameday.c:562 msgid "" "To obtain the same functionality as in version 0.3.0, add the following " "module options" msgstr "" "Če Ċelite obdrĊati funkcionalnost iz različice 0.3.0 dodajte naslednje " "izbire modula" #: modules/sametime.c:104 #, c-format msgid "" "Can't find resource '%s', resource type '%s' in 'conflicts-with' restriction" msgstr "Ne morem najti vira '%s', tip '%s', v 'conflicts-with' omejitvi" #: modules/sametime.c:207 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "Too many events for %s '%s'" msgstr "Preveč dogodkov za razred '%s'" #: modules/sametime.c:210 #, c-format msgid "%d events with only %d available time slots" msgstr "%d dogodkov in samo %d prostih časovnih intervalov" #: modules/sametimeas.c:112 #, c-format msgid "No events match name '%s' in 'same-time-as' restriction" msgstr "Noben dogodek ne ustreza imenu '%s' v omejitvi 'same-time-as'" #: modules/sametimeas.c:117 #, c-format msgid "" "Repeats for this event must be less or equal than the target event '%s' in " "'same-time-as' restriction" msgstr "" "Trenutni dogodek se mora ponoviti manj- ali enakokrat kot ciljni dogodek '%" "s' v omejitvi 'same-time-as'" #: modules/sametimeas.c:123 msgid "" "Source and target events for 'same-time-as' restriction are the same event" msgstr "Izvirni in ciljni dogodek omejitve 'same-time-as' je isti dogodek" #: modules/timeblocks.c:120 modules/timeblocks_sameday.c:123 msgid "restriction 'periods-per-block' takes an argument" msgstr "omejitev 'periods-per-block' potrebuje argument" #: modules/timeblocks.c:217 modules/timeblocks_sameday.c:197 #, c-format msgid "Useless 'periods-per-block' restriction for only one event '%s'" msgstr "Omejitev 'periods-per-block' za samo en dogodek '%s' nima pomena" #: modules/timeblocks.c:225 modules/timeblocks_sameday.c:205 #: modules/timeblocks_sameday.c:216 #, c-format msgid "Event '%s' has invalid 'periods-per-block' restriction" msgstr "Dogodek '%s' ima nepravilno omejitev 'periods-per-block'" #: modules/timeblocks.c:228 modules/timeblocks_sameday.c:208 msgid "" "Number of periods per block is not divisible with the number of repetitions " "of the event" msgstr "Ċ tevilo ur na blok ni deljivo s ĊĦtevilom ponovitev dogodka" #: modules/timeblocks_sameday.c:219 msgid "Number of blocks is greater than number of days in a week" msgstr "Ċ tevilo blokov je večje od ĊĦtevila dni v tednu" #: modules/timeplace.c:75 msgid "Too many events for the defined number of time slots and rooms" msgstr "Preveč dogodkov za definirano ĊĦtevilo časovnih intervalov in sob" #: export/export_html.c:46 export/export_htmlcss.c:470 #, c-format msgid "Tablix output" msgstr "Tablix izpis" #: export/export_html.c:185 export/export_htmlcss.c:504 #: export/export_htmlcss2.c:735 #, c-format msgid "Fitness of this timetable: %d" msgstr "Ocena tega urnika: %d" #: export/export_html.c:188 #, c-format msgid "Tablix, version %s" msgstr "Tablix, različica %s" #: export/export_htmlcss.c:211 export/export_htmlcss.c:423 #: export/export_htmlcss2.c:276 export/export_htmlcss2.c:677 #, c-format msgid "Can't find resource type '%s'" msgstr "Ne morem najti vrste vira '%s'" #: export/export_htmlcss.c:410 msgid "Back to top" msgstr "Nazaj na začetek" #: export/export_htmlcss.c:449 export/export_htmlcss2.c:764 msgid "Can't find resource type 'time'" msgstr "Ne morem najti vrste vira 'time'" #: export/export_htmlcss.c:492 export/export_htmlcss2.c:713 msgid "Classes" msgstr "Razredi" #: export/export_htmlcss.c:493 export/export_htmlcss2.c:714 msgid "Teachers" msgstr "Učitelji" #: export/export_htmlcss.c:507 export/export_htmlcss2.c:742 #, c-format msgid "Created by Tablix, version %s" msgstr "Izdelano z Tablix, različica %s" #: export/export_htmlcss2.c:222 #, c-format msgid "Can't open file '%s' for writing: %s" msgstr "Ne morem odpreti datoteke '%s' za pisanje: %s" #: export/export_htmlcss2.c:254 export/export_htmlcss2.c:261 #, c-format msgid "Can't write to '%s': %s" msgstr "Ne morem pisati v '%s': %s" #: export/export_htmlcss2.c:415 msgid "See also" msgstr "Glej tudi" #: export/export_htmlcss2.c:424 export/export_htmlcss2.c:646 #, c-format msgid "Timetable for %s for week %d" msgstr "Urnik za %s za teden %d" #: export/export_htmlcss2.c:430 export/export_htmlcss2.c:657 #, c-format msgid "Timetable for %s" msgstr "Urnik za %s" #: export/export_htmlcss2.c:598 export/export_htmlcss2.c:601 #: export/export_htmlcss2.c:628 msgid "Back to index" msgstr "Nazaj na kazalo" #: export/export_htmlcss2.c:611 #, c-format msgid "Timetable index for %s" msgstr "Kazalo urnikov za %s" #: export/export_htmlcss2.c:623 #, c-format msgid "Week %d" msgstr "Teden %d" #: export/export_htmlcss2.c:692 #, c-format msgid "Can't create directory '%s': %s" msgstr "Ne morem ustvariti direktorija '%s': %s" #: export/export_htmlcss2.c:702 msgid "Timetable index" msgstr "Kazalo urnikov" #: export/export_htmlcss2.c:715 msgid "Rooms" msgstr "Sobe" #: export/export_htmlcss2.c:718 msgid "Key" msgstr "Ključ" #: export/export_htmlcss2.c:719 msgid "Normal lecture" msgstr "Običajna ura" #: export/export_htmlcss2.c:726 msgid "Optional lecture or time slot shared with another class or teacher" msgstr "" "Izbirna ura ali časovni interval, deljen z drugim razredom ali učiteljem" #: export/export_htmlcss2.c:730 msgid "Free time slot" msgstr "Prosti časovni interval" #: export/export_htmlcss2.c:756 msgid "" "This export module can't use standard output. Please specify a file name on " "the command line." msgstr "" "Ta izvozni modul ne more uporabiti standardnega izhoda. Prosim navedite ime " "datoteke v ukazni vrstici." #: export/export_vcal.c:110 export/export_vcal.c:165 #, c-format msgid "Can't find resource type '%s'." msgstr "Ne morem najti vrste virov '%s'." #: export/export_vcal.c:116 #, c-format msgid "Resource type '%s' is not a matrix." msgstr "Vrsta virov '%s' ni matrika." #: export/export_vcal.c:121 msgid "" "Sorry, only timetables with less than 7 days per week are currently " "supported." msgstr "" "Oprostite, trenutno so podprti samo urniki z manj kot 7 dnevi na teden." #: export/export_vcal.c:133 export/export_vcal.c:146 export/export_vcal.c:159 #: export/export_vcal.c:171 #, c-format msgid "Please specify '%s' option" msgstr "Prosimo, uporabite izbiro '%s'" #: export/export_vcal.c:139 msgid "Contents of the 'starttime' option do not contain a valid date" msgstr "Izbira 'starttime' ne vsebuje pravilnega datuma" #: export/export_vcal.c:152 msgid "Contents of the 'length' option do not contain a valid event length" msgstr "Izbira 'length' ne vsebuje pravilne dolĊine dogodka" #: export/export_vcal.c:177 #, c-format msgid "Can't find resource '%s'." msgstr "Ne morem najti vira '%s'." #: ttf/export_ttf.c:87 msgid "Missing resource type" msgstr "Manjka vrsta vira" #: ttf/export_ttf.c:91 msgid "Resource type not a string" msgstr "Vrsta vira ni niz znakov" #: ttf/export_ttf.c:99 msgid "Resource type not found" msgstr "Ne morem najti vrste vira" #: ttf/export_ttf.c:113 msgid "Missing tuple ID or tuple name" msgstr "Manjka ID ali ime terke" #: ttf/export_ttf.c:120 #, c-format msgid "Tuple ID '%d' not found" msgstr "Ne morem najti ID terke '%d'" #: ttf/export_ttf.c:132 #, c-format msgid "Tuple with name '%s' not found" msgstr "Ne morem najti terke z imenom '%s'" #: ttf/export_ttf.c:137 ttf/export_ttf.c:174 msgid "Argument must be an integer or a string" msgstr "Argument mora biti celo ĊĦtevilo ali niz" #: ttf/export_ttf.c:151 msgid "Missing resource ID or resource name" msgstr "Manjka ID ali ime vira" #: ttf/export_ttf.c:158 #, c-format msgid "Resource ID '%d' not found" msgstr "Ne morem najti ID vira '%d'" #: ttf/export_ttf.c:168 #, c-format msgid "Resource with name '%s' and type '%s' not found" msgstr "Ne morem najti vira z imenom '%s' vrste '%s'" #: ttf/export_ttf.c:286 msgid "Scheme interpreter failed to initialize" msgstr "Interpreter za Scheme se ni uspel zagnati" #: ttf/export_ttf.c:305 msgid "No config file specified" msgstr "Ni podane konfiguracijske datoteke" #: ttf/export_ttf.c:310 #, c-format msgid "Can't open script file '%s'" msgstr "Ne morem odpreti skriptne datoteke '%s'" #: ttf/export_ttf.c:330 msgid "Scheme interpreter error" msgstr "Napaka interpreterja za Scheme" #: ttf/export_ttf.c:338 msgid "All tests passed" msgstr "Vsi preizkusi uspeĊĦno opravljeni" #: ttf/export_ttf.c:340 msgid "Some tests failed" msgstr "Nekateri preizkusi niso bili uspeĊĦni" #~ msgid "Property 'mandatory' should be 'yes'or 'no'" #~ msgstr "Lastnost 'mandatory' mora biti 'yes' ali 'no'" #~ msgid "Restriction handler failed" #~ msgstr "Upravljalnik omejitve ni bil uspeĊĦen" #~ msgid "Resource already defined" #~ msgstr "Vir je Ċe definiran" #~ msgid "" #~ "Value in 'from' property must be smaller than the value in 'to' property" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Vrednost lastnosti 'from' mora biti manjĊĦa od vrednosti lastnosti 'to'" #~ msgid "'name' property must contain '#'" #~ msgstr "Lastnost 'name' mora vsebovati '#'" #~ msgid "Root XML element is not 'ttm'" #~ msgstr "Korenski XML element ni enak 'ttm'" #~ msgid "Configuration file has incompatible TTM version" #~ msgstr "Konfiguracijska datoteka ima nezdruĊljivo različico TTM" #~ msgid "Too many events for teacher '%s'" #~ msgstr "Preveč dogodkov za učitelja '%s'" #~ msgid "" #~ " -o PREFIX use PREFIX when naming output files\n" #~ " -r restore saved populations\n" #~ " -h display this help\n" #~ " -v display version, compile time options and\n" #~ " copyright information\n" #~ " -l NODES set number of computing nodes that are allowed " #~ "to\n" #~ " simultaneously perform local search (set to -1 " #~ "for \n" #~ " no limit or 0 to disable local search. Default " #~ "1)\n" #~ " -d LEVEL verbosity level (default 2)\n" #~ " -t N stop if no solution is found after N minutes " #~ "(set\n" #~ " to 0 for no time limit. Default 0)\n" #~ " -p PARAMETERS set algorithm parameters. PARAMETERS is a comma\n" #~ " separated string of options.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ " -o PREDPONA uporabi PREDPONO pri poimenovanju izhodnih " #~ "datotek\n" #~ " -r obnovi shranjeno populacijo\n" #~ " -h pokaĊi to pomoč\n" #~ " -v pokaĊi različico, izbire pri prevajanju in\n" #~ " podatke o avtorskih pravicah\n" #~ " -l VOZLIĊ ÄŒA nastavi ĊĦtevilo računskih vozliĊĦč, ki jim je\n" #~ " dovoljeno hkrati izvajati lokalno iskanje " #~ "(izbira\n" #~ " -1 pomeni brez omejitve, 0 izklopi lokalno " #~ "iskanje.\n" #~ " Privzeto 1)\n" #~ " -d NIVO nivo zgovornosti (privzeto 2)\n" #~ " -t N ustavi izvajanje, če reĊĦitev ni najdena po N " #~ "minutah\n" #~ " (izbira 0 pomeni brez časovne omejitve. Privzeto " #~ "0)\n" #~ " -p PARAMETRI nastavi parametre algoritma. PARAMETRI je spisek\n" #~ " moĊnosti, ločenih z vejicami\n" #~ msgid "Created by Tablix , version %s" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Izdelano z Tablix, različica %s" #~ msgid "Requested resource type %s not found" #~ msgstr "Zahtevana vrsta virov %s ni bila najdena" #~ msgid "Tuple %s" #~ msgstr "Terka %s" #~ msgid "resource: %s resource type: %s" #~ msgstr "vir: %s vrsta vira: %s" #~ msgid "Can't allocate memory." #~ msgstr "Ne morem pridobiti pomnilnika." #~ msgid "module '%s' loaded, but not used" #~ msgstr "Modul se ni uspeĊĦno zagnal" #~ msgid "Usage: %s [OPTION]... [MODULE]\n" #~ msgstr "Uporaba: %s [IZBIRA]... [MODUL]\n" #~ msgid "" #~ " -h display this help\n" #~ " -v display version and copyright information\n" #~ " -d LEVEL verbosity level (default 2)\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ " -h pokaĊi to pomoč\n" #~ " -v pokaĊi različico in podatke o avtorskih pravicah\n" #~ " -d NIVO nivo zgovornosti (privzeto 2)\n" #~ msgid "Missing module name. Try '%s -h' for more information." #~ msgstr "Manjka ime modula. Poiskusite '%s -h' za več podatkov." #~ msgid "invalid format of same-time-as restriction" #~ msgstr "nepravilen razred v same-time-as omejitvi" #~ msgid "invalid class in same-time-as restriction" #~ msgstr "nepravilen razred v same-time-as omejitvi" #~ msgid "Not enough memory" #~ msgstr "Ni dovolj pomnilnika" #~ msgid "invalid teacher" #~ msgstr "nepravilen učitelj" #~ msgid "invalid period for morning end" #~ msgstr "nepravilna ura za konec dopoldneva" #~ msgid "no period defined for morning end" #~ msgstr "ura za konec dopoldneva ni definirana" #~ msgid "out of memory" #~ msgstr "ni dovolj pomnilnika" #~ msgid "invalid period" #~ msgstr "nepravilna ura" #~ msgid "invalid preferred room" #~ msgstr "nepravilna najljubĊĦa soba" #~ msgid "I have migration" #~ msgstr "Imam migracijo" #~ msgid "\tmore_teachers.so hack enabled\n" #~ msgstr "\tVklopljen popravek more_teachers.so\n" #~ msgid "\tTunable algorithm parameters enabled\n" #~ msgstr "\tNastavljivi parametri algoritma vključeni\n" #~ msgid "Tunable parameters not enabled" #~ msgstr "Nastavljivi parametri niso vključeni" #~ msgid "%x has %d modules" #~ msgstr "%x ima %d modulov" #~ msgid "All tuples immutable" #~ msgstr "Vse terke nespremenljive" #~ msgid "Unknown room" #~ msgstr "Neznan prostor" #~ msgid "Unknown tuple restriction '%s' (line %d)" #~ msgstr "Neznana omejitev terke '%s' (vrstica %d)" #~ msgid "Tag without tag " #~ msgstr "Oznaka brez oznake " #~ msgid "Unknown class restriction '%s' (line %d)" #~ msgstr "Neznana omejitev razreda '%s' (vrstica %d)" #~ msgid "No tid found for " #~ msgstr "tid za ni bilo mogoče najti" #~ msgid "Duplicate class definition" #~ msgstr "Dvojna definicija razreda" #~ msgid "Tag in tag without definition" #~ msgstr "Oznaka v oznaki brez definicije" #~ msgid "no stylesheet specified" #~ msgstr "slogi CSS niso določeni" #~ msgid "[%x:%s] fatal: %s\n" #~ msgstr "[%x:%s] usodno: %s\n" #~ msgid "[%x:%s] %s\n" #~ msgstr "[%x:%s] %s\n" #~ msgid "conflicts not defined in sametime.so" #~ msgstr "conflicts ni definiran v sametime.so" #~ msgid "tids not defined in more_teachers.so" #~ msgstr "tids ni definiran v more_teachers.so" #~ msgid "tidnums not defined in more_teachers.so" #~ msgstr "tidnums ni definiran v more_teachers.so" #~ msgid "Unknown option '%s' (line %d)" #~ msgstr "Neznana izbira '%s' (vrstica %d)" #~ msgid "Unknown subject" #~ msgstr "Neznan predmet" #~ msgid "too many group restrictions" #~ msgstr "preveč omejitev za skupine" #~ msgid "invalid format of conflicts-with restriction" #~ msgstr "nepravilen format conflicts-with omejitve" #~ msgid "XML input and saved population mismatch\n" #~ msgstr "XML vhod in shranjena populacija se ne skladata\n" #~ msgid "\tSearching for modules in dynamic linker's default directories\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\tModuli se iĊĦčejo v privzetih direktorijih dinamičnega povezovalnika\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Known output formats:\n" #~ " html default HTML\n" #~ " htmlcss XHTML 1.1 using CSS and UTF-8 encoding (use this " #~ "if\n" #~ " some characters do not display correctly in " #~ "browser)\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Poznani izhodni formati: \n" #~ " html privzeti HTML\n" #~ " htmlcss XHTML 1.1 z uporabo CSS in UTF-8 kodiranja " #~ "(uporabite\n" #~ " to izbiro, če se nekateri znaki ne prikaĊejo " #~ "pravilno\n" #~ " v brskalniku)\n" #~ msgid "%s: Missing file name. Try '%s -h' for more information.\n" #~ msgstr "%s: Manjka ime datoteke. Poiskusite '%s -h' za več podatkov.\n" #~ msgid "%s: Unknown output format. Try '%s -h' for more information.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "%s: Neznan izhodni format. Poiskusite '%s -h' za izčrpnejĊĦa navodila.\n" #~ msgid "%s: %s: Some nodes failed to start. PVM error follows.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "%s: %s: Nekatera vozliĊĦča se niso uspela zagnati. Sledi PVM napaka.\n" #~ msgid "*** [%x] reporting fatal error: %s\n" #~ msgstr "*** [%x] sporoča usodno napako: %s\n" #~ msgid "*** [%x] reporting: %s\n" #~ msgstr "*** [%x] sporoča: %s\n" #~ msgid "